Docstoc

1 General Info - Lake Washington Technical College

Document Sample
1 General Info - Lake Washington Technical College Powered By Docstoc
					                                                                                                                       General Information                     1

                                                                                                   2004-2005 CATALOG




11605 132nd Avenue NE
Kirkland, Washington 98034-8506
(425) 739-8100
www.lwtc.ctc.edu
                   2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                                               1
1   General Information




             President’s Message
                                                                                 GETTING AN EDUCATION PAYS!

                                                                                 For those not born into wealth, quality of life begins
                                                                                 with a good job. Most of us went to college for “hire”
                                                                                 education and education is still the answer for those
                                                                                 seeking opportunities.

                                                                                 America’s proudest achievement is the creation of a
                                                                                 society in which people can propel themselves as high
                                                                                 as their energy and talents allow. Education is the key
                                                                                 to a brighter future while lack of education is the single
                                                                                 best predictor of unemployment.

                                                                                 At LWTC, we pride ourselves on being “the people’s
                                                                                 college”—a good value available to everyone.
                                                                                 According to the U.S. Department of Labor, the fastest-
                                                                                 growing demand by employers is for graduates with
                                                                                 associate degrees. For example, at Lake Washington
                                                                                 Technical College (LWTC), data show students
                                                                                 attending LWTC recover the full cost of their education
                                                                                 in just 6.2 years and receive a 22.7% rate of return on
                 Dr. L. Michael Metke                                            the money they have invested in their education. They
                 President                                                       will see their lifetime earnings rise by nearly $300,000
                                                                                 over what they would have otherwise earned.

                                                                                 When our graduates get good jobs, everyone benefits.
                                                                                 Because our graduates earn more and pay higher
                                                                                 taxes, the state gets a fast payback. Two award winning
                                                                                 economists studied LWTC and found that the state earns
                                                                                 15.9% on every dollar it invests in LWTC. According to
              MISSION STATEMENT                                                  their research “the college puts more money back into
               To prepare students for                                           the system than it takes out.” They conclude that “other
                  today’s careers &                                              beneficiaries of state funding are actually subsidized
                                                                                 through the revenues generated by the college.”
             tomorrow’s opportunities.
                                                                                 Many years ago my parents’ pride about my graduating
                                                                                 with honors from our nearby university turned to
                                                                                 dismay when I received just one job offer. After a back
                                                                                 x-ray, I was offered a job lifting 80-pound packs on an
                                                                                 assembly line. I was grateful but instead attended a
                                                                                 technical college to complete a certification program.
                                                                                 It gave me the edge I needed for a good job and
                                                                                 opened up a world of other possibilities.

                                                                                 While I’ve benefited from my bachelor’s, master’s and
                                                                                 doctorate degrees, I’ve never forgotten how a technical
                                                                                 college changed my life. That’s what LWTC does best—
                                                                                 changes lives for the better. I’m proud that something
                                                                                 so close to you as LWTC can take you so far in life!

2                2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                        General Information                                 1

Table of Contents
   1    ABOUT LAKE WASHINGTON TECHNICAL COLLEGE
        President’s Message ................................................................................................................................................... 2
        We guarantee our graduates ...................................................................................................................................... 5
        About Lake Washington Technical College ................................................................................................................ 6
        Selecting a program of study ..................................................................................................................................... 7
        Frequently asked questions ....................................................................................................................................... 8
        Using the college catalog ........................................................................................................................................... 9
        Accreditation ............................................................................................................................................................. 9
        Key to course prefixes ............................................................................................................................................. 10
   2    PROGRAMS OF STUDY
        Program listing by division ...................................................................................................................................... 14
             Accounting ...................................................................................................................................................... 16
             Accounting Assistant ....................................................................................................................................... 17
             Accounting Paraprofessional ........................................................................................................................... 18
             Accounting, Practical ...................................................................................................................................... 19
             Administrative Assistant .............................................................................................................................. 20-25
             Architectural Graphics .............................................................................................................................. 75, 76
             Auto Collision Body Technician ............................................................................................................. 104, 105
             Auto Collision Paint Technician ............................................................................................................. 106, 107
             Auto Repair Technician .......................................................................................................................... 108-110
             Business Applications Support ................................................................................................................... 27-31
             Child Care Manager .................................................................................................................................. 32, 33
             Computer Services and Network Technician ............................................................................................... 70-74
             Cosmetology ................................................................................................................................................... 34
             Culinary Arts (Commercial Cooking) ........................................................................................................ 35, 36
             Dental Assistant ................................................................................................................................... 55, 56, 60
             Dental Hygiene ........................................................................................................................................... 57-59
             Diesel and Heavy Equipment Technician ............................................................................................... 111, 112
             Electronics Technician ........................................................................................................................... 113-117
             Engineering Graphics ................................................................................................................................. 77-80
             Fitness Specialist/Personal Trainer ............................................................................................................ 61, 62
             Floristry .................................................................................................................................................... 37, 38
             Horticulture, Environmental ..................................................................................................................... 39, 40
             Hotel Services and Operations .................................................................................................................. 41, 42
             Human Resources Generalist .......................................................................................................................... 43
             Industrial Plant Maintenance (IPM) ....................................................................................................... 118-121
             Information Assurance and Computer Forensics ....................................................................................... 94, 95
             Information Technology Applications Development (ITAD) ...................................................................... 96-102
             Legal Support Professional ......................................................................................................................... 44-47
             Machining Technology .......................................................................................................................... 124, 125
             Medical Assistant ...................................................................................................................................... 63, 64
             Medical Transcriptionist ................................................................................................................................. 65
             Multimedia Design and Production (MMDP) ............................................................................................. 81-93
             Nursing, Practical ........................................................................................................................................... 66
             Nursing Assistant ............................................................................................................................................. 67
             Office Assistant ................................................................................................................................................ 26
             Power Equipment, Marine and Motorcycle Service Technician .............................................................. 122, 123
             Property Management ................................................................................................................................ 48-50
             Science Technician ......................................................................................................................................... 68
             Social and Human Services ....................................................................................................................... 51, 52
             Technical Communications ............................................................................................................................. 53
             Welding Fabrication and Maintenance ........................................................................................................... 126
        General Education Requirements .......................................................................................................................... 127
                                                                                                                                        (continued on next page)

 2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5          L    A    K     E      W      A    S    H    I   N     G    T    O    N       T     E    C    H    N    I    C    A    L      C     O    L    L    E    G   E
                                                                                                                                                                                            3
1   General Information




             Table of Contents                                                                                   (continued)

                   3   SUPPORT SERVICES FOR STUDENTS AND COMMUNITY
                       Support services for students .............................................................................................................................. 130
                       Counseling and special services .......................................................................................................................... 130
                       Job placement assistance .................................................................................................................................... 132
                       Student government and activities ....................................................................................................................... 134
                       Student conduct .................................................................................................................................................. 134
                       Services to the community ................................................................................................................................... 135
                       Business Training Center (BTC) .......................................................................................................................... 135
                   4   ADMISSIONS AND REGISTRATION
                       Admissions .......................................................................................................................................................... 138
                       Degree- or certificate-seeking students ............................................................................................................... 138
                       Course transferability .......................................................................................................................................... 139
                       Registration ......................................................................................................................................................... 139
                       International students ......................................................................................................................................... 140
                       High School Programs
                           Lake Washington Technical Academy ............................................................................................................ 142
                           Running Start ................................................................................................................................................. 142
                           General Education ......................................................................................................................................... 142
                           Adult High School Completion ....................................................................................................................... 142
                           Underage Enrollment .................................................................................................................................... 142
                           Tech Prep ...................................................................................................................................................... 143
                       Student records ................................................................................................................................................... 143
                   5   TUITION AND FINANCIAL AID
                       Tuition and fees ................................................................................................................................................... 146
                       Refunds ............................................................................................................................................................... 146
                       Estimated 2004-2005 degree and certificate program costs ............................................................................... 147
                       2004-2005 tuition rates ..................................................................................................................................... 150
                       Financial aid programs ............................................................................................................................... 151, 153
                       Veteran’s Benefits ................................................................................................................................................ 152
                   6   ACADEMIC INFORMATION
                       General requirements for degrees and certificates ............................................................................................. 158
                       Graduation .......................................................................................................................................................... 158
                       Grading ................................................................................................................................................................ 160
                       Attendance ........................................................................................................................................................... 163
                   7   COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
                       Alphabetical listing by course prefix ................................................................................................................... 166
                   8   DIRECTORY
                       Calendar .............................................................................................................................................................. 226
                       Board of trustees ................................................................................................................................................. 227
                       Faculty ................................................................................................................................................................. 228
                       Administrators and support staff ......................................................................................................................... 232
                       College phone numbers ....................................................................................................................................... 233
                       Maps .................................................................................................................................................................... 234
                       Index ................................................................................................................................................................... 236




4               2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5          L    A     K    E       W     A     S    H    I   N     G    T    O     N       T    E    C    H    N     I   C    A     L      C     O    L    L    E      G   E
                                                                                                       General Information                     1

We Guarantee Our Graduates
  Lake Washington Technical College guarantees that                      4. The employer, graduate, dean, counselor and
  its graduates will have the job skills necessary for                      appropriate faculty member will develop a
  entry-level employment in the technical field for                         written educational plan for retraining.
  which they are trained.                                                   Retraining will be limited to 15 credit hours
                                                                            related to the identified skill deficiency and to
  If an employer judges a graduate as lacking in skills
                                                                            those classes regularly scheduled during the
  identified as program competencies, up to fifteen
  tuition-free credit hours of additional training will                     period covered by the retraining plan.
  be provided. The guarantee will apply to students
  earning an Associate of Applied Science (A.A.S.)                       5. All retraining must be completed within a
  degree, a Certificate of Proficiency or a Certificate of                  calendar year from the time the educational
  Completion awarded in December of 1999 or                                 plan is agreed upon.
  thereafter. Conditions which apply to this guarantee
  are as follows:                                                        6. The graduate and/or employer is responsible for
                                                                            the cost of books, insurance, uniforms, fees and
   1. The graduate must have earned the Associate of                        other course-related expenses.
      Applied Science degree, the Certificate of
      Proficiency or Certificate of Completion from                      7. The guarantee does not imply that the graduate
      Lake Washington Technical College beginning                           will pass any licensing or qualifying examination
      December, 1999 or thereafter and must have                            for a particular career.
      completed the graduation requirements within a
      five-year span.                                                    8. The student’s sole option through Lake
                                                                            Washington Technical College to remedy skill
   2. Within 12 months of graduation, the graduate                          deficiencies shall be limited to 15 credit hours
      must be employed full-time in an area directly                        of tuition-free coursework under conditions
      related to the area of program concentration.                         described above.

   3. The employer must certify in writing that the                      9. Activation of the graduate guarantee program
      employee is lacking entry-level skills identified                     may be initiated by the graduate through contact
      by the college as the exit-level program                              with the registrar within 90 days of the
      competencies and must specify the areas of                            graduate’s initial employment.
      deficiency within 90 days of the graduate’s initial
      employment.




 2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O    N    T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                               5
1   General Information




            About Lake Washington
                      Technical College
                 LAKE WASHINGTON TECHNICAL COLLEGE                                  OUR COMMUNITY
                 Whether improving basic skills, building on existing               The college directly serves the communities of
                 professional abilities, or changing careers, students              Kirkland, Redmond, Bellevue, Kenmore, Mercer
                 will find Lake Washington Technical College offers                 Island, Bothell, Woodinville, Carnation, Duvall,
                 affordable professional and technical training for                 North Bend, Fall City, Sammamish, Snoqualmie,
                 today’s job market.                                                Skykomish, Clyde Hill and Medina. Lake Washington
                                                                                    Technical College serves students from outside our
                 Lake Washington Technical College is one of                        service area as well as international students from
                 Washington state’s thirty-four community and                       around the world.
                 technical two-year institutions of higher education.
                 The college offers career and technical training                   Lake Washington Technical College is located in the
                 opportunities to a diverse student body in over 100                city of Kirkland, off Interstate 405, in northern King
                 degree and certificate programs in Business &                      County, and is ten miles east of Seattle, west of
                 Service, Health & Fitness, Information Technology,                 Redmond and just north of Bellevue. Located on the
                 and Manufacturing & Transportation Technologies.                   eastern shore of Lake Washington, Kirkland has
                 Serving over 8,000 students, the college has an                    built a sophisticated, urban lifestyle around the
                 annual budget of $24 million and dedicated full-time               waterfront. More than two miles of waterfront and
                 faculty and staff totaling 180. Enrollment is open to              nearly a quarter of the city’s total 10.5 square-mile
                 all without discrimination.                                        area is public parks and moorage. Opportunities for
                                                                                    outdoor recreation abound. The surrounding area
                 The college’s 54-acre main campus is located in the                offers a wealth of diverse arts, entertainment, and
                 Totem Lake area of Kirkland with 390,094 square                    cultural attractions.
                 feet of high-technology training space. A second
                 facility is located near Redmond’s Marymoor Park.                  Kirkland is Washington state’s seventeenth most
                 The college serves communities located east of Lake                populated city. To the east are the foothills of the
                 Washington to the Cascade foothills, an area of more               Cascade Mountains, to the West, Seattle and the
                 than 300 square miles.                                             Olympic Peninsula. Portland, Oregon is three hours
                                                                                    south. Vancouver, British Columbia is two hours
                 Students at Lake Washington Technical College learn                north. The city is close to the major employment
                 what it takes to excel in their career. The college                centers of Seattle, Bellevue, and employers Boeing,
                 places a premium on students learning quickly while                PACCAR, and Microsoft. Kirkland’s strong local
                 mastering the skills of their chosen discipline. Skills            economy is characterized by a healthy mix of small
                 application by working in realistic job settings is an             business, corporate headquarters, light industrial
                 integral dimension of education at the college.                    and manufacturing, and a growing base of high-
                 Classrooms, laboratories and equipment are as                      tech, biotech and home-based businesses.
                 contemporary as possible. In many cases students
                 learn in the same settings and with the same
                 equipment as they will find on the job.




6               2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                     General Information                     1

Selecting a Program of Study
 YOUR PREFERENCES CAN GUIDE STUDY AND                                YOUR VALUES
 CAREER PLANS                                                        You make all kinds of personal value decisions-
 Deciding which career is best for you is not only a                 where to live, what to do for entertainment, what
 very important decision, it’s often a very difficult one.           kind of clothes to wear or food to eat. Think about
 Our counselors and advisers know this and will                      these choices and by assessing them, you’ll help
 work to help you match your interests and abilities                 identify the priorities in your life.
 with appropriate careers. You can start your career
 decision process by taking a self-inventory of what’s               LIFESTYLE
 important to you.                                                   The kind of career you choose can influence the
                                                                     kind of life you’ll live. For example, some health
 YOUR INTERESTS                                                      care workers often work weekends, but they find
 Your interests play an important role in career                     the work rewarding and good for their self-esteem
 selection. When you enjoy what you do, you increase                 because it fulfills a personal value.
 your chances for success because you find your
 work satisfying and fulfilling.                                     COUNSELING SERVICES
                                                                     The college’s counselors and advisers are available
 YOUR SKILLS AND ABILITIES                                           to offer academic, career, and personal counseling
 Identify what you are good at and then talk to others               to students and prospective students. Appointments
 about your strengths. Your skills and abilities are the             are available by calling Student Services at
 key to knowing yourself better and making a positive                (425)739-8100, Ext. 501. Advising services are also
 career decision. When you enter a program that                      available online at advising@lwtc.edu.
 features your strengths, class work will be easier
 for you.

 YOUR PREFERRED WORK STYLE
 Think about the kind of work structure and the kind
 of environment you want to work in. Consider the
 amount of responsibility you’ll want and the amount
 of stress you can handle. These personal characteris-
 tics affect your career success. Think about whether
 you prefer to work alone or with others, be your
 own boss, work outdoors, work in a large company
 or a small business, or interact with the public.




 2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                             7
1   General Information




             Frequently Asked Questions
                 CAN I TAKE JUST A FEW CLASSES OR SHORT-                            HOW MUCH WILL MY EDUCATION COST?
                 TERM TRAINING TO UPGRADE MY SKILLS?                                The answer depends upon the program you select,
                 Lake Washington Technical College offers a full                    and whether you’re working toward a certificate, an
                 range of technical higher education options,                       A.A.S. degree or just want to take a few skillbuilding
                 including individual classes, special short-term                   classes. One thing is certain–you’ll find the best
                 training programs, professional certification                      education value at Lake Washington Technical
                 preparation and adult continuing education options.                College where costs are among the lowest in the
                                                                                    state’s higher education system. For more informa-
                 IS FINANCIAL AID AVAILABLE?                                        tion on program costs, see pages 125-126.
                 Yes. The college participates in many forms of
                 financial aid from scholarships to loans and                       WHAT CREDENTIALS WILL I RECEIVE AT THE
                 workstudy opportunities. More financial aid                        END OF MY PROGRAM?
                 information is available on pages 147-151.                         Lake Washington Technical College offers programs
                                                                                    of study that will lead to Associate of Applied
                 HOW DO I GET THE LATEST INFORMATION                                Science (A.A.S.), Associate of Applied Science-
                 ABOUT CLASSES AND PROGRAMS?                                        Transfer (A.A.S.-T.), and Certificates of Completion
                 Both the Lake Washington Technical College Catalog                 and Proficiency. The length of time to completion
                 and the Class Schedule are regularly updated online                varies depending on the program you choose and
                 at www.lwtc.ctc.edu, or you may obtain a copy by                   the number of classes you would take each quarter.
                 phoning the college at (425)739-8100.
                                                                                    HOW CAN I BE SURE I’LL BE ABLE TO FIND A
                 WILL I RECEIVE PERSONAL ATTENTION FROM                             JOB IN THE CAREER AREA I SELECT?
                 MY INSTRUCTORS?                                                    The college has among the highest job placement
                 A commitment to individualized instruction is one of               rates of any college in the area, in part because of
                 the aspects that set Lake Washington Technical                     its strong links with business and industry. While we
                 College apart from others. Here, small class sizes                 cannot guarantee a job for every graduate, we make
                 and teachers who demonstrate skills until you can                  every effort to provide relevant training in areas with
                 master them successfully alone mean you’ll have the                employment demand.
                 personal attention you need to learn in a way that
                 suits you best.                                                    WILL MY DEGREE OR CERTIFICATE BE
                                                                                    RECOGNIZED AMONG POTENTIAL
                 WHAT OTHER EDUCATIONAL OPTIONS DO                                  EMPLOYERS?
                 YOU OFFER?                                                         Graduates of Lake Washington Technical College
                 We offer online distance learning classes, adult basic             have a high job placement rate because employers
                 education, English as a Second Language courses                    recognize their training and skills as valuable.
                 and adult high school completion courses. A                        Business and industry leaders serve on the college’s
                 technical high school, Lake Washington Technical                   advisory committees to assure the training students
                 Academy, is operated on the college campus. For the                receive is of the highest quality.
                 latest information on the college’s educational
                 offerings, consult the Class Schedule, available at                CAN I GET STARTED AT ANY TIME?
                 www.lwtc.ctc.edu or by phoning to obtain a printed                 Some programs permit students to enroll any
                 version at (425) 739-8100.                                         quarter. Others enroll at the beginning of each
                                                                                    quarter while still others admit students once a year.
                                                                                    To learn more about when a particular program is
                                                                                    open for enrollment, please make an appointment
                                                                                    with a Student Services adviser




8               2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                     General Information                     1

Using the College Catalog
  The material in this catalog has been compiled                     announcements in the college catalog are subject to
  and organized to provide the reader with a                         change without notice and do not constitute an
  comprehensive view of the programs and courses                     agreement between Lake Washington Technical
  at Lake Washington Technical College. It includes                  College and the student.
  academic requirements and procedures necessary
  for admission and graduation. Information on                       ACCREDITATION
  programs and courses is arranged by division. (An                  Lake Washington Technical College is accredited by
  alphabetical listing is available in the table of                  the Northwest Commission on Colleges and
  contents on page 3.)                                               Universities (NWCCU).
  Because curriculum revisions and program changes
  usually occur during the period the catalog is in                  GLOBAL OUTCOMES
  circulation, students should contact the college for               All programs at LWTC aim to provide students with
  specific information. The quarterly Class Schedule                 workplace skills that include Communication,
  gives information on courses offered, class hours,                 Critical Thinking, Global and Cultural Awareness,
  and class locations and has the latest calendar dates,             Teamwork, and Technical and Information Literacy.
  fees and details on registration. Both the class                   Each program will include coursework used to
  schedule and an updated version of the catalog are                 assess student performance in these global
  available on our Web site at www.lwtc.ctc.edu. All                 outcomes.




 2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                             9
1    General Information




                  KEY TO COURSE PREFIXES
                  PREFIX                 COURSE NAME                                 PREFIX           COURSE NAME
                  ABED                   Adult Basic Education                       FTNS             Fitness Specialist/Personal Trainer
                  ACBT                   Auto Collision Body Technician              GISA             Geographic Info Systems
                  ACCT                   Accounting                                  HCUA             Home Cuisine
                  ACPT                   Auto Collision Paint Technician             HMDS             Human Development & Skills
                  APPR                   Apprenticeship                              HORT             Environmental Horticulture
                  ARCH                   Architectural Graphics                      HOSP             Hospitality
                  ARGT                   Architectural Graphics                      HOTL             Hotel Services & Operations
                  ART                    Art                                         IFAD             First Aid/CPR
                  AUTO                   Automotive Repair Technician                INTL             International Students
                  BAKE                   Baking                                      IPMT             Industrial Plant Maintenance
                  BIOL                   Biology                                     ITAD             Information Technology
                  BUHR                   Human Resources                                              Applications Development
                  BUSA                   Business                                    LEGL             Legal Support Professional
                  CHEM                   Chemistry                                   MACH             Machining
                  CISA                   Computer Applications                       MATH             Mathematics
                  CFOR                   Computer Forensics                          MEDA             Medical Assisting
                  CJUS                   Criminal Justice                            METR             Medical Transcription
                  COSM                   Cosmetology                                 MMDP             Multimedia Design & Production
                  CSNT                   Computer Services
                                         & Network Technician                        NURS             Nursing
                  CULA                   Culinary Arts                               OFTC             Office Technology
                  CWEX                   Cooperative Work Experience                 PEQT             Power Equipment, Marine
                  DENT                   Dental Assistant                                             & Motorcycle Service
                  DFOM                   Dental Front Office Manager                 PHIL             Philosophy
                  DHET                   Diesel & Heavy
                                         Equipment Technician                        PHYS             Physics
                  DHYG                   Dental Hygiene                              PMGT             Property Management
                  DNTL                   Dental Lab Technician                       PRMT             Precision Machining Technology
                  EASL                   English as a Second Language                PSYC             Psychology
                  ECEM                   Child Care Manager                          SHSV             Social and Human Services
                  ECON                   Economics                                   SOCI             Sociology
                  ELEC                   Electronics Technician                      SPCH             Speech
                  ENGL                   English                                     TRAN             Transportation Core
                  ENGR                   Engineering Graphics                        WELD             Welding Fabrication &
                  ENGT                   Engineering Graphics                                         Maintenance Technology
                  FLDS                   Floral Design



10               2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N    T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                        Programs of Study                   2


DISCLAIMER
This catalog provides a general guideline of courses
offered by the College. The classes and programs
described herein are implemented at the sole
discretion of the College and are subject to change at
any time without notice. Information contained on
classes and programs are illustrative only and are
not intended to create any contractual obligation or
covenant with the College.

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
The College’s total liability for claims arising from a
contractual relationship with the student in any way
related to classes or programs shall be limited to the
tuition and expenses paid by the student to the
College for those classes or programs. In no event
shall the College be liable for any special, indirect,
incidental, or consequential damages, including but
not limited to, loss of earnings or profits.




2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                            11
                                                                                                         Programs of Study                   2

Programs of Study




 2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                             13
2    Programs of Study




              Division Listings
                 BUSINESS & SERVICE .............................................................................................................. 15
                       Accounting
                       Accounting, Practical
                       Accounting Assistant
                       Accounting Paraprofessional
                       Administrative Assistant
                       Business Applications Support
                       Child Care Manager
                       Cosmetology
                       Culinary Arts (Commercial Cooking)
                       Floristry
                       Horticulture, Environmental
                       Hotel Services and Operations
                       Human Resources Generalist
                       Legal Support Professional
                       Office Assistant
                       Property Management
                       Social and Human Services
                       Technical Communications

                 HEALTH & FITNESS .................................................................................................................. 53
                       Dental Assistant
                       Dental Hygiene
                       Fitness Specialist/Personal Trainer
                       Medical Assistant
                       Medical Transcriptionist
                       Nursing, Practical
                       Nursing Assistant
                       Science Technician

                 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY ................................................................................................. 67
                       Computer Services and Network Technician
                       Design
                           Architectural Graphics
                           Engineering Graphics
                           Multimedia Design and Production (MMDP)
                       Information Assurance and Computer Forensics
                       Information Technology Applications Development (ITAD)

                 MANUFACTURING & TRANSPORTATION TECHNOLOGIES ..................................................... 100
                       Auto Collision Body Technician
                       Auto Collision Paint Technician
                       Auto Repair Technician
                       Diesel and Heavy Equipment Technician
                       Electronics Technician
                       Industrial Plant Maintenance (IPM)
                       Power Equipment, Marine and Motorcycle Service Technician
                       Machining Technology
                       Welding Fabrication and Maintenance


14               2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5     L   A   K   E    W    A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E    G   E
                                                                Programs of Study/Business & Service                                        2

        Business & Service
        Accounting

        Accounting, Practical

        Accounting Assistant

        Accounting Paraprofessional

        Administrative Assistant

        Business Applications Support

        Child Care Manager

        Cosmetology

        Culinary Arts (Commercial Cooking)

        Floristry

        Horticulture, Environmental

        Hotel Services and Operations

        Human Resources Generalist

        Legal Support Professional

        Office Assistant

        Property Management

        Social and Human Services

        Technical Communications




2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                            15
2    Programs of Study/Business & Service




             Accounting
               ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE                                          TERM IV
               DEGREE PROGRA                                                         ACCT         230 Financial Accounting III                        5
               103 CREDITS
                                                                                     ACCT         255 Income Tax I                                    5
                                                                                                      General Education Requirement                   5
               The Accounting A.A.S. Degree prepares students with
               a solid background in accounting. General education                   TERM V
               courses, business courses, and computer skills                        ACCT         256 Income Tax II                                   5
               related to accounting such as spreadsheets, comput-                   ACCT         245 Computerized Accounting                         3
               erized accounting software, and payroll systems
               complete the curriculum. Students find jobs in
               companies ranging from small proprietorships to
                                                                                 [   - OR -
                                                                                     ACCT
                                                                                     ACCT
                                                                                                  105 QuickBooks
                                                                                                  270 Managerial/Cost Accounting
                                                                                                                                                      3
                                                                                                                                                      5
               corporate accounting departments, governmental
               organizations and public accounting firms.                            TERM VI
                                                                                     ACCT         280 Accounting Projects                             3
               Prerequisite: Keyboarding skill of 30 WPM or                          ECON         201 Macro Economics                                 5
               concurrent enrollment in a keyboarding class. Any                     ACCT         240 Payroll Accounting                              5
               developmental coursework a student may be                                              General Education Requirement                   5
               required to complete may increase the program
                                                                                     TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                        103
               length. Courses listed in the program outline may not
               be offered in the exact sequential order. It is the                   GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–25
               student’s responsibility to work out his or her                       CREDITS
               individual schedule with a counselor or adviser.                      Business Communication                                  5
                                                                                     Written Communication                                  5
               Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer                     Oral Communication                                     5
               quarters.                                                             Quantitative Reasoning                                 5
                                                                                     Social Science 5
               TERM I                                            CREDITS             See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for each
               ACCT       111      Introduction to Accounting                5       of the categories listed above.
               ACCT       112      Business Calculator Applications          3
               BUSA       111      Business Computer Applications            3
               OFTC       105      Keyboarding                               3
                                   General Education Requirement
                                   (Math)                                    5

               TERM II
               ACCT       210 Financial Accounting I                         5
               BUSA       102 Introduction to Business                       5
               CISA       112 Excel I                                        4
                              General Education Requirement                  5

               TERM III
               ACCT       220 Financial Accounting II                        5
               CISA       113 Excel II                                       4
               BUSA       250 Business Law                                   5
                              General Education Requirement                  5




16             2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5     L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N    T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                 Programs of Study/Business & Service                                           2

A ccounting Assistant
 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION                                           TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS                                   CREDITS
 28 CREDITS
                                                                     ACCT         111     Introduction to Accounting                    5
                                                                     ACCT         112     Business Calculator Applications              3
 The Accounting Assistant certificate program                        ACCT         210     Financial Accounting I                        5
 prepares students for an accounting career by                       BUSA         111     Business Computer Applications                3
 training, retraining, or upgrading skills. Learn the                ACCT         220     Financial Accounting II                       5
 basic accounting cycle, journals, ledgers and                       CISA         112     Excel I                                       4
 financial statements. Prepare for an accounting clerk               ACCT         245     Computerized Accounting                       3
 position or with some experience, keep books for a
 small business. Prerequisite: keyboarding skill of 30
 WPM or concurrent enrollment in a keyboarding
                                                                 [   - OR -
                                                                     ACCT         105 Quickbooks                                        3
                                                                     TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                             28
 class. Any developmental coursework a student may
 be required to complete may increase the program
 length.

 A typical part-time student would need four quarters
 to finish all course work. A student’s individual
 needs are taken into consideration; therefore, it is
 possible to finish in three quarters or it may take
 more than four quarters to complete. Students may
 complete deficiencies concurrently with first course
 in program. It is the student’s responsibility to work
 out his or her individual schedule with a counselor
 or adviser.

 A Certificate of Completion will be given to a student
 upon satisfactory accomplishment of all course
 objectives. Students may request a transcript of
 grades at any time from the Registration Office.

 Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer
 quarters.




 2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N    T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L    L   E   G    E
                                                                                                                                                17
2    Programs of Study/Business & Service




             A ccounting Paraprofessional
               ACCOUNTING AND BUSINESS COMPUTERS                                     TERM III
               CERTIFICATE OF PROFICIENCY                                            ACCT        220 Financial Accounting II                          5
               91 CREDITS
                                                                                     CISA        113 Excel II                                         4
                                                                                     BUSA        250 Business Law                                     5
               The Accounting Paraprofessional certificate program                                   General Education Requirement                    5
               prepares students to gain extensive training in
               accounting through continuous application of their                    TERM IV
               accounting knowledge in many phases of the                            ACCT        230     Financial Accounting III                     5
               program. Students find jobs in companies ranging                      ACCT        255     Income Tax I                                 5
               from small proprietorships to corporate accounting                    ACCT        240     Payroll Accounting                           5
               departments, governmental organizations and public                    ACCT        105     Quickbooks                                   5
               accounting firms. Prerequisite: keyboarding skill of
               30 WPM or concurrent enrollment in a keyboarding                      TERM V
               class. Any developmental coursework a student may                     ACCT        256     Income Tax II                                5
               be required to complete may increase the program                      ACCT        245     Computerized Accounting                      3
               length.                                                               ACCT        270     Managerial/Cost Accounting                   5
                                                                                     ACCT        280     Accounting Projects                          3
               The following program outline is a suggested
                                                                                     TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                           91
               sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses
               listed in the program outline may not be offered in                   GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–15
               the exact sequential order. It is the student’s                       CREDITS
               responsibility to work out his or her individual                      Business Communication                                5
               schedule with a counselor or adviser.                                 Business Math                                         5
                                                                                     Social Science                                        5
               Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer                     See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
               quarters.                                                             each of the categories listed above.

               TERM I                                            CREDITS
               ACCT      111       Introduction to Accounting                5
               ACCT      112       Business Calculator Applications          3
               BUSA      111       Business Computer Applications            3
               OFTC      105       Keyboarding                               3
                                   General Education Requirement
                                   (Math)                                    5

               TERM II
               ACCT      210 Financial Accounting I                          5
               BUSA      102 Introduction to Business                        5
               CISA      112 Excel I                                         4
                             General Education Requirement                   5




18             2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5     L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G    E
                                                                  Programs of Study/Business & Service                                         2

Practical Accounting
 PRACTICAL ACCOUNTING                                                 TERM III
 CERTIFICATE OF PROFICIENCY                                           ACCT        220 Financial Accounting II                          5
 73 CREDITS
                                                                      CISA        113 Excel II                                         4
                                                                      ACCT        240 Payroll Accounting                               5
 The Practical Accounting certificate program                                         General Education Requirement                    5
 prepares students to gain extensive training in
 accounting through continuous application of their                   TERM IV
 accounting knowledge in many phases of the                           ACCT        105 QuickBooks                                       3
 program. Students find jobs in companies ranging                     ACCT        230 Financial Accounting III                         5
 from small proprietorships to corporate accounting                   ACCT        245 Computerized Accounting                          3
 departments, governmental organizations and public                                   Technical Elective                               5
 accounting firms. Prerequisite: Keyboarding skill of                 TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                           73
 30 WPM or concurrent enrollment in a keyboarding
 class. Any developmental coursework a student may                    GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–15
 be required to complete may increase the program                     CREDITS
 length.                                                              Business Communication                                5
                                                                      Business Math                                         5
 It is the student’s responsibility to work out his or                Social Science                                        5
 her individual schedule with a counselor or adviser.                 See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
                                                                      each of the categories listed above.
 Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer                    .
 quarters.                                                            TECHNICAL ELECTIVES–5 CREDITS
                                                                      See faculty adviser/instructor for pre-approval
 TERM I                                              CREDITS          ACCT      250 Ethics in Business                  3
 ACCT      111      Introduction to Accounting                5       ACCT      255 Income Tax I                        5
 ACCT      112      Business Calculator Applications          3       ACCT      280 Accounting Projects                 3
 BUSA      111      Business Computer Applications            3       BUSA      180 Small Business Management           5
 OFTC      105      Keyboarding                               3       BUSA      250 Business Law                        5
                    General Education Requirement                     CISA      103 Internet                            2
                    (Math)                                    5       CISA      111 Word                                4
                                                                      CISA      114 Access                              4
 TERM II                                                              CWEX      190 Co-op Seminar                       1
 ACCT      210 Financial Accounting I                         5       CWEX      197 Co-op Work Experience             3-5
 BUSA      102 Introduction to Business                       5
 CISA      112 Excel I                                        4
               General Education Requirement                  5




2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5    L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H    I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G    E
                                                                                                                                               19
2    Programs of Study/Business & Service




             A dministrative Assistant
               ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE                                          TERM IV
                                                                                     CISA         103     Internet                                    2
               DEGREE PROGRAM
                                                                                     CISA         121     PageMaker                                   3
               115 CREDITS
                                                                                     CISA         124     PowerPoint                                  3
               The Administrative Assistant A.A.S. degree program                    ITAD         112     HTML                                        5
               covers additional material not covered in the                         CISA         154     Front Page                                  4
               certificate program, such as desktop publishing,                                           General Education Requirement               5
               accounting, payroll, and presentation skills. Students
               will find positions as administrative assistants and                  TERM V
               office managers, and can expect to be favorably                                            General Education Requirement               15
               positioned for career ladder moves.                                                        Technical Electives                          6

               The following program outline is a suggested                          TERM VI
               sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses                   BUSA         198 Job Search                                      2
               listed in the program outline may not be offered in                   BUSA         191 Customer Service/Help Desk                      3
               the exact sequential order. It is the student’s                       CWEX         197 Cooperative Work Experience
               responsibility to work out his or her individual
               schedule with a counselor or adviser.                             [   - OR -
                                                                                                          Technical Electives                         10
                                                                                     TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                        115
               Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer
               quarters.                                                             GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–20
                                                                                     CREDITS
               TERM I                                            CREDITS             Written Communication                                 5
               ACCT       111      Introduction to Accounting                5       Oral Communication                                    5
               CISA       111      Word                                      4       Quantitative Reasoning                                5
               CISA       116      Windows                                   3       Social Science                                        5
               OFTC       105      Keyboarding                               3       See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
               BUSA       101      Business Communications                   5       each of the categories listed above.

               TERM II                                                               TECHNICAL ELECTIVES–16 CREDITS
               OFTC       106 Keyboard Skill Building I1                     3       Technical electives must be related to program of
                              or demonstrated proficiency                            study and approved by program adviser.
               OFTC       110 Office Skills                                  3
                                                                                     NOTE: 1Students may take an elective if they possess
               OFTC       111 Business English I                             5
                                                                                            keyboarding skills at 60 WPM.
               BUSA       100 Business Math                                  5

               TERM III
               CISA       102      Integrated Applications                   3
               CISA       112      Excel I                                   4
               CISA       114      Access                                    4
               OFTC       121      Business English II                       5
               PSYC       100      Human Relations                           5




20             2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5     L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N    T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G    E
                                                                   Programs of Study/Business & Service                                         2

A dministrative Assistant
  CERTIFICATE OF PROFICIENCY                                           TERM III
  79 CREDITS
                                                                       CISA        102     Integrated Applications                      3
                                                                       CISA        112     Excel I                                      4
  The Administrative Assistant certificate program                     CISA        114     Access                                       4
  prepares students to gain extensive training in the                  OFTC        121     Business English II                          5
  areas of keyboarding, word processing, office                        PSYC        100     Human Relations                              5
  procedures, interpersonal skills, business English,
  organizational skills, and accounting. Computer                      TERM IV
  skills are emphasized in all areas of training.                      BUSA        191     Customer Service/Help Desk                   3
  Students find positions as secretaries, word                         BUSA        198     Job Search                                   2
  processors, administrative assistants, receptionists,                CISA        124     PowerPoint                                   3
  and bookkeepers. Any developmental coursework a                      CISA        154     Front Page                                   4
  student may be required to complete may increase                                         Technical Electives                          8
  the program length.
                                                                       TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                           79

  The following program outline is a suggested                         GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–15
  sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses                  CREDITS
  listed in the program outline may not be offered in                  Written Communication                                 5
  the exact sequential order. It is the student’s                      Quantitative Reasoning                                5
  responsibility to work out his or her individual                     Social Science (PSYC 100)                             5
  schedule with a counselor or adviser.                                See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
                                                                       each of the categories listed above.
  Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer
  quarters.                                                            TECHNICAL ELECTIVES–8 CREDITS
                                                                       Technical electives must be related to program of
  TERM I                                              CREDITS          study and approved by program adviser.
  ACCT      111      Introduction to Accounting                5
  CISA      111      Word                                      4       NOTE: 1Students may take an elective if they possess
  CISA      116      Windows                                   3              keyboarding skills at 60 WPM.
  OFTC      105      Keyboarding                               3
                     General Education Requirement             5

  TERM II
  OFTC      106 Keyboard Skill Building I1                     3
                or demonstrated proficiency
  OFTC      110 Office Skills                                  3
  OFTC      111 Business English I                             5
  CISA      103 Internet                                       2
                General Education Requirement                  5




 2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5    L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H    I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G    E
                                                                                                                                                21
2    Programs of Study/Business & Service




             A dministrative Assistant
               ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT OPTION                                       TERM I                                              CREDITS
               CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION                                           CISA        103     Internet                                     2
               44 CREDITS
                                                                                   CISA        111     Word                                         4
                                                                                   CISA        116     Windows                                      3
               The Administrative Support certificate program                      OFTC        105     Keyboarding                                  3
               prepares students to gain extensive training in the                                     Technical Elective                           3
               areas of keyboarding, word processing, interper-
               sonal skills, organizational skills and office proce-               TERM II
               dures. Computer skills are emphasized in all areas of               OFTC        106 Keyboard Skill Building I                        3
               training. Students find support positions that require                              or demonstrated proficiency
               a broad base of software knowledge for entry level                  CISA        112 Excel I                                          4
               data processing, information tracking and reception.                CISA        124 PowerPoint                                       3
               Any developmental coursework a student may be                       CISA        235 Outlook                                          2
               required to complete may increase the program                       BUSA        198 Job Search                                       2
               length.
                                                                                   TERM III
               The following program outline is a suggested                        BUSA        191 Customer Service/Help Desk                       3
               sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses                 CISA        114 Access                                           4
               listed in the program outline may not be offered in                                 Technical Electives                              3
               the exact sequential order. It is the student’s                     PSYC        100 Human Relations                                  5
               responsibility to work out his or her individual
               schedule with a counselor or adviser.                               TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                           44


               Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer
               quarters.




22             2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G    E
                                                                 Programs of Study/Business & Service                                         2

A dministrative Assistant
    Dental Office Occupations
 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION                                           TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS                                  CREDITS
 30.5 CREDITS
                                                                     ACCT        112     Business Calculator Applications 3
                                                                     BUSA        111     Business Computer Applications 3
 The Dental Office Occupations certificate is designed               BUSA        191     Customer Service/Help Desk         3
 to meet the needs of basic office skills for dental                 BUSA        198     Job Search                         2
 settings by teaching customer service, computer                     DENT        111     Introduction to Dental Assisting   2
 skills, record processing and legal requirements.                   DENT        114     Ethics/Law & Office Management 2
 Students may find jobs as a receptionist and general                DFOM        116     Dental Office Overview             4
 clerical support. Any developmental coursework a                    IFAD        156     First Aid/CPR                    0.5
 student may be required to complete may increase                    OFTC        105     Keyboarding                        3
 the program length.                                                 OFTC        106     Keyboard Skillbuilding I           3
                                                                     OFTC        111     Business English I                 5
 The following program outline is a suggested
                                                                     TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                        30.5
 sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses
 listed in the program outline may not be offered in
 the exact sequential order. It is the student’s
 responsibility to work out their individual schedule
 with a counselor or adviser.

 Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer
 quarters.




 2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L    L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                              23
2    Programs of Study/Business & Service




             A dministrative Assistant
                  Health Office Occupations
               CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION                                           TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS                              CREDITS
               36.5 CREDITS
                                                                                   BUSA        111     Business Computer Applications 3
                                                                                   MEDA        115     Law & Ethics                     4
               The Health Occupations option is designed to meet                   MEDA        116     Medical Terminology              5
               the needs of basic office skills for the medical and                OFTC        106     Keyboard Skillbuilding I         3
               dental settings by teaching customer service,                       OFTC        111     Business English I               5
               computer skills, record processing and legal                        ACCT        111     Introduction to Accounting       5
               requirements. Students may find jobs as Customer                    BUSA        191     Customer Service                 3
               Service Representatives, Accounts Receivable                        BUSA        198     Job Search                       2
               Representatives, Medical Records Clerk and general                  IFAD        156     First Aid/CPR                  0.5
               clerical support in a medical setting. Any develop-                 MEDA        114     Coding, Billing & Insurance      3
               mental coursework a student may be required to                      OFTC        110     Office Skills                    3
               complete may increase the program length.
                                                                                   TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                       36.5

               The following program outline is a suggested
               sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses
               listed in the program outline may not be offered in
               the exact sequential order. It is the student’s
               responsibility to work out their individual schedule
               with a counselor or adviser.

               Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer
               quarters.




24             2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                 Programs of Study/Business & Service                                         2

A dministrative Assistant
    Human Resources
 CERTIFICATE OF PROFICIENCY                                          TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS                          CREDITS
 84 CREDITS
                                                                     ACCT        111 Introduction to Accounting                       5
                                                                     BUHR        150 Human Resources Ethics/
 The Human Resources certificate is designed to                                      Time Management                                  3
 teach the basic office skills for a Human Resources                 BUHR        151 Human Resource
 Office. These skills include basic employment law,                                  Information System                               4
 administrative procedures, computer skills, and                     BUHR        159 Human Resources Overview                         1
 records processing. Students may find jobs as                       BUHR        183 Employment Law I                                 3
 Human Resources Assistants or general clerical                      BUSA        191 Customer Service/Help Desk                       3
 support.                                                            BUSA        198 Job Search                                       2
                                                                     CISA        102 Integrated Applications                          3
 The following program outline is a list of required                 CISA        103 Internet                                         2
 courses. The courses are listed alphabetically by                   CISA        111 Word                                             4
 Department and Course ID. It is the student’s                       CISA        112 Excel                                            4
 responsibility to work out an individual schedule                   CISA        114 Access                                           4
 with a counselor or adviser.                                        CISA        116 Windows                                          3
                                                                     CISA        124 PowerPoint                                       3
                                                                     CISA        154 Front Page (Web Editor)                          4
                                                                     CISA        235 Outlook                                          2
                                                                     OFTC        105 Keyboarding                                      3
                                                                     OFTC        106 Keyboard Skill Building                          3
                                                                     OFTC        110 Office Skills                                    3
                                                                     OFTC        111 Business English I                               5
                                                                     OFTC        121 Business English II                              5
                                                                     TOTAL TECHNICAL CREDITS                                         69

                                                                     GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–15
                                                                     CREDITS
                                                                     Written Communication                                 5
                                                                     Quantitative Reasoning                                5
                                                                     Social Science (PSYC 100)                             5
                                                                     See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
                                                                     each of the categories listed above.




 2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G    E
                                                                                                                                              25
2    Programs of Study/Business & Service




            Office Assistant
               CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION                                           TERM I                                               CREDITS
                                                                                   OFTC         105 Keyboarding                                      3
               35 CREDITS

               The Office Assistant program is designed to meet the
               needs of basic office skills by teaching word
                                                                               [   - OR -
                                                                                   OFTC
                                                                                   OFTC
                                                                                                106
                                                                                                110
                                                                                                        Keyboard Skillbuilding I
                                                                                                        Office Skills
                                                                                                                                                     3
                                                                                                                                                     3
               processing, how to use the fax, phones, and                         CISA         116     Windows                                      3
               photocopy machines, and calculator. Students may                    CISA         103     Internet                                     2
               find jobs as a receptionist and clerical support. Any               CISA         111     Word                                         4
               developmental coursework a student may be
               required to complete may increase the program                       TERM II
               length.                                                             OFTC         106 Keyboarding Skillbuilding I                      3

               The following program outline is a suggested
               sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses
                                                                               [   - OR -
                                                                                   OFTC
                                                                                   BUSA
                                                                                                107
                                                                                                191
                                                                                                        Keyboard Skillbuilding II
                                                                                                        Customer Service Help Desk
                                                                                                                                                     3
                                                                                                                                                     3
               listed in the program outline may not be offered in                 BUSA         198     Job Search                                   2
               the exact sequential order. It is the student’s                     CISA         124     PowerPoint                                   3
               responsibility to work out his or her individual                    ITAD         112     HTML                                         5
               schedule with a counselor or adviser.                                                    Technical Electives                          4
               Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer                   TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                            35
               quarters.
                                                                                   TECHNICAL ELECTIVES–4 CREDITS
                                                                                   See program adviser/instructor for approval.




26             2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N    T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G    E
                                                                   Programs of Study/Business & Service                                         2

Business Applications Support
 ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE                                          TERM IV
 DEGREE PROGRAM                                                        MMDP        133     Dream Weaver                                 4
                                                                       MMDP        153     Web Design                                   3
 93-95 CREDITS
                                                                       BUSA        198     Job Search                                   2
 The Business Applications Support program is                          CISA        102     Integrated Apps                              3
 designed to meet the growing need for professionally                                      General Education Requirement                5
 trained support professionals. The primary goal is to
 prepare students to use the various software                          TERM V
 applications in the work environment as a support                     CISA        172 E-Commerce                                       4
 tool to enhance day-to-day business operations.                       CISA        114 Access                                           4
                                                                                       General Education Requirement                    5
 The following program outline is a suggested
 sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses                   TERM VI
 listed in the program outline may not be offered in                   CWEX        190 Cooperative Seminar                              1
 the exact sequential order. It is the student’s                       CWEX        197 Cooperative Work Exp. I                          5
 responsibility to work out his or her individual                                      General Education Requirement                    5
 schedule with a counselor or an adviser. Any                          TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                       93-95
 developmental coursework a student may be
 required to complete may increase the program                         GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–20
 length.                                                               CREDITS
                                                                       Written Communication                                 5
 Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer                     Oral Communication                                    5
 quarters.                                                             Quantitative Reasoning                                5
                                                                       Social Science                                        5
 TERM I                                               CREDITS          See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
 CISA       116      Windows                                   3       each of the categories listed above.
 CISA       103      Internet                                  2
 OFTC       105      Keyboarding                               3
 CISA       111      Word                                      4
 PSYC       100      Human Relations                           5

 TERM II
 BUSA       191      Customer Service                          3
 CISA       112      Excel                                     4
 CISA       124      PowerPoint                                3
 ITAD       112      HTML                                      5
 MMDP       122      Photoshop I                               4

 TERM III
 CISA       281 Project Management                             3
 ITAD       122 DHTML/Javascript                               5
 CISA       121 PageMaker                                      3
[- OR -
 MMDP       129 Quark
                General Education Requirement
                                                               5
                                                               5




 2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5    L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H    I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L    E   G   E
                                                                                                                                                27
2    Programs of Study/Business & Service




             Business Applications Support
               CERTIFICATE OF PROFICIENCY                                           TERM III
                                                                                    CISA         281 Project Management                               3
               66-68 CREDITS
                                                                                    ITAD         122 DHTML/Javascript                                 5
                                                                                    CISA         121 PageMaker                                        3
               The Business Applications Support program is
               designed to meet the growing need for professionally
               trained support professionals. The primary goal of
                                                                                [   - OR -
                                                                                    MMDP         129 Quark
                                                                                                     General Education Requirement
                                                                                                                                                      5
                                                                                                                                                      5
               the certificate is to prepare students to use the
               various software applications in the work environ-
               ment as a support tool to enhance day-to-day                         TERM IV
               business operations.                                                 CISA         172 E-Commerce                                       4
                                                                                    MMDP         153 Web Design                                       3
               The following program outline is a suggested                         BUSA         198 Job Search                                       2
               sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses                                   General Education Requirement                    5
               listed in the program outline may not be offered in                  TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                        66-68
               the exact sequential order. It is the student’s
               responsibility to work out his or her individual                     GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–15
               schedule with a counselor or an adviser. Any                         CREDITS
               developmental coursework a student may be                            Written Communication                                 5
               required to complete may increase the program                        Quantitative Reasoning                                5
               length.                                                              Social Science (PSYC 100)                             5
                                                                                    See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
               Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer                    each of the categories listed above.
               quarters.

               TERM I                                           CREDITS
               CISA       116      Windows                                  3
               CISA       103      Internet                                 2
               OFTC       105      Keyboarding                              3
               CISA       111      Word                                     4
               PSYC       100      Human Relations                          5

               TERM II
               BUSA       191      Customer Service                         3
               CISA       112      Excel                                    4
               CISA       124      PowerPoint                               3
               ITAD       112      HTML                                     5
               MMDP       122      Photoshop I                              4




28             2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5    L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N    T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L    E   G   E
                                                                    Programs of Study/Business & Service                                          2

Business Applications Support
 CUSTOMER SERVICE/PRODUCT SUPPORT                                       PROJECT MANAGEMENT SUPPORT
 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION                                              CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION
 34 CREDITS                                                             34 CREDITS

 The Customer Service-Product Support Certificate is                    The Project Management Support Certificate is
 designed to prepare students for job transitions,                      designed to prepare students for job transitions,
 skills upgrades, and continuing industry education.                    skills upgrades, and continuing industry education.
 The primary goal of the certificate is to prepare                      The primary goal of the certificate is to prepare
 students to use the various software applications in                   students to use the various software applications in
 the work environment as a support tool to enhance                      the work environment as a support tool to enhance
 day-to-day business operations. Graduates will find                    day-to-day business operations. Graduates will find
 entry-level jobs as Customer Service Representatives,                  entry-level jobs as Project Management Coordina-
 Call Center Service Reps.                                              tors, Project Management Assistants, Events or
                                                                        Conference Coordinators.
 The following program outline is a suggested
 sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses                    The following program outline is a suggested
 listed in the program outline may not be offered in                    sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses
 the exact sequential order. It is the student’s                        listed in the program outline may not be offered in
 responsibility to work out his or her individual                       the exact sequential order. It is the student’s
 schedule with a counselor or an adviser. Any                           responsibility to work out his or her individual
 developmental coursework a student may be                              schedule with a counselor or an adviser.
 required to complete may increase the program
 length.                                                                Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer
                                                                        quarters.
 Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer
 quarters.

 TERM I                                               CREDITS           TERM I                                                  CREDITS
 CISA       116      Windows                                    3       CISA        103     Internet                                      2
 CISA       103      Internet                                   2       CISA        111     Word                                          4
 OFTC       105      Keyboarding                                3       CISA        116     Windows                                       3
 CISA       111      Word                                       4       OFTC        105     Keyboarding                                   3
 PSYC       100      Human Relations                            5       PSYC        100     Human Relations                               5

 TERM II                                                                TERM II
 CISA       112      Excel                                      4       BUSA        191     Customer Service                              3
 CISA       114      Access                                     4       BUSA        101     Business Communications                       5
 CISA       124      PowerPoint                                 3       CISA        281     Project Management                            3
 CISA       281      Project Management                         3       CISA        235     Outlook                                       2
 BUSA       191      Customer Service                           3       CISA        195     Capstone Project                              4
 TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                         34       TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                            34




 2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5    L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H    I   N   G    T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L    L   E   G    E
                                                                                                                                                  29
2    Programs of Study/Business & Service




             Business Applications Support
               PUBLICATIONS/SALES/MARKETING SUPPORT                                  WEB MAINTENANCE
               CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION                                             CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION
               35-37 CREDITS                                                         38 CREDITS

               The Publications-Marketing Support Certificate is                     The Web Maintenance Support Certificate is
               designed to prepare students for job transitions,                     designed to prepare students for job transitions,
               skills upgrades, and continuing industry education.                   skills upgrades, and continuing industry education.
               The primary goal of the certificate is to prepare                     The primary goal of the certificate is to prepare
               students to use the various software applications in                  students to use the various software applications in
               the work environment as a support tool to enhance                     the work environment as a support tool to enhance
               day-to-day business operations. Graduates will find                   day-to-day business operations. Graduates will find
               entry-level jobs as Sales Assistants, Sales Coordina-                 entry-level jobs as Web Assistants, Web Maintenance
               tors, Marketing Assistants, Marketing Coordinators,                   Support, Computer Support Specialist, Web
               Publications Coordinators, Sales Representatives.                     Specialists, Web Designers, Webmasters, Internet
                                                                                     and Intranet Developers.
               The following program outline is a suggested
               sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses                   The following program outline is a suggested
               listed in the program outline may not be offered in                   sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses
               the exact sequential order. It is the student’s                       listed in the program outline may not be offered in
               responsibility to work out his or her individual                      the exact sequential order. It is the student’s
               schedule with a counselor or an adviser. Any                          responsibility to work out his or her individual
               developmental coursework a student may be                             schedule with a counselor or an adviser. Any
               required to complete may increase the program                         developmental coursework a student may be
               length.                                                               required to complete may increase the program
                                                                                     length.
               Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer
               quarters.                                                             Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer
                                                                                     quarters.
               TERM I                                           CREDITS
               CISA       116      Windows                                   3       TERM I                                              CREDITS
               CISA       103      Internet                                  2       CISA        116     Windows                                      3
               OFTC       105      Keyboarding                               3       CISA        103     Internet                                     2
               CISA       111      Word                                      4       OFTC        105     Keyboarding                                  3
               PSYC       100      Human Relations                           5       CISA        111     Word                                         4
                                                                                     PSYC        100     Human Relations                              5
               TERM II
               BUSA       191 Customer Service                               3       TERM II
               CISA       124 Power Point                                    3       ITAD        112     HTML                                         5
               CISA       121 PageMaker                                      3       MMDP        122     Photoshop I                                  4

             [ - OR -
               MMDP
               MMDP
                          129 Quark
                          122 Photoshop I
                                                                             5
                                                                             4
                                                                                     MMDP
                                                                                     MMDP
                                                                                     ITAD
                                                                                                 133
                                                                                                 153
                                                                                                 122
                                                                                                         Dreamweaver
                                                                                                         Web Design
                                                                                                         DHTML/Javascript
                                                                                                                                                      4
                                                                                                                                                      3
                                                                                                                                                      5
               ITAD       112 HTML                                           5       TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                           38
               TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                    35-37




30             2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5    L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I    N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G    E
                                                                   Programs of Study/Business & Service                                        2

Business Applications Support
 MICROSOFT OFFICE APPLICATIONS
 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION
 25 CREDITS

 The Microsoft Office certificate is designed to
 meet the needs of students to increase
 their computer knowledge. This certificate is
 directed towards people who have prior work
 experience and want to upgrade their skills by
 learning the current software applications used in
 the business community. Any developmental
 coursework a student may be required to complete
 may increase the program length.

 The following program outline is a suggested
 sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses
 listed in the program outline may not be offered in
 the exact sequential order. It is the student’s
 responsibility to work out his or her individual
 schedule with a counselor or adviser.

 Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer
 quarters.

 TERM I                                               CREDITS
 CISA      103       Internet                                  2
 CISA      111        Word                                     4
 CISA      112        Excel I                                  4
 CISA      116       Windows                                   3

 TERM II
 CISA      114       Access                                    4
 CISA      124       PowerPoint                                3
 ITAD      112       HTML                                      5
 TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS




 2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5    L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H    I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                               31
2    Programs of Study/Business & Service




             Child Care Manager
               ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE                                          TERM IV
               DEGREE PROGRAM                                                        ECEM        212 Policies and Procedures                          5
               94 CREDITS
                                                                                     ECEM        213 Staff Management                                 6
                                                                                     ECEM        214 Financial Planning, Records                      5
               Theoretical knowledge is gained through evening
               classroom lectures; practical experience takes place                  TERM V
               in college lab and in family- and center-based                                            General Education Requirement                5
               programs where students are employed. Students                                            General Education Requirement                5
               develop competencies necessary to plan, implement                                         Technical Electives                          5
               and evaluate a quality program for children,
               following National Association for the Education of                   TERM VI
               Young Children (NAEYC) standards. Program                                                 General Education Requirement                5
               prepares students to seek new employment or                                               General Education Requirement                5
               update professional skills and knowledge as a family                                      Technical Electives                          5
               care provider; program supervisor of child care                       TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                           94
               center; child care manager; and lead teacher in child
               care, preschool and Headstart programs. No                            GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–20
               prerequisite courses required. Any developmental                      CREDITS
               coursework a student may be required to complete                      Written Communication                                 5
               may increase the program length.                                      Oral Communication                                    5
                                                                                     Quantitative Reasoning                                5
               The following program outline is a suggested                          Social Science                                        5
               sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses                   See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
               listed in the program outline may not be offered in                   each of the categories listed above.
               the exact sequential order. It is the student’s
               responsibility to work out his or her individual
               schedule with a counselor or adviser.                                 TECHNICAL ELECTIVES–10 CREDITS
                                                                                     Choose a minimum of 10 elective credits from the
               Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer                     following list.
               quarters.                                                             (In addition to the following courses, additional
                                                                                     business, computer or technology courses may be
               TERM I                                            CREDITS
                                                                                     added with instructor permission.)
               ECEM       111 Introduction to Early                                  ECEM      150 S.T.A.R.S. Basic
                              Childhood Education                            5                       Guidebook Training                2
               ECEM       112 Child Development                              6       ECEM      199 Independent Study*                1-5
               ECEM       113 Guidance Techniques                            5       ECEM      299 Independent Study*                1-5
                                                                                     IFAD      151 First Aid/CPR                       1
               TERM II                                                               BUSA      100 Business Math                       5
               ECEM       121      Diversity Issues                          1       BUSA      101 Business Communications             5
               ECEM       122      Creative Activities                       5       HOSP      103 Introduction to Management          3
               ECEM       124      Language Activities                       5
               ECEM       125      Science and Math Activities               5       *These courses are by instructor permission only.

               TERM III
               ECEM       131      Advocacy/Legal Issues                     1
               ECEM       132      Parent Interactions                       5
               ECEM       133      Program Design                            5
               ECEM       134      Safety/Health/Nutrition                   5




32             2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5     L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G    E
                                                                 Programs of Study/Business & Service                                         2

Child Care Manager
 CERTIFICATE OF PROFICIENCY                                          TERM I                                              CREDITS
                                                                     E C E M 111 Introduction to Early
 74 CREDITS
                                                                                 Childhood Education                                  5
 Theoretical knowledge is gained through evening                     ECEM    112 Child Development                                    6
 classroom lectures; practical experience takes place                ECEM    113 Guidance Techniques                                  5
 in college lab and in family- and center-based
 programs where students are employed. Students                      TERM II
 develop competencies necessary to plan, implement                   ECEM        121     Diversity Issues                             1
 and evaluate a quality program for children,                        ECEM        122     Creative Activities                          5
 following National Association for the Education of                 ECEM        124     Language Activities                          5
 Young Children (NAEYC) standards. Program                           ECEM        125     Science/Math Activities                      5
 prepares students to seek new employment or
 update professional skills and knowledge as a family                TERM III
 care provider; program supervisor of child care                     ECEM        131     Advocacy/Legal Issues                        1
 center; child care manager; and lead teacher in child               ECEM        132     Parent Interactions                          5
 care, preschool and Headstart programs. No                          ECEM        133     Program Design                               5
 prerequisite courses required. Any developmental                    ECEM        134     Safety/Health/Nutrition                      5
 coursework a student may be required to complete                                        General Education Requirement                5
 may increase the program length.
                                                                     TERM IV
 The following program outline is a suggested                        ECEM        212 Policies and Procedures                          5
 sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses                 ECEM        213 Staff Management                                 6
 listed in the program outline may not be offered in                 ECEM        214 Financial Planning/Records                       5
 the exact sequential order. It is the student’s                                     General Education Requirement                    5
 responsibility to work out his or her individual
 schedule with a counselor or adviser.                               TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                           74

                                                                     GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–10
 Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer                   CREDITS
 quarters.                                                           Written Communication                                 5
                                                                     Quantitative Reasoning                                5
                                                                     See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
                                                                     each of the categories listed above.
                                                                     The required Social Science course is taught within
                                                                     the Child Care Manager curriculum.




 2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G    E
                                                                                                                                              33
2    Programs of Study/Business & Service




            Cosmetology
               CERTIFICATE OF PROFICIENCY                                          TERM I                                              CREDITS
               88 CREDITS
                                                                                   C O S M 111 Cosmetology Theory I                                 3
                                                                                   C O S M 1 1 2 Cosmetology Practice I                            19
               This program prepares students to meet state
               requirements, including hair styling, manicuring and                TERM II
               permanent waving. The program consists of practical                 COSM        121 Cosmetology Theory II                            3
               training offered in collaboration with Bellevue                     COSM        122 Cosmetology Practice II                         19
               Beauty School and Kirkland Beauty School which are
               both state accredited.                                              TERM III
                                                                                   COSM        131 Cosmetology Theory III                           3
               The following program outline is a suggested                        COSM        132 Cosmetology Practice III                        19
               sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses
               listed in the program outline may not be offered in                 TERM IV
               the exact sequential order. It is the student’s                     COSM        211 Cosmetology Theory IV                            3
               responsibility to work out his or her individual                    COSM        212 Cosmetology Practice IV                         19
               schedule with a counselor or adviser.                               TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                           88

               Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer                   450 hours per 13-week quarter. Students partici-
               quarters.                                                           pate in classroom activities 40 hours per week.

                                                                                   The required Written Communication, Quantitative
                                                                                   Reasoning, and Social Science courses are taught
                                                                                   within the Cosmetology curriculum.




34             2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G    E
                                                                   Programs of Study/Business & Service                                         2

Culinary Arts (Commercial Cooking)
 ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE                                          TERM II
 DEGREE PROGRAM                                                        CULA        116 Basic Preparations                              15
 120 CREDITS
                                                                                       General Education Requirement                    5

 Students prepare to work in a commercial kitchen
 including restaurants, cafeterias, delis and other                    TERM III
 specialty shops. Curriculum includes basic cooking                    CULA        127 Intro to Bakery                                 15
 principles, terminology and food handling practices.                                  General Education Requirement                    5
 The program incorporates every facet of running a
 commercial restaurant. Wait staff, all stations of line               TERM IV
 cooking, inventory, production of daily specials,                     CULA        135 Front Line Cooking                              15
 manager work, sauce preparation, and maintenance                                      General Education Requirement                    5
 of commercial equipment are included.
                                                                       TERM V
 Prerequisite: MATH 070 or equivalent placement                        CULA        218 Supervision                   15
 scores. Any developmental coursework a student                                        Technical Electives            2
 may be required to complete may increase the                                          General Education Requirement 5
 program length.
                                                                       TERM VI
 The following program outline is a suggested                          CULA        235 Management                                      15
 sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses                   CULA        137 Nutrition in Food Service                        3
 listed in the program outline may not be offered in
                                                                       TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                       120
 the exact sequential order. It is the student’s
 responsibility to work out his or her individual                      GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–20
 schedule with a counselor or adviser.                                 CREDITS
                                                                       Written Communication                                 5
 Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer                     Oral Communication                                   5
 quarters.                                                             Quantitative Reasoning                                5
                                                                       Social Science                                        5
 TERM I                                              CREDITS           See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
 HOSP      101      Introduction to Hospitality                3       each of the categories listed above.
 HOSP      103      Introduction to Management                 3
 HOSP      106      Hospitality Basics                         4       TECHNICAL ELECTIVES–2 CREDITS
 HOSP      110      Hospitality Service                       10       See program adviser/instructor for approval.




2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5    L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H    I   N   G    T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G    E
                                                                                                                                                35
2    Programs of Study/Business & Service




             Culinary Arts (Commercial Cooking)
               CERTIFICATE OF PROFICIENCY                                          TERM I                                              CREDITS
               80 CREDITS
                                                                                   HOSP        101     Introduction to Hospitality                  3
                                                                                   HOSP        103     Introduction to Management                   3
               The Culinary Arts certificate program prepares                      HOSP        106     Hospitality Basics                           4
               students for a wide variety of entry-level positions in             HOSP        110     Hospitality Service                         10
               the culinary (commercial cooking) field. Positions
               include all stations of line cooking, inventory,
               production of daily specials, sauce preparation, and
               equipment maintenance, as well as exposure to                       TERM II
               entry-level manager duties. Curriculum includes                     CULA        116 Basic Preparations                              15
               basic cooking principles, terminology, and food                                     General Education Requirement                    5
               handling practices.
                                                                                   TERM III
               Prerequisite: MATH 070 or equivalent placement                      CULA        127 Intro to Bakery                                 15
               scores. Any developmental coursework a student                                      General Education Requirement                    5
               may be required to complete may increase the
               program length.                                                     TERM IV
                                                                                   CULA        135 Front Line Cooking                              15
               The following program outline is a suggested                                        General Education Requirement                    5
               sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses
                                                                                   TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                           80
               listed in the program outline may not be offered in
               the exact sequential order. It is the student’s                     GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–15
               responsibility to work out his or her individual                    CREDITS
               schedule with a counselor or adviser.                               Written Communication                                 5
                                                                                   Quantitative Reasoning                                5
               Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer                   Social Science                                        5
               quarters.                                                           See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
                                                                                   each of the categories listed above.




36             2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G    E
                                                                Programs of Study/Business & Service                                         2

Floristry
 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION                                          TERM I                                              CREDITS
 39 CREDITS
                                                                    FLDS        111     Introduction to Floristry                    2
                                                                    FLDS        112     Flowers & Foliage                            5
 This program prepares students to work as flower                   FLDS        113     Basic Floral Design                          7
 shop assistants/floral designers. Students will learn              FLDS        114     Indoor Houseplants                           3
 to use fresh, dried and silk flowers in practical and              FLDS        115     Sales and Service                            4
 contemporary design. Experience in sales and
 service, care of floriculture materials, wire service              TERM II
 marketing, financial accounting for the floral shop,               FLDS        121     Retail Florist Operations                    4
 blooming and house plant identification and care,                  FLDS        123     Advanced Floral Design                       7
 shop maintenance, special event sales and designing                FLDS        125     Floristry Laboratory                         4
 for weddings, funerals and holidays will prepare the               FLDS        198     Job Search Skills                            3
 student to be a flower shop professional and a floral
                                                                    TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                           39
 designer. Industry-based experience is an option. No
 prerequisite courses required.

 The following program outline is a suggested
 sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses
 listed in the program outline may not be offered in
 the exact sequential order. It is the student’s
 responsibility to work out his or her individual
 schedule with a counselor or adviser.

 Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer
 quarters.




2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G    E
                                                                                                                                             37
2    Programs of Study/Business & Service




            Horticulture/Floristry Option
               ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE                                          TECHNICAL ELECTIVES–44 CREDITS
               DEGREE PROGRAM                                                        Choose a minimum of 44 elective credits from the
                                                                                     following list.
               114 CREDITS
                                                                                     HORT 111 Botany                                 5
               This program offers a special option that trains                      HORT 112 Tools & Equipment                      1
               students to work as a sales person and floral                         HORT 113 Propagation                            5
               designer in the retail floral industry. Students gain                 HORT 115 Plant Identification-Fall              4
               hands-on experience in the use of fresh, dried and                    HORT 116 Horticulture Lab-Fall                  3
               silk flowers in practical and contemporary floral                     HORT 121 Soils                                  4
               design. The program provides experience in flower                     HORT 122 Pruning                                2
               shop procedures and management, business                              HORT 123 Pests & Pesticides                     4
               records, sales and service, care of floriculture                      HORT 125 Plant Identification-Winter            4
               materials, wire service marketing, merchandising for                  HORT 127 Horticulture Lab-Winter                4
               the floral shop, blooming and house plant identifica-                 HORT 131 Landscape Design I                     6
               tion and care, and shop maintenance. Special event                    HORT 132 Landscape Materials                    2
               sales, and designing for weddings, funerals and                       HORT 134 Horticulture Marketing                 1
               holidays. A foundation of 44 credits in Environmen-                   HORT 135 Plant Identification-Spring            4
               tal Horticulture is also required. Any developmental                  HORT 137 Horticulture Lab-Spring                4
               coursework a student may be required to complete                      HORT 211 Landscape Design II                    1
               may increase the program length.                                      HORT 212 Turfgrass Management                   3
                                                                                     HORT 213 Interiorscapes                         3
               Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer                     HORT 215 Plant Identification-Summer            4
               quarters.                                                             HORT 216 Greenhouse Operations                  3
                                                                                     HORT 217 Horticulture Lab-Summer                3
               TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS–40 CREDITS
                                                                                     CWEX 197 Cooperative Work Experience 2-5
               FLDS       111      Introduction to Floristry                 2
               FLDS       112      Flowers & Foliage                         5
                                                                                     GENERAL ELECTIVES–10 CREDITS
               FLDS       113      Basic Floral Design                       7       Choose a minimum of 10 elective credits from the
               FLDS       114      Indoor Houseplants                        3       following list or electives agreed upon by instructor/
               FLDS       115      Sales and Service                         4       horticulture adviser.
               FLDS       123      Advanced Floral Design                    7       ACCT      210 Financial Acct I                      5
               FLDS       121      Retail Florist Operations                 4       BIOL      101 Biology                               5
               FLDS       198      Job Search Skills                         3       CHEM 101 Principles of Chemistry                    5
               FLDS       125      Floristry Lab                             4       CISA      101 Computer Applications                 2
               IFAD       151      First Aid/CPR                             1       CWEX      197 Cooperative Work Experience         2-5
                                                                                     PSYC      100 Human Relations                       5
                                                                                     SOCI      110 Introduction to Sociology             5

                                                                                     GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–20
                                                                                     CREDITS
                                                                                     Written Communication                                 5
                                                                                     Oral Communication                                    5
                                                                                     Quantitative Reasoning                                5
                                                                                     Social Science                                        5
                                                                                     See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
                                                                                     each of the categories listed above.




38             2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5     L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                  Programs of Study/Business & Service                                            2

Environmental Horticulture
 ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE                                             TERM III
                                                                          HORT       131     Landscape Design I                          6
 DEGREE PROGRAM
                                                                          HORT       132     Landscape Materials                         2
 104-107 CREDITS
                                                                          HORT       134     Horticulture Marketing                      1
 Learn plant identification, greenhouses, plant                           HORT       135     Plant Identification-Spring                 4
 propagation, landscaping, soils, pruning and botany.                     HORT       137     Horticulture Laboratory-Spring              4
 Through time spent in practical hands-on training,                                          General Education Requirement               5
 students will learn to propagate, seed, transplant,
 design landscape plans, and maintain a variety of                        TERM IV
 plants. This program provides students with                              HORT       211     Landscape Design II                         1
 knowledge and skills needed for jobs with nurseries,                     HORT       212     Turfgrass Management                        3
 greenhouses, landscape firms, garden centers, park                       HORT       213     Interiorscapes                              3
 departments, and a wide variety of horticulture                          HORT       215     Plant Identification-Summer                 4
 related industries. Industry-based training experi-                      HORT       216     Greenhouse Operations                       3
 ence is an option. No prerequisite courses required.                     HORT       217     Horticulture Laboratory-Summer              4
 Any developmental coursework a student may be
 required to complete may increase the program                            TERM V
 length.                                                                  IFAD       151 First Aid/CPR                                    1
                                                                                         General Education Requirement                    5
 The following program outline is a suggested                                            Electives                                       10
 sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses
 listed in the program outline may not be offered in                      TERM VI
 the exact sequential order. It is the student’s                                             General Education Requirement 5
 responsibility to work out his or her individual                                            Electives                     2-5
 schedule with a counselor or adviser.
                                                                          TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                  104-107
 Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer                        GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–20
 quarters.                                                                CREDITS
                                                                          Written Communication                                 5
 TERM I                                           CREDITS                 Oral Communication                                    5
 HORT      111      Botany                                    5           Quantitative Reasoning                                5
 HORT      112      Tools & Equipment                         1           Social Science                                        5
 HORT      113      Propagation                               5           See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
 HORT      115      Plant Identification-Fall                 4           each of the categories listed above.
 HORT      116      Horticulture Laboratory-Fall              3
                    General Education Requirement             5           SUGGESTED ELECTIVES
                                                                          Choose a minimum of 12 credits from this list or
 TERM II                                                                  electives agreed upon by instructor/horticulture
 HORT      121      Soils                                     4           adviser.
 HORT      122      Pruning                                   2           ACCT       210 Financial Accounting I              5
 HORT      123      Pests & Pesticides                        4           ENGT       131 Computer Aided Drafting &
 HORT      125      Plant Identification-Winter               4                           Design I                           4
 HORT      127      Horticulture Laboratory-Winter            4           SOCI       110 Introduction to Sociology           5
                                                                          CHEM 101 Principles of Chemistry                   5
                                                                          BIOL       101 Biology                             5
                                                                          CWEX       197 Cooperative Work Experience       2-5
                                                                          CISA       101 Computer Applications or
                                                                                          Computer Elective                2-5
                                                                          PSYC       100 Human Relations                     5
                                                                          HORT 299 Special Projects                     varies

2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5     L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O     N    T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G    E
                                                                                                                                                  39
2    Programs of Study/Business & Service




             Environmental Horticulture
               CERTIFICATE OF PROFICIENCY                                           TERM III
               88 CREDITS
                                                                                    HORT        131     Landscape Design I                           6
                                                                                    HORT        132     Landscape Materials                          2
               This program provides students with knowledge and                    HORT        134     Horticulture Marketing                       1
               skills needed for jobs with nurseries, greenhouses,                  HORT        135     Plant Identification-Spring                  4
               landscape firms, garden centers, park departments,                   HORT        137     Horticulture Laboratory-Spring               4
               and a wide variety of horticulture related industries.                                   General Education Requirement                5
               Industry-based training experience is an option.
               Students learn plant identification, greenhouses,                    TERM IV
               plant propagation, landscaping, soils, pruning and                   HORT        211     Landscape Design II                          1
               botany. Through time spent in practical hands-on                     HORT        212     Turfgrass Management                         3
               training, students will learn to propagate, seed,                    HORT        213     Interiorscapes                               3
               transplant, design landscape plans, and maintain a                   HORT        215     Plant Identification-Summer                  4
               variety of plants. No prerequisite courses required.                 HORT        216     Greenhouse Operations                        3
               Any developmental coursework a student may be                        HORT        217     Horticulture Laboratory-Summer               4
               required to complete may increase the program                        CISA        101     Computer Applications                        2
               length.
                                                                                    TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                           88
               The following program outline is a suggested                         GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–15
               sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses                  CREDITS
               listed in the program outline may not be offered in                  Written Communication                                 5
               the exact sequential order. It is the student’s                      Quantitative Reasoning                                5
               responsibility to work out his or her individual                     Social Science                                        5
               schedule with a counselor or adviser.                                See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
                                                                                    each of the categories listed above.
               Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer
               quarters.

               TERM I                                           CREDITS
               HORT       111      Botany                                   5
               HORT       112      Tools & Equipment                        1
               HORT       113      Propagation                              5
               HORT       115      Plant Identification-Fall                4
               HORT       116      Horticulture Laboratory -Fall            3
                                   General Education Requirement            5

               TERM II
               HORT       121      Soils                                    4
               HORT       122      Pruning                                  2
               HORT       123      Pests & Pesticides                       4
               HORT       125      Plant Identification-Winter              4
               HORT       127      Horticulture Laboratory-Winter           4
                                   General Education Requirement            5




40             2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5    L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G    E
                                                                  Programs of Study/Business & Service                                            2

Hotel Services & Operations
 ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE                                             TERM III
 DEGREE PROGRAM                                                           HOTL    124        Laws of Inn keeping II                      3
 114 CREDITS
                                                                          HOTL    232        Hospitality Market Strategy II              3
                                                                          HOTL    198        Job Skills                                  3
 The Hotel Operations certificate program combines                        HOTL    114        Front Office Management                     3
 individual and group participation in assignments                        HOTL    190        Customer Service                            3
 and projects. Students master skills in front desk                       CWEX 190/197       Cooperative Work Experience/
 operations, basic hotel facilities operations, industry                                     Internship and Seminar                      3
 computer systems, basic hotel accounting, human                                             General Education Requirement               5
 relations, managing diversity, aspects of hospitality
 management and organization, market strategy,                            TERM IV
 training and event management. Students also                             HOSP       103 Introduction to Management                      3
 participate in industry experiences through intern-                      HOTL       210 Hospitality Managerial
 ships. Internationally recognized American Hotel and                                    Accounting                                      4
 Lodging Association Certification is available to                        HOTL       262 Conference and
 graduates. Any developmental coursework a student                                       Event Management                                4
 may be required to complete may increase the                                            General Education Requirement                   5
 program length.
                                                                          TERM V
 The following program outline is a suggested                             CULA       116 Basic Preparations                              15
 sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses                                     General Education Requirement                    5
 listed in the program outline may not be offered in
 the exact sequential order. It is the student’s
                                                                          TERM VI
 responsibility to work out his or her individual                         CULA       135 Front Line Cooking                              15
 schedule with a counselor or adviser.
                                                                          TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                      114

                                                                          GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–20
 Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer                        CREDITS
 quarters.                                                                Written Communication                                 5
                                                                          Oral Communication                                    5
 TERM I                                          CREDITS                  Quantitative Reasoning                                5
 HOSP      101 Introduction to                                            Social Science                                        5
               Hospitality & Food Service                     3           See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
 HOSP      106 Hospitality Basics                             4           each of the categories listed above.
 HOSP      110 Hospitality Service                           10

 TERM II
 HOTL      113 Laws of Inn keeping I                         3
 HOTL      131 Hospitality Market Strategy I                 3
 HOTL      132 Hospitality Ethics                            3
 HOTL      133 Facilities Management                         3
 HOTL      134 Hospitality Industry
               Computer Systems                               3
 HOTL      215 Hospitality Training
               and Diversity Management                       3
               General Education Requirement                  5




 2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G    T   O     N    T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G    E
                                                                                                                                                  41
2    Programs of Study/Business & Service




            Hotel Operations
                CERTIFICATE OF PROFICIENCY                                               TERM III
                79 CREDITS
                                                                                         HOTL   124         Laws of Inn keeping II                       3
                                                                                         HOTL   232         Hospitality Market Strategy II               3
                This certificate program combines individual and                         HOTL   198         Job Skills                                   3
                group participation in assignments and projects.                         HOTL   114         Front Office Management                      3
                Students master skills in front desk operations, basic                   HOTL   190         Customer Service                             3
                hotel accounting, human relations, managing                              CWEX 190/197       Cooperative Work Experience/
                diversity, aspects of hospitality management and                                            Internship and Seminar                       3
                organization, market strategy, development and                                              General Education Requirement                5
                tourism. Students also participate in industry
                experiences through internships. Internationally                         TERM IV
                recognized American Hotel and Motel Association                          HOSP       103 Introduction to Management                       3
                Certification is available to graduates. Any develop-                    HOTL       210 Hospitality Managerial
                mental coursework a student may be required to                                          Accounting                                       4
                complete may increase the program length.                                HOTL       262 Conference and
                                                                                                        Event Management                                 4
                The following program outline is a suggested                                            General Education Requirement                    5
                sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses
                listed in the program outline may not be offered in                      TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                          79
                the exact sequential order. It is the student’s                          GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–15
                responsibility to work out his or her individual                         CREDITS
                schedule with a counselor or adviser.                                    Written Communication                                 5
                                                                                         Quantitative Reasoning                                5
                                                                                         Social Science                                        5
                Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer                        See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
                quarters.                                                                each of the categories listed above.

                TERM I                                             CREDITS
                HOSP      101 Introduction to Hospitality
                              & Food Service                                 3
                HOSP      106 Hospitality Basics                             4
                HOSP      110 Hospitality Service                           10

                TERM II
                HOTL      113 Laws of Inn keeping I                         3
                HOTL      131 Hospitality Market Strategy I                 3
                HOTL      132 Hospitality Ethics                            3
                HOTL      133 Facilities Management                         3
                HOTL      134 Hospitality Industry
                              Computer Systems                              3
                HOTL      215 Hospitality Training and
                              Diversity Management                          3
                              General Education Requirement                 5




42             2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H    I   N   G    T   O     N    T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G    E
                                                                Programs of Study/Business & Service                                         2

Human Resources Generalist
 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION                                                                                              CREDITS
                                                                    BUHR        151 HR Information Systems                           4
 22 CREDITS
                                                                    BUHR        159 HR Overview                                      1
 The Human Resources Generalist is designed                         BUHR        163 Benefits, Health & Safety                        2
 towards the working professional wishing to                        BUHR        165 Recruitment Process                              2
 enhance upon their HR and personnel knowledge                      BUHR        166 Compensation                                     2
 and for the HR Assistant wishing to advance in their               BUHR        167 Employee & Labor Relations                       2
 field. Students may find jobs as a employment and                  BUHR        174 Training & Employee
 placement manager, HR manager, recruiter,                                          Development                                      2
 employee benefits and payroll manager in addition                  BUHR        183 Employment Law I                                 3
 to other positions within the human resources field.               BUHR        184 Employment Law II                                3
 This program is focused on evening courses, thus                   BUHR        190 HR Integration                                   1
 allowing people who are employed to upgrade their
                                                                    TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                           22
 skills and receive a certificate. Any developmental
 coursework a student may be required to complete
 may increase the program length.


 The following program outline is a suggested
 sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses
 listed in the program outline may not be offered in
 the exact sequential order. It is the student’s
 responsibility to work out their individual schedule
 with a counselor or adviser.

 Admission Dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer
 quarters.




2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G    E
                                                                                                                                             43
2    Programs of Study/Business & Service




             L egal Support Professional
               ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE                                          TERM IV
               DEGREE PROGRAM                                                        LEGL        142     Litigation                                    4
               118-120 CREDITS
                                                                                     BUSA        102     Introduction to Business                      5
                                                                                     BUSA        198     Job Search                                    2
               The Legal Support Professional certificate and                        CISA        103     Internet                                      2
               degree programs provide students with extensive                       CWEX        190     Internship Seminar                            1
               training in legal procedures, legal support skills,                   CWEX        197     Internship                                  3-5
               court procedures, legal terminology, billing systems,
               and computer skills. Students find employment in                      TERM V
               law firms, government offices and corporate law                       MATH        099 Intermediate Algebra                             5
               departments. Any developmental coursework a                           ITAD        112 HTML                                             5
               student may need to complete may increase the                                         General Education Requirement                    5
               program length.                                                                       Technical Electives                              5

               The following program outline is a suggested                          TERM VI
               sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses                   CISA        211 Expert Word                                      4
               listed in the program outline may not be offered in                                   General Education Requirement                    5
               the exact sequential order. It is the student’s                                       General Education Requirement                    5
               responsibility to work out his or her individual                                      Technical Electives                              5
               schedule with a counselor or adviser.
                                                                                     TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                   118-120
               Prerequisite: Keyboarding at 30 words per minute                      GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–25
               required for all legal classes.                                       CREDITS
                                                                                     Written Communication                                 5
               Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer                     Oral Communication                                    5
               quarters.                                                             Quantitative Reasoning                                5
                                                                                     Social Science (PSYC 100)                             5
               TERM I                                            CREDITS             Social Science (PSYC 101)                             5
               CISA       111      Word                                      4       See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
               CISA       116      Windows                                   3       each of the categories listed above.
               OFTC       106      Keyboard Skillbuilding I                  3
               LEGL       112      Legal I                                   4       TECHNICAL ELECTIVES
               BUSA       100      Business Math                             5       ACCT        111     Introduction to Accounting                   5
                                   General Education Requirement             5       CISA        111     Access                                       4
                                                                                     CISA        124     PowerPoint                                   3
               TERM II                                                               CISA        154     FrontPage                                    4
               OFTC       107 Keyboard Skill Building II1                    3       CISA        235     Outlook                                      2
                              or demonstrated proficiency                            ITAD        122     DHTML/Javascript                             5
               OFTC       111 Business English I                             5
               LEGL       122 Legal Documents & Transcription                4       NOTE: 1Students may take an elective if they possess
               BUSA       101 Business Communication                         5              keyboarding skills at 75 wpm.

               TERM III
               OFTC       108 Keyboard Skill Building III                    3
                              or demonstrated proficiency
               OFTC       121 Business English II                            5
               LEGL       132 Civil Law Applications                         4
               CISA       112 Excel I                                        4
                              General Education Requirement                  5


44             2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5     L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E    G    E
                                                                Programs of Study/Business & Service                                          2

L egal Support Professional
 CERTIFICATE OF PROFICIENCY                                         TERM III
 74-76 CREDITS
                                                                    OFTC        108 Keyboard Skill Building III                      3
                                                                                    or demonstrated proficiency
 The Legal Support Professional certificate and                     OFTC        121 Business English II                              5
 degree programs provide students with extensive                    LEGL        132 Civil Law Applications                           4
 training in legal procedures, legal support skills,                CISA        112 Excel I                                          4
 court procedures, legal terminology, billing systems,              PSYC        100 Human Relations                                  5
 and computer skills. Students find employment in
 law firms, government offices and corporate law                    TERM IV
 departments. Any developmental coursework a                        LEGL        142     Litigation                                    4
 student may need to complete may increase the                      BUSA        102     Introduction to Business                      5
 program length.                                                    BUSA        198     Job Search                                    2
                                                                    CISA        103     Internet                                      2
 The following program outline is a suggested                       CWEX        190     Internship Seminar                            1
 sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses                CWEX        197     Internship                                  3-5
 listed in the program outline may not be offered in
 the exact sequential order. It is the student’s                    TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                   74-76
 responsibility to work out his or her individual                   GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–15
 schedule with a counselor or adviser.                              CREDITS
                                                                    Written Communication (BUSA 101)                      5
 Prerequisite: Keyboarding at 30 words per minute                   Quantitative Reasoning (BUSA 100)                     5
 required for all legal classes.                                    Social Science (PSYC 100)                             5
                                                                    See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
 Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer                  each of the categories listed above.
 quarters.
                                                                    NOTE: 1Students may take an elective if they possess
 TERM I                                         CREDITS                    keyboarding skills at 70 wpm.
 CISA      111 Word                                         4
 CISA      116 Windows                                      3
 OFTC      106 Keyboard Skill Building I1                   3
               or demonstrated proficiency
 LEGL      112 Legal I                                      4
               General Education Requirement                5

 TERM II
 OFTC      107 Keyboard Skill Building II1                  3
               or demonstrated proficiency
 OFTC      111 Business English I                           5
 LEGL      122 Legal Documents & Transcription              4
               General Education Requirement                5




2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E    G    E
                                                                                                                                              45
2    Programs of Study/Business & Service




             L egal Support Professional
               LAW OFFICE CLERICAL ASSISTANT I                                       LAW OFFICE CLERICAL ASSISTANT II
               CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION                                             CERTIFICATE OF PROFICIENCY
               38 CREDITS                                                            60 CREDITS

               This Law Office Clerical Assistant I is designed to                   This Law Office Clerical Assistant II certificate is
               prepare students for positions as clerical Assistants                 designed to prepare students for positions as
               with transcription skills in the legal field. This                    clerical Assistants with transcription and civil law
               certificate will facilitate students in finding entry-level           skills in the legal field. This certificate will facilitate
               positions in private law firms, corporate law                         students in finding entry-level positions in private
               departments, and government offices.                                  law firms, corporate law departments, and
                                                                                     government offices.
               The following program outline is a suggested
               sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses                   The following program outline is a suggested
               listed in the program outline may not be offered in                   sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses
               the exact sequential order. It is the student’s                       listed in the program outline may not be offered in
               responsibility to work out his or her individual                      the exact sequential order. It is the student’s
               schedule with a counselor or adviser. Student may                     responsibility to work out his or her individual
               earn a Certificate of Proficiency or Associate Degree                 schedule with a counselor or adviser. Student may
               by successfully completing additional credits.                        earn a Certificate of Proficiency or Associate Degree
                                                                                     by successfully completing additional credits.
               Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer
               quarters.                                                             Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer
                                                                                     quarters.
                                                                CREDITS
               LEGL       112      Legal I                                   4                                                           CREDITS
               CISA       116      Windows                                   3       LEGL        112     Legal I                                      4
               CISA       111      Word                                      4       CISA        116     Windows                                      3
               PSYC       100      Human Relations                           5       CISA        111     Word                                         4
               OFTC       106      Keyboard Skillbuilding I                  3       OFTC        106     Keyboard Skillbuilding I                     3
               LEGL       122      Legal Documents & Transcription           4       LEGL        122     Legal Documents & Transcription              4
               CISA       103      Internet                                  2       CISA        103     Internet                                     2
               OFTC       107      Keyboard Skillbuilding II                 3       OFTC        107     Keyboard Skillbuilding II                    3
               OFTC       111      Business English I                        5       OFTC        111     Business English I                           5
               BUSA       101      Business Communications                   5       LEGL        132     Civil Law Applications                       5
               TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                        38
                                                                                     CISA        112     Excel I                                      4
                                                                                     OFTC        121     Business English II                          5
                                                                                     OFTC        108     Keyboard Skillbuilding III                   3
                                                                                                         General Education Requirements              15
                                                                                     TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                           60

                                                                                     GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–15
                                                                                     CREDITS
                                                                                     Written Communication (BUSA 101)                                 5
                                                                                     Quantitative Reasoning (BUSA 100)                                5
                                                                                     Social Science (PSYC 100)                                        5




46             2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5    L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G    T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G    E
                                                                    Programs of Study/Business & Service                                        2

L egal Support Professional
 LAW OFFICE RECEPTIONIST
 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION
 19 CREDITS

 The Law Office Receptionist Certificate
 is designed to prepare students for positions
 as receptionists in the legal field. This
 certificate will facilitate students in finding entry level
 positions in private law firms, corporate law
 departments, and government offices.

 The following program outline is a suggested
 sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses
 listed in the program outline may not be offered in
 the exact sequential order. It is the student’s
 responsibility to work out his or her individual
 schedule with a counselor or adviser. Students may
 earn a Certificate of Proficiency or Associate Degree
 by successfully completing additional credits.

 Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer
 quarters.

 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS                            CREDITS
 LEGL       112      Legal I                                    4
 CISA       116      Windows                                    3
 CISA       111      Word                                       4
 PSYC       100      Human Relations                            5
 OFTC       106      Keyboard Skillbuilding I                   3
 TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                         19




 2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5     L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G    T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                                47
2    Programs of Study/Business & Service




             Property Management
               COMMERCIAL PROPERTY MANAGER                                          TECHNICAL ELECTIVES–10 CREDITS
               CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION                                            Choose a minimum of 10 elective credits from the
                                                                                    following list.
               39 CREDITS
                                                                                    BUSA      101 Business Communications           2
               This program will prepare students for a career in                   BUSA      250 Business Law                      5
               commercial property management. Property                             BUSA      100 Business Math                     5
               Managers are in charge of leasing, renting and                       CWEX      197 Cooperative Work Experience     3-5
               maintaining property such as land and buildings.                     CISA      112 Excel                             4
               Students will learn how to lease commercial                          PSYC      100 Human Relations                   5
               properties, implement policies and procedures, how                   BUHR 159 Human Resources Overview               1
               to market commercial properties, tenant relations,                   BUHR 163 Benefits, Health, and Safety           2
               budgeting, maintenance, and how to screen and hire                   ACCT      111 Introduction to Accounting        5
               employees and contractors.                                           CISA      116 Windows                           3
                                                                                    CISA      111 Word                              4
               The following program outline is a suggested
               sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses
               listed in the program outline may not be offered in
               the exact sequential order. It is the student’s
               responsibility to work out his or her individual
               schedule with a counselor or adviser.

               Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer
               quarters.

               TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS                          CREDITS
               PMGT       110 Introduction to Property
                              Management                       2
               PMGT       135 Leasing Commercial Properties    2
               PMGT       138 Policies and Procedures for
                              Commercial Properties            2
               PMGT       137 Legal Issues for Commercial
                              Properties                       1
               PMGT       131 Marketing Commercial Properties 2
               PMGT       136 Tenant Relations for Commercial
                              Properties                       2
               PMGT       139 Budgeting and Fiscal Management
                              for Commercial Properties        2
               PMGT       126 Building Systems and Maintenance 3
               PMGT       141 Computer Applications for
                              Property Managers                3
               PMGT       142 Finding and Keeping a Job        2
               PMGT       143 Screening, Hiring and Managing
                              Employees and Contractors        3
               PMGT       152 Real Estate Fundamentals-
                              Pre-License                      5
                              Technical Electives             10
               TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                       39




48             2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G    T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                 Programs of Study/Business & Service                                        2

Property Management
RESIDENTIAL PROPERTY MANAGER                                         TECHNICAL ELECTIVES–14 CREDITS
CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION                                            Choose a minimum of 14 elective credits from the
                                                                     following list.
39 CREDITS
                                                                     BUSA      101 Business Communications           2
This program will prepare students for a career in                   BUSA      250 Business Law                      5
residential property management. Property Manag-                     BUSA      100 Business Math                     5
ers are in charge of leasing, renting and maintaining                CWEX      197 Cooperative Work Experience     3-5
property such as land and buildings. Students will                   CISA      112 Excel                             4
learn how to lease residential properties, tenant                    PSYC      100 Human Relations                   5
relations, marketing residential properties, budget-                 BUHR 159 Human Resources Overview               1
ing, maintenance, and real estate fundamentals.                      BUHR 163 Benefits, Health, and Safety           2
                                                                     ACCT      111 Introduction to Accounting        5
The following program outline is a suggested                         CISA      116 Windows                           3
sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses                  CISA      111 Word                              4
listed in the program outline may not be offered in                  PMGT 152 Real Estate Fundamentals
the exact sequential order. It is the student’s                                      Pre-License                     5
responsibility to work out his or her individual
schedule with a counselor or adviser.

Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer
quarters.

TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS                          CREDITS
PMGT      110 Introduction to Property
              Management                        2
PMGT      115 Leasing Residential Properties    3
PMGT      117 Legal Issues for Residential
              Properties                        1
PMGT      116 Tenant Relations for Residential
              Properties                        2
PMGT      118 Policies and Procedures for
              Residential Properties            2
PMGT      111 Marketing Residential Properties 2
PMGT      119 Budgeting and Fiscal Management
              for Residential Properties        2
PMGT      126 Building Systems and Maintenance 3
PMGT      141 Computer Applications for
              Property Managers                 3
PMGT      142 Finding and Keeping a Job         2
PMGT      143 Screening, Hiring and Managing
              Employees and Contractors         3
              Technical Electives              14
TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                       39




2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G    T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                             49
2    Programs of Study/Business & Service




             Property Management
               SENIOR PROPERTY MANAGER                                             PMGT        141 Computer Applications for
               CERTIFICATE OF PROFICIENCY                                                          Property Managers               3
               75 CREDITS                                                          PMGT        142 Finding and Keeping a Job       2
                                                                                   PMGT        143 Screening, Hiring and Managing
               This program will prepare students for a career in                                  Employees and Contractors       3
               property management. It is a combination of both                    PMGT        152 Real Estate Fundamentals
               the Residential Property Manager certificate and the                                Pre-License                     5
               Commercial Property Manager certificate programs.                                   Technical Electives            19
               Property Managers are in charge of leasing, renting
               and maintaining property such as land and buildings.                TOTAL TECHNICAL CREDITS                                         60
               They manage commercial, industrial, or residential                  GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–15
               real estate properties. This program prepares                       CREDITS
               students for occupations as property managers in                    Written Communication                                 5
               both areas.                                                         Quantitative Reasoning                                5
                                                                                   Social Science                                        5
               The following program outline is a suggested                        See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
               sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses                 each of the categories listed above.
               listed in the program outline may not be offered in
               the exact sequential order. It is the student’s                     TECHNICAL ELECTIVES–19 CREDITS
               responsibility to work out his or her individual                    Choose a minimum of 19 elective credits from the
               schedule with a counselor or adviser.                               following list.
                                                                                   BUSA      101 Business Communications           2
               Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer                   BUSA      250 Business Law                      5
               quarters.                                                           BUSA      100 Business Math                     5
                                                                                   CWEX      197 Cooperative Work Experience     3-5
               TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS                          CREDITS             CISA      112 Excel                             4
               PMGT       110 Introduction to Property                             PSYC      100 Human Relations                   5
                              Management                                   2       BUHR 159 Human Resources Overview               1
               PMGT       111 Marketing Residential Properties             2       BUHR 163 Benefits, Health, and Safety           2
               PMGT       115 Leasing Residential Properties               3       ACCT      111 Introduction to Accounting        5
               PMGT       117 Legal Issues for Residential                         CISA      116 Windows                           3
                              Properties                                   1       CISA      111 Word                              4
               PMGT       116 Tenant Relations for Residential
                              Properties                                   2
               PMGT       118 Policies and Procedures for
                              Residential Properties                       2
               PMGT       119 Budgeting and Fiscal Management
                              for Residential Properties                   2
               PMGT       126 Building Systems and Maintenance             3
               PMGT       131 Marketing Commercial Properties              2
               PMGT       135 Leasing Commercial Properties                2
               PMGT       136 Tenant Relations for Commercial
                              Properties                                   2
               PMGT       137 Legal Issues for Commercial
                              Properties                                   1
               PMGT       138 Policies and Procedures for
                              Commercial Properties                        2
               PMGT       139 Budgeting and Fiscal Management
                              for Commercial Properties                    2


50             2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G    E
                                                                Programs of Study/Business & Service                                        2

Social and Human Services
 ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE DEGREE                                TERM IV
 PROGRAM                                                            SHSV        140     Disability Issues and Practice    5
 120 CREDITS
                                                                    SHSV        142     Behavioral Health and Wellness    5
                                                                    SHSV        146     Leadership Development and Ethics 5
 The Social and Human Services program provides                     PSYC        105     Psychology of Human Development 5
 the generalist education for employment in a wide
 variety of social service agencies. The student will               TERM V
 develop the professional values, skills and knowl-                 SHSV        210     Group Process and Dynamics                  5
 edge to assist individuals and groups with personal,               SHSV        212     Intro to Chemical Dependency                5
 interpersonal and situational problems. In this                    SHSV        218     Field Practicum Seminar II                  2
 occupational area projected to be one of the fastest               SHSV        219     Field Practicum II                          3
 growing clusters for the next five years (Occupa-
 tional Outlook Handbook, 2000), students will be                   TERM VI
 prepared for employment as case managers in                        SHSV        220 Advanced Therapeutic Techniques 5
 rehabilitation, employment services, corrections,                  SHSV        222 Multicultural Counseling        5
 educational programs, and community based                          PSYC        110 Psychology of Deviant Behavior  5
 organizations serving youth, seniors and individuals
 with disabilities. Any developmental coursework in                 TERM VII
 general education that a student may be required to                SHSV        238 Field Practicum Seminar III                     2
 complete may increase the program length.                          SHSV        239 Field Practicum III                             3
                                                                                    Technical Electives                             5
 The following program outline is a suggested                                       General Education Requirement                   5
 sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses
 listed in the program outline may not be offered in                TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                       120
 the exact sequential order. It is the student’s                    GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–25
 responsibility to work out his or her individual                   CREDITS:
 schedule with a counselor or adviser.                              Written Communication                                 5
                                                                    Oral Communication                                    5
 Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer                  Quantitative Reasoning                                5
 quarters.                                                          Social Science (PSYC 100)                             5
                                                                    Social Science (PSYC 101)                             5
 TERM I                                         CREDITS             See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
 SHSV       110 Intro to Social and Human Services 5                each of the categories listed above.
 SOCI       110 Intro to Sociology                 5
                General Education Requirement 5                     TECHNICAL ELECTIVES–10 CREDITS
                                                                    May be taken from SHSV, CISA, PSYC and HMDS areas
 TERM II                                                            and MUST be approved by the SHVS faculty adviser.
 SHSV       120 Case Management and Systems                 5
 PSYC       101 General Psychology                          5
                Technical Elective                          5
                General Education Requirement               5

 TERM III
 SHSV       130 Therapeutic Approaches and
                Techniques                                  5
 SHSV       132 Community Resources                         5
 SHSV       138 Field Practicum Seminar I                   2
 SHSV       139 Field Practicum I                           3



2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                            51
2    Programs of Study/Business & Service




             Social and Human Services
               CERTIFICATE OF PROFICIENCY                                          TERM I                                              CREDITS
                                                                                   SHSV        110 Intro to Social and Human Services 5
               75 CREDITS
                                                                                   SOCI        110 Intro to Sociology                 5
               The Social and Human Services program provides                                      General Education Requirement 5
               the generalist education for employment in a wide
               variety of social service agencies. The student will                TERM II
               develop the professional values, skills and knowl-                  SHSV        120 Case Management and Systems                      5
               edge to assist individuals and groups with personal,                PSYC        101 General Psychology                               5
               interpersonal and situational problems. In this                                     Technical Electives                              5
               occupational area projected to be one of the fastest                                General Education Requirement                    5
               growing clusters for the next five years (Occupa-
               tional Outlook Handbook, 2000), students will be                    TERM III
               prepared for employment as case managers in                         SHSV        130 Therapeutic Approaches and
               rehabilitation, employment services, corrections,                                   Techniques                                       5
               educational programs, and community based                           SHSV        132 Community Resources                              5
               organizations serving youth, seniors and individuals                SHSV        138 Field Practicum Seminar I                        2
               with disabilities. Any developmental coursework in                  SHSV        139 Field Practicum I                                3
               general education that a student may be required to
               complete may increase the program length.                           TERM IV
                                                                                   SHSV        140     Disability Issues and Practice    5
               The following program outline is a suggested                        SHSV        142     Behavioral Health and Wellness    5
               sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses                 SHSV        146     Leadership Development and Ethics 5
               listed in the program outline may not be offered in                 PSYC        105     Psychology of Human Development 5
               the exact sequential order. It is the student’s
               responsibility to work out his or her individual                    TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                           75
               schedule with a counselor or adviser.                               GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–15
                                                                                   CREDITS:
               Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer                   Written Communication                                 5
               quarters.                                                           Quantitative Reasoning                                5
                                                                                   Social Science (PSYC 100)                             5
                                                                                   Social Science (PSYC 101)                             5
                                                                                   See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
                                                                                   each of the categories listed above.

                                                                                   TECHNICAL ELECTIVES–5 CREDITS
                                                                                   May be taken from SHSV, CISA, PSYC and HMDS
                                                                                   areas and MUST be approved by the SHVS faculty
                                                                                   adviser.




52             2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G    E
                                                                Programs of Study/Business & Service                                         2

Technical Communications
CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION                                           TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS
35 CREDITS
                                                                    ENGL        106     Technical Writing                            5
                                                                    SPCH        225     Small Group Communication                    5
The goal of the Technical Communication certificate                 MMDP        157     Introduction to Multimedia                   3
program is to prepare its graduates for work as                     ENGL        108     Technical Editing                            5
entry-level technical communicators. Students will                  ITAD        211     Online Documentation/Design                  3
learn to design, write, edit and evaluate technical and             CWEX        290     Coop Work Experience Seminar                 1
scientific materials; produce reports, proposals,                   CWEX        297     Coop Work Experience                         2
specifications, speeches, instructions and descrip-                 ENGL        195     Capstone/Project                             2
tions; perform audience and process analysis; and                                       Technical Electives                          9
condense information. Students will work with
                                                                    TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                           35
popular software programs, such as RoboHelp for
online help.                                                        TECHNICAL ELECTIVES–9 CREDITS
                                                                    Students are required to take technical electives
Prerequisite: Successful completion of English 100                  totaling at least nine credits from the fields of CISA,
or equivalent placement score, CISA 116 and ITAD                    CSNT, ENGL, ITAD, MMDP and/or SPCH. Students
112 or industry experience. Industry experience will                should consult their adviser for a list of classes
be evidenced through the personal portfolio of the                  satisfying the requirements.
applicant to waive entry requirements. It is the
student’s responsibility to present a portfolio and/or
transcripts indicating satisfaction of the entry
requirements to MMDP, ITAD or general education
faculty.

The following program outline is a suggested
sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses
listed in the program outline may not be offered in
the exact sequential order. It is the student’s
responsibility to work out his or her individual
schedule with a counselor or adviser.

Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer
quarters.




2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G    E
                                                                                                                                             53
2    Programs of Study/Health & Fitness




                        Health & Fitness
                        Dental Assistant

                        Dental Hygiene

                        Fitness Specialist/Personal Trainer

                        Medical Assistant

                        Medical Transcriptionist

                        Nursing, Practical

                        Nursing Assistant

                        Science Technician




54              2 0 0 3 - 2 0 0 4   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                       Programs of Study/Health & Fitness                                       2

Dental Assistant
 ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE                                          TERM III
                                                                       DENT        131 Dental Assisting Practicum II                    7
 DEGREE PROGRAM
                                                                       DENT        133 Restorative Dentistry for Dental
 90 CREDITS
                                                                                       Assisting                                        3
 The Dental Assistant program is designed to prepare                   DENT        136 Radiography                                      2
 the student with the necessary background, knowl-                     DENT        137 Dental Specialties                               4
 edge, and specialized skills for a career in the field
 of the dental professional. Students learn theory and                 TERM IV
 skills from classroom lectures, laboratory practice,                  DENT        211     Dental Assisting Practicum III               4
 and hands-on practice in the Lake Washington                          DENT        214     Pharmacology/Nutrition                       2
 Technical College Dental Clinic. Additional experi-                   DENT        215     Workplace Preparation                        3
 ences in private dental practices are part of the four-               DENT        294     Dental Assisting Internship                  6
 to-six week required internship phase of training.
 Upon completion of this American Dental Association                   TERM V
 (ADA) accredited program, students will be eligible                                       General Education Requirement                5
 to take the ADA Dental Assisting Certification                                            General Education Requirement                5
 Examination. Any developmental coursework a                                               General Education Requirement                5
 student may be required to complete may increase
 the program length.                                                   TERM VI
                                                                                           General Education Requirement                5
 Admission requirements: completion of application                                         Technical Electives                          3
 for admission.
                                                                       TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                           90

 The following program outline is a suggested                          GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–20
 sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses                   CREDITS
 listed in the program outline may not be offered in                   Written Communication                                 5
 the exact sequential order. It is the student’s                       Oral Communication                                    5
 responsibility to work out his or her individual                      Quantitative Reasoning                                5
 schedule with a counselor or adviser.                                 Social Science                                        5
                                                                       See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
 Admission dates: fall and spring quarters.                            each of the categories listed above.

 TERM I                                            CREDITS             TECHNICAL ELECTIVES–3 CREDITS
 DENT       111 Introduction to Dental Assisting               2       See program adviser/instructor for approval.
 DENT       112 Introduction to Chairside
                Procedures                                     8
 DENT       113 Dental Practice Theory                         2
 DENT       114 Ethics/Law, Office Management                  2
 DENT       115 Oral Science                                   3
 DENT       117 Dental Materials I                             3

 TERM II
 DENT       121      Dental Assisting Practicum I              6
 DENT       124      Study of the Human Body                   4
 DENT       127      Dental Materials II                       3
 DENT       126      Radiology                                 3




 2 0 0 3 - 2 0 0 4     L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G    E
                                                                                                                                                55
2    Programs of Study/Health & Fitness




             Dental Assistant
                 CERTIFICATE OF PROFICIENCY                                          TERM II
                                                                                     DENT        121     Dental Assisting Practicum I                 6
                 82 CREDITS
                                                                                     DENT        124     Study of the Human Body                      4
                 Students taking this program will learn theory and                  DENT        127     Dental Materials II                          3
                 skills from classroom lectures, laboratory practice,                DENT        126     Radiology                                    3
                 and hands-on practice in the Lake Washington                                            General Education Requirement                5
                 Technical College Dental Clinic. Additional experi-
                 ences in private dental practices are part of the four-             TERM III
                 to-six week required externship phase of training.                  DENT        131 Dental Assisting Practicum II                    7
                 Upon completion of this American Dental Associa-                    DENT        133 Restorative Dentistry for Dental
                 tion (ADA)-accredited program, student will be                                      Assisting                                        3
                 eligible to take the ADA Dental Assisting Certification             DENT        136 Radiography                                      2
                 Examination. Any developmental coursework a                         DENT        137 Dental Specialties                               4
                 student may be required to complete may increase                                    General Education Requirement                    5
                 the program length.
                                                                                     TERM IV
                 Admission requirements: completion of application                   DENT        211     Dental Assisting Practicum III               4
                 for admission.                                                      DENT        214     Pharmacology/Nutrition                       2
                                                                                     DENT        215     Workplace Preparation                        3
                 The following program outline is a suggested                        DENT        294     Dental Assisting Internship                  6
                 sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses                                     General Education Requirement                5
                 listed in the program outline may not be offered in
                 the exact sequential order. It is the student’s                     TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                           82
                 responsibility to work out his or her individual                    GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–15
                 schedule with a counselor or adviser.                               CREDITS
                                                                                     Written Communication                                 5
                 Admission dates: fall and spring quarters.                          Quantitative Reasoning                                5
                                                                                     Social Science                                        5
                 TERM I                                             CREDITS          See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
                 DENT      111 Introduction to Dental Assisting              2       each of the categories listed above.
                 DENT      112 Introduction to Chairside
                               Procedures                                    8
                 DENT      113 Dental Practice Theory                        2
                 DENT      114 Ethics/Law, Office Management                 2
                 DENT      115 Oral Science                                  3
                 DENT      117 Dental Materials I                            3




56              2 0 0 3 - 2 0 0 4   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H    I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G    E
                                                                     Programs of Study/Health & Fitness                                       2

Dental Hygiene
 ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE                                        PREREQUISITES                                           CREDITS
                                                                     CHEM        101 Principles of Chemistry                          5
 DEGREE PROGRAM
                                                                     CHEM        102 Introduction to Organic Chemistry                5
 120 CREDITS
 (PLUS 55 CREDITS PREREQUISITES)
                                                                     BIOL        106 Nutrition for Healthcare
                                                                                     Professionals                                    5
 This program prepares the student for employment                    BIOL        211 Anatomy & Physiology I                           5
 as a dental hygienist including the expanded duties                 BIOL        212 Anatomy & Physiology II                          5
 allowed by Washington state law. This program has                   BIOL        215 Microbiology                                     5
 received accreditation status from the Commission                   ENGL        101 Written Expression                               5
 on Dental Accreditation which allows students, upon                 PSYC        101 General Psychology                               5
 graduation, to take the National Board Examination                  SPCH        220 Introduction to Public Speaking                  5
 and the clinical licensing examination in the state                 SOCI        110 Introduction to Sociology                        5
 where she or he plans to practice. Clinical experi-                 MATH        102 Quantitative Reasoning                           5
 ence is provided at the Lake Washington Technical
 College’s dental clinic under the supervision of                    TERM I
 licensed dentists and licensed dental hygienists.                   DHYG        112 Dental Hygiene Practice I                        7
 Additional clinical experience occurs in a variety of               DHYG        113 Restorative Dentistry I                          3
 off-campus settings located in the greater Seattle                  DHYG        114 Principles & Issues in Dental
 area.                                                                               Hygiene I                                        2
                                                                     DHYG        115 Dental Anatomy                                   3
 The curriculum in the Dental Hygiene program                        DHYG        116 Radiology                                        3
 consists of seven quarters, including a four-week                   DHYG        118 Periodontology I                                 2
 summer quarter, of full-time professional and
 clinical education preceded by three to four quarters
                                                                     TERM II
 of prerequisite courses. The prerequisite science
                                                                     DHYG        122 Dental Hygiene Practice II                       8
 courses must be at least seven years current upon
                                                                     DHYG        123 Restorative Dentistry II                         3
 program entry, or be waived by special petition to
                                                                     DHYG        124 Principles & Issues in Dental
 the Dental Hygiene Coordinator. The dental hygiene
 courses must be taken successively. Any develop-                                    Hygiene II                                       1
 mental coursework a student may be required to                      DHYG        125 Community Dental Health I                        1
 complete may increase the program length.                           DHYG        127 Histology and Embryology                         2
                                                                     DHYG        139 Pathology I                                      2
 The following program outline is a suggested                        DHYG        137 Radiographic Interpretation                      2
 sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses
 listed in the program outline may not be offered in                 TERM III
 the exact sequential order. It is the student’s                     DHYG        132 Dental Hygiene Practice III                      7
 responsibility to work out his or her individual                    DHYG        133 Restorative Dentistry III                        1
 schedule with a counselor or adviser.                               DHYG        134 Principles & Issues in Dental
                                                                                     Hygiene III                                      2
 Admission dates: fall quarter, by special admission.                DHYG        135 Community Dental Health II                       2
                                                                     DHYG        138 Pharmacology and Pain Control                    4

                                                                                                                             (continued)




 2 0 0 3 - 2 0 0 4   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L    L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                              57
2    Programs of Study/Health & Fitness




             Dental Hygiene                                         (continued)

                TERM IV                                                             TERM VI
                (Only six weeks during this quarter)                                DHYG        222 Dental Hygiene Practice VI                      10
                DHYG 142 Dental Hygiene Practice IV                         5       DHYG        223 Restorative Dentistry VI                         3
                DHYG 143 Restorative Dentistry IV                           1       DHYG        224 Principles & Issues in Dental
                DHYG 145 Community Dental                                                           Hygiene V                                       2
                                Health III                                  2       DHYG        225 Community Dental Health V                       2
                DHYG 218 Periodontology II                                  2       DHYG        229 Pathology III                                   2

                TERM V                                                              TERM VII
                DHYG      212 Dental Hygiene Practice V                     9       DHYG        232 Dental Hygiene Practice VII                     10
                DHYG      213 Restorative Dentistry V                       3       DHYG        233 Restorative Dentistry VII                        2
                DHYG      214 Principles & Issues in Dental                         DHYG        234 Principles & Issues in Dental
                              Hygiene IV                                    2                       Hygiene VI                                      2
                DHYG      215 Community Dental                                      DHYG        235 Community Dental
                              Health IV                                     2                       Health VI                                       2
                DHYG      219 Pathology II                                  2       DHYG        239 Pathology IV                                    2
                                                                                    TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                       120




58              2 0 0 3 - 2 0 0 4   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G    E
                                                                     Programs of Study/Health & Fitness                                       2

Dental Hygiene
 EXPANDED DUTIES                                                     Prerequisites for these courses include graduation
 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION                                           from an accredited dental hygiene program,
 6 CREDITS                                                           successful completion of the national board exam
                                                                     for dental hygienists and demonstrated competency
 This program prepares the student for full,                         of the identified criteria in the orientation period.
 unrestricted employment as a dental hygienist with
 expanded duties allowed by Washington State Law.                    Admission dates: spring and summer quarters.
 This program is being reviewed by the Washington
 State Department of Health for accreditation status.                                                                        CREDITS
 When fully accredited, the student will be eligible                 DHYG        240 Local Anesthesia
 to take the restorative and anesthetic portions of                                  Expanded Duties                                  2
 the Western Regional Clinical Exam as required for                  DHYG        241 Restorative for Licensed
 licensure in Washington State. Clinical experience                                  Dental Hygienists                                4
 is provided at Lake Washington Technical College’s                  TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                            6
 dental clinic under the supervision of licensed
 dentists and licensed dental hygienists.

 These courses will be offered in the evening, both
 Spring and Summer quarters. The specific time
 requirements will be determined by the content of
 the curriculum. The courses may be offered
 separately or in combination. The needs of
 hygienists from out of state will be different and
 may require only one of the courses, while other
 candidates may need both courses for licensure.
 There is a required orientation period for the
 prerequisites for both courses. The graduates of
 the courses will receive a certificate of completion
 of all competencies identified in the curriculum.




 2 0 0 3 - 2 0 0 4   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L    L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                              59
2    Programs of Study/Health & Fitness




             Dental Assistant
                DENTAL FRONT OFFICE MANAGER                                         TERM I                                              CREDITS
                CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION                                           DFOM        111 Dental Front Office I                            6
                19 CREDITS
                                                                                    TERM II
                Students taking this program will learn theory and                  DFOM        121 Dental Front Office II                           6
                skills from classroom lectures, laboratory practice,
                and hands-on practice in the Lake Washington                        TERM III
                Technical College Dental Clinic. Additional                         DFOM        131 Dental Office Manager                            4
                experiences in private dental practices are part of                 DFOM        194 Dental Office Internship                         3
                the required internship phase of training. Prerequi-                TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                           19
                sites for this program include knowledge of dental
                terminology and experience as a dental receptionist
                or chairside assistant. Any developmental
                coursework a student may be required to complete
                may increase the program length.

                Admission dates: fall quarter.




60              2 0 0 3 - 2 0 0 4   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G    E
                                                                    Programs of Study/Health & Fitness                                       2

Fitness Specialist/Personal Trainer
 ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE                                       TERM III
                                                                    FTNS         119 Fundamentals of Strength
 DEGREE PROGRAM
                                                                                     & Conditioning                      3
 108-109 CREDITS
                                                                    FTNS         125 Fundamentals of Exercise Testing II 2
 This fast-paced program prepares students for                      FTNS         127 Research in Exercise Science        3
 employment as fitness instructors or personal                      FTNS         131 Cardiovascular
 trainers in entry-level to mid-management positions                                 & Respiratory Systems               4
 in health and fitness clubs, athletic clubs, strength              FTNS         137 Professional Skills in Fitness      3
 training gyms, corporate fitness centers, YMCAs and                FTNS         143 Nutrition and Weight Management 3
 recreation organizations. The curriculum is designed               FTNS         192 Seminar/Internship II               2
 to help students prepare for the American College of
 Sports Medicine Health/Fitness Instructor, American                TERM IV
 Council on Exercise Personal Trainer certification                 FTNS         132 Cardiovascular &
 and the National Strength and Conditioning Associa-                                 Respiratory Systems in Exercise                 5
 tion Certified Personal trainer certification exams.               FTNS         141 Nervous, Endocrine
 Ninety-nine hours of industry-based, internship or                                  & Lymphatic Systems                             4
 cooperative work experience is required for                        FTNS         142 Certification Review Lab                        2
 program completion. Any developmental coursework                   FTNS         144 Nutrition for Sports Performance                3
 a student may be required to complete may increase                 FTNS         146 Functional Fitness                              2
 the program length.                                                FTNS         193 Seminar/Internship III                          2
 The following program outline is a suggested                       TERM V
 sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses                FTNS         118 Health Promotions and Wellness                  3
 listed in the program outline may not be offered in                FTNS         129 Pathophysiology and Exercise                    3
 the exact sequential order. It is the student’s                                     General Education Requirement                   5
 responsibility to work out his or her individual
                                                                                     Technical Electives                             5
 schedule with a counselor or adviser.
                                                                    TERM VI
                                                                    FTNS         139 Cardiac Rehab                                   3
 Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer
                                                                    FTNS         138 Motor Learning & Biomechanics                   3
 quarters.
                                                                    BUSA         111 Business Computer Applications                  3
 TERM I
 FTNS      111 Principles of Anatomy
                                                CREDITS         [   - OR -
                                                                    CISA         101 Computer Applications
                                                                                     General Education Requirement
                                                                                                                                     2
                                                                                                                                     5
               & Physiology                                 4
 FTNS      112 Fundamentals of Exercise Science             5       TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                    108-109
 FTNS      116 Risk Management in Fitness                   3
                                                                    GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–20
 BIOL      105 Nutrition                                    2       CREDITS
               General Education Requirement                5       Written Communication                                 5
                                                                    Oral communication                                    5
 TERM II                                                            Quantitative Reasoning                                5
 FTNS      115 Fundamentals of Exercise Testing I           3       Social Science                                        5
 FTNS      121 Kinesiology                                  4       See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
 FTNS      122 Exercise Physiology for                              each of the categories listed above.
               Special Populations                          5
 FTNS      126 Fundamentals of                                      TECHNICAL ELECTIVES–5 CREDITS
               Sport and Exercise Psychology                3       See faculty adviser for pre-approval.
 FTNS      191 Seminar/Internship I                         2       FTNS      120 Sport Safety                       2
               General Education Requirement                5       FTNS      135 Legal Issue in Fitness Management 2
                                                                    FTNS      198 Group Exercise Instructor          3
                                                                    FTNS      199 Special Projects                 1-5
                                                                    MEDA 116 Medical Terminology                     5
2 0 0 3 - 2 0 0 4   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N    T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                             61
2    Programs of Study/Health & Fitness




              Fitness Specialist/Personal Trainer
                CERTIFICATE OF PROFICIENCY                                               TERM III
                82 CREDITS
                                                                                         FTNS       125 Fundamentals of Exercise Testing II 2
                                                                                         FTNS       127 Research in Exercise Physiology II 3
                This fast-paced program prepares students for                            FTNS       131 Cardiovascular &
                employment as fitness instructors or personal                                           Respiratory Systems                 4
                trainers in entry-level to mid-management positions                      FTNS       137 Professional Skills in Fitness      3
                in health and fitness clubs, athletic clubs, strength                    FTNS       143 Nutrition and Weight Management 3
                training gyms, corporate fitness centers, YMCAs and                      FTNS       192 Seminar/Internship II               2
                recreation organizations. The curriculum is designed                     FTNS       119 Fundamentals of
                to help students prepare for the American Council on                                    Strength & Conditioning             3
                Exercise Personal Trainer and the National Strength
                and Conditioning Association Certified Personal                          TERM IV
                trainer certification exams. Ninety-nine hours of                        FTNS       132 Cardiovascular &
                industry-based, internship or cooperative work                                          Respiratory Systems in Exercise                  5
                experience is required for program completion. Any                       FTNS       141 Nervous, Endocrine
                developmental coursework a student may be                                               & Lymphatic Systems                              4
                required to complete may increase the program                            FTNS       144 Nutrition for Sports Performance                 3
                length.                                                                  FTNS       146 Functional Fitness                               2
                                                                                         FTNS       193 Seminar/Internship III                           2
                The following program outline is a suggested                                            General Education Requirement                    5
                sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses
                listed in the program outline may not be offered in                      TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                          82
                the exact sequential order. It is the student’s
                                                                                         GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–15
                responsibility to work out his or her individual                         CREDITS
                schedule with a counselor or adviser.                                    Written Communication                                 5
                                                                                         Quantitative Reasoning                                5
                Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer                        Social Science                                        5
                quarters.                                                                See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
                                                                                         each of the categories listed above.
                TERM I                                           CREDITS
                FTNS       111      Principles of Anatomy & Physiology       4
                FTNS       112      Fundamentals of Exercise Science         5
                FTNS       116      Risk Management in Fitness               3
                BIOL       105      Nutrition                                2
                                    General Education Requirement            5

                TERM II
                FTNS       115 Fundamentals of Exercise Testing I 3
                FTNS       121 Kinesiology                        4
                FTNS       122 Exercise Physiology for
                               Special Populations                5
                FTNS       126 Fundamentals of Sport and Exercise
                               Psychology                         3
                FTNS       191 Seminar/Internship I               2
                               General Education Requirement 5




62              2 0 0 3 - 2 0 0 4    L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O     N    T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G    E
                                                                       Programs of Study/Health & Fitness                                       2

Medical Assistant
 ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE                                          TERM III
 DEGREE PROGRAM                                                        BIOL        212     Anatomy & Physiology II                      5
 90 CREDITS
                                                                       MEDA        137     Clinical Procedures III                      5
                                                                       MEDA        132     Medical Computer Applications                4
 Theory, clinical and lab skills combined with intern                  MEDA        138     Pharmacology                                 4
 experience in a physician’s office prepare graduates                  MEDA        216     AIDS Training                                1
 for high demand medical office positions including                                        General Education Requirement                5
 front and back office positions. This program is
 accredited by the Council for Accreditation of Allied                 TERM IV
 Health Education Programs (CAAHEP). This allows                       MEDA        105 Principles of Phlebotomy                         3
 graduates to take the Certified Medical Assistant                     MEDA        218 Phlebotomy Lab                                   3
 examination offered by the American Association of                    MEDA        238 Medication Administration                        2
 Medical Assistants. Please call (425) 739-8100 to                     IFAD        162 First Aid/CPR for Health
 request a copy of program health requirements.                                        Care Professionals                               1
                                                                       MEDA        294 Medical Assisting Internship                     5
 The following program outline is a suggested                          MEDA        293 Internship Seminar                               2
 sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses                                   General Education Requirement                    5
 listed in the program outline may not be offered in
                                                                       TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                           90
 the exact sequential order. It is the student’s
 responsibility to work out his or her individual                      GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–25
 schedule with faculty or adviser.                                     CREDITS
                                                                       Written Communication                                 5
 Admission dates: fall and spring quarters.                            Oral Communication                                    5
                                                                       Quantitative Reasoning                                5
 TERM I                                           CREDITS              Social Science                                      10
 MEDA      116       Medical Terminology                       5       See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
 MEDA      115       Law & Ethics                              4       each of the categories listed above.
 CISA      101       Computer Applications                     2
 MEDA      117       Clinical Procedures I                     4
                     General Education Requirement             5

 TERM II
 BIOL      211       Anatomy & Physiology I                    5
 MEDA      127       Clinical Procedures II                    4
 MEDA      133       Medical Office Skills                     3
 MEDA      114       Coding/Billing/Insurance                  3
                     General Education Requirement            10




 2 0 0 3 - 2 0 0 4    L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G    T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G    E
                                                                                                                                                63
2    Programs of Study/Health & Fitness




            Medical Assistant
                CERTIFICATE OF PROFICIENCY                                           TERM III
                                                                                     BIOL        212     Anatomy & Physiology II                      5
                80 CREDITS
                                                                                     MEDA        137     Clinical Procedures III                      5
                Theory, clinical and lab skills combined with intern                 MEDA        132     Medical Computer Applications                4
                experience in a physician’s office prepare graduates                 MEDA        138     Pharmacology                                 4
                for high demand medical office positions including                   MEDA        216     AIDS Training                                1
                front and back office positions. This program is                                         General Education Requirements               5
                accredited by the Council for Accreditation of Allied
                Health Education Programs (CAAHEP). This allows                      TERM IV
                graduates to take the Certified Medical Assistant                    MEDA        105 Principles of Phlebotomy                         3
                examination offered by the American Association of                   MEDA        218 Phlebotomy Lab                                   3
                Medical Assistants. Please call (425) 739-8100 to                    MEDA        238 Medication Administration                        2
                request a copy of program health requirements.                       IFAD        162 First Aid/CPR for Health
                                                                                                     Care Professionals                               1
                The following program outline is a suggested                         MEDA        294 Medical Assisting Internship                     5
                sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses                  MEDA        293 Internship Seminar                               2
                listed in the program outline may not be offered in
                                                                                     TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                           80
                the exact sequential order. It is the student’s
                responsibility to work out his or her individual                     GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–15
                schedule with faculty adviser.                                       CREDITS
                                                                                     Written Communication                                 5
                Admission dates: fall and spring quarters.                           Quantitative Reasoning                                5
                                                                                     Social Science                                        5
                TERM I                                           CREDITS             See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
                MEDA       116      Medical Terminology                      5       each of the categories listed above.
                MEDA       115      Law & Ethics                             4
                CISA       101      Computer Applications                    2
                MEDA       117      Clinical Procedures I                    4
                                    General Education Requirements           5

                TERM II
                BIOL       211      Anatomy & Physiology I                   5
                MEDA       127      Clinical Procedures II                   4
                MEDA       133      Medical Office Skills                    3
                MEDA       114      Coding/Billing/Insurance                 3
                                    General Education Requirements           5




64              2 0 0 3 - 2 0 0 4    L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G    E
                                                                     Programs of Study/Health & Fitness                                       2

Medical Transcriptionist
 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION                                           TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS
                                                                     METR        111D    Medical Transcription I                      5
 25 CREDITS
                                                                     METR        121D    Medical Transcription II                     5
 This sequence of five courses prepares individuals                  METR        131D    Medical Transcription III                    5
 with strong English, spelling and keyboarding skills                METR        211D    Medical Transcription IV                     5
 for entry-level transcription positions. Students                   METR        221D    Medical Transcription V                      5
 learn basic medical terminology and transcription                   TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                           25
 theory, then practice transcribing tapes of actual
 dictation of medical reports by physicians to build
 word recognition and speed.

 This program is an Internet-based distance learning
 course. Students may work on the course at home
 or in the lab. The class meets five times per quarter.
 Students complete their assignments on their own
 time in the computer lab outside of the class
 meetings with e-mail access to the instructor.
 Students need to plan on spending 12-15 hours per
 week on coursework for this program (this
 includes reading, study, and lab time).

 Prerequisites: typing speed of 45 words per minute
 is required. No previous medical experience is
 necessary. Courses must be taken in sequence and
 cannot be taken concurrently.

 Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer
 quarters.




 2 0 0 3 - 2 0 0 4   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G    E
                                                                                                                                              65
2    Programs of Study/Health & Fitness




              Practical Nursing
                CERTIFICATE OF PROFICIENCY                                                TERM II
                85 CREDITS
                                                                                          NURS       121 Nursing Practice in
                                                                                                         Health Disturbances I                            4
                The Practical Nursing Program prepares students for                       NURS       122 Nursing Practice in
                employment as Practical Nurses in hospitals, clinics,                                    Health Disturbances I Practicum                  4
                long-term care facilities, home healthcare agencies,                      NURS       128 Skills Lab II                                    2
                schools and doctor’s offices. Graduates of the                            NURS       129 Health Assessment
                program are eligible to take the licensing examina-                                      and Promotion II                                 2
                tion to become licensed practical nurses (NCLEX-PN)                       NURS       134 Pharmacology                                     2
                                                                                                         General Education Requirement**                  5
                The following program outline is a suggested
                sequence of courses for this area of study. It is the                     TERM III
                student’s responsibility to work out his or her                           NURS       131 Nursing Practice in
                individual schedule with a counselor or adviser.                                         Health Disturbances II                           4
                                                                                          NURS       132 Nursing Practice in Health
                Admission requirements: Completion of application                                        Disturbances II Practicum                        4
                for admission to the nursing program, essay,                              NURS       235 Nursing Concepts in
                minimum GPA 2.5, HOBET Test results, 3 Profes-                                           Psycho/Ssocial Nursing                           4
                sional recommendations, and Washington state                              NURS       236 Nursing Concepts in
                background check.                                                                        Psycho/Ssocial Nursing Practicum                 2
                                                                                                         General Education Requirement**                  5
                Admission dates: fall quarter
                                                                                          TERM IV
                PREREQUISITE REQUIREMENTS                        CREDITS
                                                                                          Prerequisite: Successful completion of all first,
                BIOL       211      Anatomy & Physiology I                    5           second and third quarter courses.
                BIOL       212      Anatomy & Physiology II                   5           NURS     213 Professional, Vocational
                ENGL       101      Written Expression                        5                           Relationships                                   3
                MATH       099      Intermediate Algebra                      5           NURS     214 Nursing Practice and
                PSYC       105      Developmental Psychology                  5                           the Family Unit                                 4
                TOTAL PREREQUISITE CREDITS                                   25           NURS     215 Nursing Practice and
                                                                                                          the Family Unit Practicum                       2
                                                                                                          Practicum                                       2
                                                                                          NURS     219 Advanced Med/Surg Clinical                         3
                CERTIFICATE REQUIREMENTS
                TERM I                                                                    TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                          85
                NURS       110 Pathophysiology                                2
                                                                                          REQUIRED GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES**
                NURS       111 Nursing Foundations                            4
                                                                                          BIOL      106 Nutrition                            5
                NURS       112 Foundations Laboratory                         2
                                                                                          SPCH             Oral Communications               5
                NURS       113 Health Assessment and                                      ** All general education courses are required to be
                               Promotion I                                    2           completed prior to the fourth quarter of the
                NURS       116 Communication                                              Practical Nursing Program.
                               Processes in Nursing                           2
                NURS       117 Skills Lab I                                   2




66              2 0 0 3 - 2 0 0 4    L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G    T   O    N     T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G    E
                                                                     Programs of Study/Health & Fitness                                      2

C ertified Nursing Assistant
 CERTIFICATE PROGRAM                                                 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS                              CREDITS
 7 CREDITS
                                                                     NURS 107 Nursing Assistant Foundation                           3
                                                                     NURS 108 Lab Skills                                             1
 Theory and lab skills combined with intern                          NURS 109 Clinical Skills                                        3
 experience at a long term care facility prepares                    TOTAL                                                   `       7
 graduates to work in long term facilities, home
 health agencies and acute care hospitals. This one
 quarter program meets both Washington State and
 federal curriculum requirements for Nursing
 Assistant Certification. Upon program completion
 students are eligible to take the state certification
 exam to become Nursing Assistant Certified (NAC).

 Prerequisites: completion of ABED 046 or equivalent
 placement scores. For admission requirements
 contact 425-739-8105.

 Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer
 quarters.




 2 0 0 3 - 2 0 0 4   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                             67
2    Programs of Study/Health & Fitness




             Science Technician
                ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE                                         TECHNICAL ELECTIVES:
                                                                                     Choose 55 credits from the list below
                DEGREE PROGRAM
                                                                                     BIOL     215 Microbiology                                       5
                120 CREDITS
                                                                                     CHEM 210 Organic Chemistry I                                    5
                The Science Technician program includes four                         CHEM 220 Organic Chemistry II                                   5
                options: Environmental, Chemical, Manufacturing, or                  CHEM 230 Biochemistry                                           5
                Data Management Science Technology. The program                      CHEM 240 Instrumental Analysis                                  5
                prepares graduates for employment as technicians in                  CISA     111 Word                                               4
                many areas such as biomedical and pharmaceutical                     CISA     112 Excel I                                            4
                laboratories, production and recycling plants; oil                   CISA     113 Excel II                                           4
                and gas companies; environmental and chemical                        CISA     114 Access                                             4
                laboratories; and as testing specialists or technical                ENGR     111 Engineering Graphics I                             4
                service representatives.                                             ENGT     131 Computer Aided Drafting
                                                                                                     and Design I                                    4
                The following outlines the requirements for the four                 ITAD     133 C++ Programming II                                 5
                tracks of the Science Technician program. It is the                  ITAD     135 Algorithms and Data
                student’s responsibility to work out his or her                                     Structures I                                     5
                schedule with the program coordinator or an                          ITAD     143 Analysis Services                                  4
                adviser. Courses may not be offered in the order                     ITAD     145 Visual Basic Apps. Dev.                            5
                listed.                                                              ITAD     152 Java Programming II                                5
                                                                                     ITAD     173 Data Modeling                                      4
                Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer                    MACH 120 Materials and Measuring                                5
                quarters.                                                            MACH     130 Blueprints and Trigonometry                        5
                        CREDITS
                CHEM      120 General Chemistry 1                            5       GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–25
                                                                                     CREDITS
                CHEM      130 General Chemistry II                           5       Written Communication                                 5
                PHYS      114 General Physics                                5       Oral Communication                                    5
                BIOL      101 Biology                                        5       Quantitative Reasoning                                5
                ITAD      111 Computer Programming                                   Social Science                                        5
                              Fundamentals                                   5       Statistics (MATH 120)                                 5
                ITAD      123 C++ Programming I                              5       See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
                ITAD      142 Java Programming 1                             5       each of the categories listed above.
                CWEX      197 Cooperative Work Experience                    5
                TOTAL TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS                                40




68              2 0 0 3 - 2 0 0 4   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G    T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                        Programs of Study/Information Technology                                            2

         Information Technology
         Computer Services and Network Technician

         Design
              Architectural Graphics
              Engineering Graphics
              Multimedia Design and Production (MMDP)
         Information Assurance and Computer Forensics

         Information Technology Applications Development (ITAD)




2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                            69
2    Programs of Study/Information Technology




              Computer Services & Network Technician
                ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE                                          TERM IV
                                                                                      CSNT        215     Networking Fundamentals I                   3
                DEGREE PROGRAM
                                                                                      CSNT        216     Networking Fundamentals II                  3
                120 CREDITS
                                                                                      CSNT        218     Networking Fundamentals III                 3
                This program is designed to prepare the student for a                 CSNT        219     Networking Fundamentals IV                  3
                career in the area of microcomputer technical                         CSNT        220     Networking Fundamentals V                   3
                support. Technical support personnel may perform a                                        General Education Requirement               5
                wide variety of duties; such as service technicians,
                software technicians, network technicians, computer                   TERM V
                operators, installers, trouble shooters, salespersons                 CSNT        226     Novell Networking I                         3
                and help desk technicians. Any developmental                          CSNT        227     Novell Networking II                        3
                coursework a student may be required to complete                      CSNT        228     Microsoft Networking I                      3
                may increase the program length.                                      CSNT        229     Microsoft Networking II                     3
                                                                                      CSNT        240     Microsoft Networking III                    3
                The following program outline is a suggested                                              General Education Requirement               5
                sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses
                listed in the program outline may not be offered in                   TERM VI
                the exact sequential order. It is the student’s                       CSNT        294 Resumes & Interviews                             2
                responsibility to work out his or her individual                      CSNT        297 Applied Customer Service                         3
                schedule with a counselor or adviser.                                                 Technical Electives                             16
                                                                                      TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                       120
                Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer
                quarters.                                                             GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–25
                                                                                      CREDITS
                TERM I                                            CREDITS             Written Communication                                  5
                CSNT       114 PC Tech Fundamentals                           9       Oral Communication                                     5
                CSNT       127 Internet Fundamentals                          3       Quantitative Reasoning                                 5
                               General Education Requirement                  5       Social Science                                         5
                PSYC       100 Human Relations                                5       See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for each
                                                                                      of the categories listed above.
                TERM II
                CSNT       121      Peripherals                               5       TECHNICAL ELECTIVES–19 CREDITS
                CSNT       122      Peripherals Lab                           3       Technical electives may be taken from CISA, CSNT,
                CSNT       128      Operating Systems I                       3       CFOR, MMDP or ITAD areas and must be approved by
                CSNT       129      Operating Systems II                      3       program adviser.
                                    General Education Requirement             5

                TERM III
                CSNT       130      Advanced Operating Systems                4
                CSNT       131      Data Communications                       4
                CSNT       133      Systems Technologies                      5
                CSNT       191      Customer Service                          2
                                    General Education Requirement             5
                                    Technical Electives                       3




70              2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5     L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G    E
                                                          Programs of Study/Information Technology                                             2

Computer Services & Network Technician
 COMPUTER SERVICES TECHNICIAN                                         TERM II
 CERTIFICATE OF PROFICIENCY                                           CSNT        121     Peripherals                                  5
 67 CREDITS
                                                                      CSNT        122     Peripherals Lab                              3
                                                                      CSNT        128     Operating Systems I                          3
 This three-quarter Computer Services Technician                      CSNT        129     Operating Systems II                         3
 certificate program is designed to prepare techni-                                       General Education Requirement                5
 cians to work in a wide variety of computer-related
 industries and has a strong emphasis on A+                           TERM III
 Certification and Networking. Graduates find entry-                  CSNT        130     Advanced Operating Systems                   4
 level jobs as computer field service technicians,                    CSNT        131     Data Communications                          4
 software technicians, computer operators, installers,                CSNT        133     System Technologies                          5
 troubleshooters, salespersons, help desk technicians                 CSNT        191     Customer Service                             2
 and network technicians. The Computer Service                                            Technical Electives                         11
 Technician certificate program meets part of the
                                                                      TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                           67
 requirements for the Computer Service and Network-
 ing Technology A.A.S. degree track. Any developmen-                  GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–15
 tal coursework a student may be required to                          CREDITS
 complete may increase the program length.                            Written Communication                                 5
                                                                      Quantitative Reasoning                                5
 The following program outline is a suggested                         Social Science (PSYC 100)                             5
 sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses                  See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
 listed in the program outline may not be offered in                  each of the categories listed above.
 the exact sequential order. It is the student’s
 responsibility to work out his or her individual                     TECHNICAL ELECTIVES–11 CREDITS
 schedule with a counselor or adviser.                                Technical electives may be taken from CISA, CSNT,
                                                                      CFOR, MMDP or ITAD areas and must be approved
 Admission requirements: Completion of application                    by program adviser.
 of admission.

 Admission dates: fall, winter, spring quarters.

 TERM I                                              CREDITS
 CSNT       114 PC Tech Fundamentals                          9
 CSNT       127 Internet Fundamentals                         3
                General Education Requirement
                (PSYC 100)                                    5
                General Education Requirement
                (MATH)                                        5




 2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H    I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G    E
                                                                                                                                               71
2    Programs of Study/Information Technology




              Computer Services & Network Technician
                NETWORK TECHNICIAN                                                    TERM II
                CERTIFICATE OF PROFICIENCY                                            CSNT        226     Novell Networking I                          3
                66 CREDITS
                                                                                      CSNT        227     Novell Networking II                         3
                                                                                      CSNT        228     Microsoft Networking I                       3
                This three quarter Network Technician certificate                     CSNT        229     Microsoft Networking II                      3
                program is designed to prepare technicians to work                    CSNT        240     Microsoft Networking III                     3
                in a wide variety of computer-related industries and                                      General Education Requirement                5
                has a strong emphasis on Network+ and other
                Advanced Network Industry Certifications. Graduates                   TERM III
                find entry-level jobs as computer field service                       CSNT        294 Resumes & Interviews                             2
                technicians, installers, cablers, troubleshooters,                    CSNT        297 Applied Customer Service                         3
                salespersons, help desk technicians, network                                          Technical Electives                             16
                technicians, network administrators, and web service                                  General Education Requirement                    5
                administrators. The Network Technician certificate
                                                                                      TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                           66
                program meets part of the requirements for the
                Computer Service and Networking Technology A.A.S.                     GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–15
                degree track. Any developmental coursework a                          CREDITS
                student may be required to complete may increase                      Written Communication                                 5
                the program length.                                                   Quantitative Reasoning                                5
                                                                                      Social Science (PSYC 100)                             5
                The following program outline is a suggested                          See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
                sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses                   each of the categories listed above.
                listed in the program outline may not be offered in
                the exact sequential order. It is the student’s                       TECHNICAL ELECTIVES–16 CREDITS
                responsibility to work out his or her individual                      Technical electives may be taken from CISA, CSNT,
                schedule with a counselor or adviser.                                 CFOR, MMDP or ITAD areas and must be approved by
                                                                                      program adviser.
                Admission requirements: Completion of Computer
                Technician Certificate or CompTIA- A+ Certification
                with instructor approval and completion of applica-
                tion of admission.

                Admission dates: fall, winter, and spring quarters.

                TERM I                                            CREDITS
                CSNT      215       Networking Fundamentals I         3
                CSNT      216       Networking Fundamentals II        3
                CSNT      218       Networking Fundamentals III       3
                CSNT      219       Networking Fundamentals IV        3
                CSNT      220       Networking Fundamentals V         3
                                    General Ed. Requirement(PSYC 100) 5




72              2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5     L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G    E
                                                         Programs of Study/Information Technology                                              2

Computer Services & Network Technician
 PC NETWORK CLIENT TECHNICIAN                                        TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS                                  CREDITS
 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION                                           CSNT        215     Networking Fundamentals I                     3
 15 CREDITS
                                                                     CSNT        216     Networking Fundamentals II                    3
                                                                     CSNT        218     Networking Fundamentals III                   3
 The PC Network Client Technician program is                         CSNT        219     Networking Fundamentals IV                    3
 designed to prepare technicians to enter the                        CSNT        220     Networking Fundamentals V                     3
 computer field at a higher level of responsibility                  TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                            15
 than would be expected by applicants with an A+
 (stand-alone PC oriented) certification. It prepares
 students with the hands-on background for the
 Comp TIA Network+ Certification exam. Graduates
 of this award would be proficient with working with
 PCs, installing operating systems, installing network
 adapters, and connecting them to Microsoft, Novell,
 and UNIX networks. This award program meets
 part of the requirements for the Computer Service
 and Networking Technology A.A.S. degree track.
 Any developmental coursework a student may be
 required to complete may increase the program
 length.

 The following program outline is a suggested
 sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses
 listed in the program outline may not be offered
 every quarter. It is the student’s responsibility to
 work out his or her individual schedule with an
 academic adviser.

 Admission requirements: Completion of Computer
 Technician Certificate OR Comp TIA A+ Certification
 with instructor approval AND completion of
 application of admission.

 Admission dates: fall, winter, spring and summer
 quarters.




 2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L    L   E   G    E
                                                                                                                                               73
2    Programs of Study/Information Technology




              Computer Services & Network Technician
                MICROSOFT CERTIFIED SYSTEM                                          Entry requirements:
                ADMINISTRATOR TEST PREPARATION                                       1) Successful completion of Computer Service
                CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION                                                Technician certificate OR A+ certification.
                19 CREDITS                                                           2) Successful completion of Network Fundamen-
                                                                                         tals I -V or Network+ certification.
                The MCSA certificate program is designed to                          3) MATH 080 and ABED 046 or equivalent
                prepare students to take the Microsoft MCSA                              placement scores
                certification exams. The certificate has a strong
                emphasis on network infrastructures in a Windows                    Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer
                2000 environment. Graduates find entry-level jobs                   quarters.
                as computer field service technicians, installers,
                troubleshooters, salespersons, help desk techni-
                                                                                    TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS                              CREDITS
                cians,                                                              CSNT        130     Advanced Operating Systems                   4
                network technicians, network administrators,
                                                                                    CSNT        240     Microsoft Networking III                     3
                and web service administrators. The MCSA
                                                                                    CSNT        250     Microsoft Networking IV                      3
                certificate program meets part of the requirements
                                                                                    CSNT        252     Microsoft Networking V                       3
                for the Computer Service and Networking Technology
                A.A.S. degree track. Any developmental                              CSNT        254     Microsoft Networking VI                      3
                coursework a student may be required to complete                                        Technical Electives                          3
                may increase the program length.                                    TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                           19

                The following program outline is a suggested                        TECHNICAL ELECTIVES–3 CREDITS
                sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses                 Technical electives may be taken from CISA, CSNT,
                listed in the program outline may not be offered in                 CFOR, MMDP or ITAD areas and must be approved
                                                                                    by program adviser.
                the exact sequential order. It is the student’s
                responsibility to work out his or her individual
                                                                                    Additional fees will be required for the test.
                schedule with a counselor or adviser.




74              2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G    E
                                                           Programs of Study/Information Technology                                                 2

A rchitectural Graphics
 ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE
 DEGREE PROGRAM                                                            TERM IV
 120 CREDITS                                                               ENGT         133 Computer Aided
                                                                                            Drafting & Design III                           4
 This program’s intent is to prepare students for                          ARCH         205 Theory of Architecture                          3
 careers with construction firms, architectural                            ARGT         221 Architectural Graphics-
 product manufacturers, building design firms, city,                                        Residential I                                   4
 county and state architectural and civil engineering                      ARGT         222 Architectural Graphics–
 departments and corporate architectural and civil                                          Residential II                                  4
 engineering departments. Technicians are needed to                                         General Education Requirement                   5
 develop site plans, construction details, building
 designs, cost estimates, specification plans for                          TERM V
 remodeling and additions to existing buildings. Any                       ARGT         231 Architectural Graphics–
 developmental coursework a student may be                                                  Commercial I                                    4
 required to complete may increase the program                             ARGT         232 Architectural Graphics–
 length.                                                                                    Commercial II                                   4
                                                                           ARGT         233 Architectural Graphics–
 The following program outline is a suggested
                                                                                            Commercial III                                  4
 sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses
                                                                           ARGT         241 Architectural Illustration                      4
 listed in the program outline may not be offered in
 the exact sequential order. It is the student’s                                            General Education Requirement                   5
 responsibility to work out his or her individual
 schedule with a counselor or adviser.                                     TERM VI
                                                                           ARGT         211 Architectural Print Reading II                  2
 Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer                         ARGT         225 Construction Management
 quarters.                                                                                  & Estimating                                    4
                                                                           ARGT         261 Architectural Problems I                        4
                                                                           - OR -
 TERM I
 CISA
 ENGT
            101
            101
                     Computer Applications
                     Introduction to Technology
                                                      CREDITS
                                                               2
                                                               1
                                                                   [       ARGT
                                                                           - OR -
                                                                                            Civil Engineering Graphics Elective 4
                                                                                        262 Architectural Problems II           4
 ENGR
 ENGR
 ENGR
            111
            112
            113
                     Engineering Graphics I
                     Engineering Graphics II
                     Dimensioning & Tolerancing
                                                               4
                                                               4
                                                               4
                                                                   [       ENGT
                                                                                            Civil Engineering Graphics Elective 4
                                                                                        202 Specialized Technical
                                                                                            Employment Preparation              2
                     General Education Requirement             5
                                                                                            Technical Electives                 3
 TERM II                                                                   TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                        120
 ENGT       131 Computer Aided
                Drafting & Design I                            4           GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–25
                                                                           CREDITS
 ENGT       132 Computer Aided
                                                                           Physics (PHYS 114)                                    5
                Drafting & Design II                           4
                                                                           Written Communication                                 5
 ENGT       102 Technical Employment Preparation               1
                                                                           Oral Communication                                    5
 ARCH       201 History of American Architecture               3
                                                                           Quantitative Reasoning                                5
 ARGT       111 Architectural Print Reading I                  2
                                                                           Social Science                                        5
                General Education Requirement                  5
                                                                           See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
 TERM III
                                                                           each of the categories listed above.
 ARGT       112 Construction Techniques                        4
 ARGT       121 Architectural Graphics                         4
                                                                           TECHNICAL ELECTIVES
 ENGT       241 Civil Engineering Graphics I                   4           Technical electives may be taken from ARGT, ENGT
                Civil Engineering Graphics Elective            4           or GISA areas. Student should consult an academic
                General Education Requirement                  5           adviser.
 2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5    L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H    I   N   G   T   O     N      T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                                    75
2    Programs of Study/Information Technology




              A rchitectural Graphics
                CERTIFICATE OF PROFICIENCY
                83 CREDITS
                                                                                      TERM III
                The architectural graphics certificate option                         ENGT        133 Computer Aided
                prepares students for careers with construction                                       Drafting & Design III                            4
                firms, architectural product manufacturers, building                  ENGT        241 Civil Engineering Graphics I                     4
                design firms, city, county and state engineering                      ARGT        112 Construction Techniques                          4
                departments and corporate engineering depart-                         ARGT        121 Architectural Graphics                           4
                ments. Technicians are needed to develop site plans,                                  General Education Requirement                    5
                construction details, building designs, cost estimates,
                specification plans for remodeling and additions to                   TERM IV
                existing buildings. Any developmental coursework a                    ARGT        211 Architectural Print Reading II                   2
                student may be required to complete may increase                      ARGT        221 Architectural Graphics–
                the program length.                                                                   Residential I                                    4
                                                                                      ARGT        222 Architectural Graphics–
                The following program outline is a suggested
                                                                                                      Residential II                                   4
                sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses
                                                                                      ARGT        225 Construction Management &
                listed in the program outline may not be offered in
                the exact sequential order. It is the student’s                                       Estimating                                       4
                responsibility to work out his or her individual                                      Technical Electives                              9
                schedule with a counselor or adviser.                                 TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                           83

                Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer                     GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–15
                                                                                      CREDITS
                quarters.                                                             Written Communication                                 5
                                                                                      Quantitative Reasoning                                5
                TERM I                                            CREDITS
                                                                                      Social Science                                        5
                CISA      101       Computer Applications                     2
                                                                                      See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
                ENGT      101       Introduction to Technology                1       each of the categories listed above.
                ENGR      111       Engineering Graphics I                    4
                ENGR      112       Engineering Graphics II                   4       TECHNICAL ELECTIVES
                ENGR      113       Dimensioning & Tolerancing                4       Technical electives may be taken from ARGT, ENGT
                                    General Education Requirement             5       or GISA areas. Student should consult an academic
                                                                                      adviser.
                TERM II
                ENGT      102 Technical Employment
                              Preparation                                     1
                ENGT      131 Computer Aided
                              Drafting & Design I                             4
                ENGT      132 Computer Aided
                              Drafting & Design II                            4
                ARCH      201 History of American Architecture                3
                ARGT      111 Architectural Print Reading I                   2
                              General Education Requirement                   5




76              2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5     L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E    G   E
                                                          Programs of Study/Information Technology                                            2

Engineering Graphics
 CIVIL ENGINEERING GRAPHICS EMPHASIS                                  TERM III
 ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE                                         ENGT        102 Technical Employment
 DEGREE PROGRAM                                                                       Preparation                                     1
 120 CREDITS
                                                                      ENGR        123 Geometric Dimensioning
                                                                                      & Tolerancing                                   2
 The Civil Engineering Graphics option prepares                       ENGT        133 Computer Aided
 students for careers with construction firms,                                        Drafting & Design III                           4
 engineering product manufacturers, building design                   ENGT        141 Applied Materials Technology                    4
 firms, city, county and state engineering departments                ENGT        151 Applied Machine Metal Processes                 4
 and corporate engineering departments. Technicians                                   General Education Requirement                   5
 are needed to develop site plans, construction
 details, roadway designs, utility designs, cost                      TERM IV
 estimates, specification plans for existing and new                  ENGT        211     Industrial Graphics I                       4
 construction projects.                                               ENGT        212     Industrial Graphics–Sheetmetal              4
                                                                      ENGT        213     Industrial Graphics–Plastics                4
 The following program outline is a suggested                         ENGT        214     Industrial Graphics II                      4
 sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses                                      General Education Requirement               5
 listed in the program outline may not be offered in
 the exact sequential order. It is the student’s                      TERM V
 responsibility to work out his or her individual                     ARGT        111     Architectural Print Reading I               2
 schedule with a counselor or adviser.                                GISA        111     Introduction to GIS                         2
                                                                      ENGT        241     Civil Engineering Graphics I                4
 Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer                    ENGT        242     Civil Engineering Graphics II               4
 quarters.                                                            ENGT        245     Surveying                                   4
                                                                                          General Education Requirement               5
 TERM I                                              CREDITS
 CISA      101      Computer Applications                     2
                                                                      TERM VI
 ENGT      101      Introduction to Technology                1
                                                                      ENGT        243 Civil Engineering Graphics III    4
 ENGR      111      Engineering Graphics I                    4
                                                                      ENGT        247 Boundary Surveys and
 ENGR      112      Engineering Graphics II                   4
                                                                                      Plat Design                       4
 ENGR      113      Dimensioning & Tolerancing                4
                                                                      ENGT        249 Roadway Design and Layout         4
                    General Education Requirement             5
                                                                      ENGT        202 Specialized Tech. Employment Prep.2
                                                                                      Technical Electives               3
 TERM II
 ENGT      131 Computer Aided                                         TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                       120
               Drafting & Design I                            4
                                                                      GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–25
 ENGT      132 Computer Aided                                         CREDITS
               Drafting & Design II                           4       Written Communication                                 5
 ENGR      121 Descriptive Geometry                           4       Oral Communication                                    5
 ENGR      122 Engineering Graphics III                       4       Quantitative Reasoning                                5
               General Education Requirement                  5       Social Science                                        5
                                                                      Physics (PHYS 114)                                    5
                                                                      See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
                                                                      each of the categories listed above.

                                                                      TECHNICAL ELECTIVES
                                                                      Technical electives may be taken from ARGT, ENGT
                                                                      or GISA areas. Student should consult an academic
                                                                      adviser.


2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5    L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H    I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                              77
2    Programs of Study/Information Technology




              Engineering Graphics
                CIVIL ENGINEERING GRAPHICS EMPHASIS                                   TERM III
                CERTIFICATE OF PROFICIENCY                                            ENGT        102 Technical Employment
                83 CREDITS
                                                                                                      Preparation                                      1
                                                                                      ARGT        111 Architectural Print Reading I                    2
                The Civil Engineering Graphics Certificate program is                 GISA        111 Introduction to GIS                              2
                a one-year program designed to prepare a graphics                     ENGT        133 Computer Aided
                technician to work directly under the supervision of                                  Drafting & Design III                            4
                an engineer, architect or designer producing detailed                 ENGT        242 Civil Engineering Graphics II                    4
                drawings. Civil Engineering Graphics Technicians are                  ENGT        243 Civil Engineering Graphics III                   4
                specialists in translating the rough sketches, layouts                                General Education Requirement                    5
                and written specifications of architects, engineers, or
                designers into a drawing showing the complete                         TERM IV
                details and specifications for the finished product.                  ENGT        245 Surveying                                        4
                                                                                      ENGT        247 Boundary Surveys
                The following program outline is a suggested                                          and Plat Design                                  4
                sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses                   ENGT        249 Roadway Design and Layout                        4
                listed in the program outline may not be offered in                                   Technical Electives                              8
                the exact sequential order. It is the student’s
                                                                                      TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                           83
                responsibility to work out his or her individual
                schedule with a counselor or adviser.                                 GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–15
                                                                                      CREDITS
                Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer                     Written Communication                                 5
                quarters.                                                             Quantitative Reasoning                                5
                                                                                      Social Science                                        5
                TERM I                                            CREDITS             See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
                CISA      101       Computer Applications                     2       each of the categories listed above.
                ENGT      101       Introduction to Technology                1
                ENGR      111       Engineering Graphics I                    4       TECHNICAL ELECTIVES
                ENGR      112       Engineering Graphics II                   4       Technical electives may be taken from ARGT, ENGT
                ENGR      113       Dimensioning & Tolerancing                4       or GISA areas. Student should consult an academic
                                    General Education Requirement             5       adviser.

                TERM II
                ENGT      131 Computer Aided
                              Drafting & Design I                             4
                ENGT      132 Computer Aided
                              Drafting & Design II                            4
                ENGR      121 Descriptive Geometry
                 -OR-
                ARGT      121 Architectural Graphics                          4
                ENGT      241 Civil Engineering Graphics I                    4
                              General Education Requirement                   5




78              2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5     L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G    E
                                                          Programs of Study/Information Technology                                            2

Engineering Graphics
 MECHANICAL DESIGN EMPHASIS                                           TERM III
                                                                      ENGT        102 Technical Employment Preparation                1
 ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE
                                                                      ENGR        123 Geometric Dimensioning
 DEGREE PROGRAM
                                                                                      & Tolerancing                                   2
 120 CREDITS
                                                                      ENGT        133 Computer Aided
 This program’s intent is to prepare students as                                      Drafting & Design III                           4
 technicians specializing in translating rough                        ENGT        141 Applied Materials Technology                    4
 sketches, layouts, CAD designs, and written                          ENGT        151 Applied Machine Metal Processes                 4
 specifications of the engineer or designer into                                      General Education Requirement                   5
 drawings and CAD databases showing complete
 details and specifications for the finished product.                 TERM IV
 Persons trained in engineering graphics with                         ENGT        211     Industrial Graphics I                       4
 mechanical design emphasis work for companies                        ENGT        212     Industrial Graphics-Sheetmetal              4
 which manufacture machinery, electrical equipment,                   ENGT        213     Industrial Graphics-Plastics                4
 computers and fabricated products. Developmental                     ENGT        214     Industrial Graphics II                      4
 coursework a student may be required to complete                                         General education Requirement               5
 may increase the program length.
                                                                      TERM V
 The following program outline is a suggested                         ENGT        225     Parametric Solid Design I                   4
 sequence of courses. The courses listed in the                       ENGT        251     Industrial Design Graphics                  4
 outline may not be offered in the exact sequential                   ENGT        253     Machine Design Graphics                     4
 order. It is the student’s responsibility to work out                ENGT        255     Tool Design Graphics I                      4
 his or her individual schedule with a counselor or                                       General Education Requirement               5
 adviser.
                                                                      TERM VI
 Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer                    ENGT        271 Engineering Graphics
 quarters.                                                                            Problems & Analysis I                           4
                                                                      ENGT        272 Engineering Graphics
 TERM I                                              CREDITS
                                                                                      Problems & Analysis II                          4
 CISA      101      Computer Applications                     2
                                                                      ENGT        202 Specialized Tech.
 ENGT      101      Introduction to Technology                1
                                                                                      Employment Prep.                                2
 ENGR      111      Engineering Graphics I                    4
                                                                                      Technical Electives                             7
 ENGR      112      Engineering Graphics II                   4
 ENGR      113      Dimensioning & Tolerancing                4       TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                       120
                    General Education Requirement             5
                                                                      GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–25
                                                                      CREDITS
 TERM II                                                              Written Communication                                 5
 ENGT      131 Computer Aided                                         Oral Communication                                    5
               Drafting & Design I                            4       Quantitative Reasoning                                5
 ENGT      132 Computer Aided                                         Social Science                                        5
               Drafting & Design II                           4       Physics (PHYS 114)                                    5
 ENGR      121 Descriptive Geometry                           4       See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
 ENGR      122 Engineering Graphics III                       4       each of the categories listed above.
               General Education Requirement                  5
                                                                      TECHNICAL ELECTIVES
                                                                      Technical electives may be taken from ARGT, ENGT
                                                                      or GISA areas. Student should consult an academic
                                                                      adviser.



2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5    L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H    I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                              79
2    Programs of Study/Information Technology




              Engineering Graphics
                ENGINEERING GRAPHICS TECHNICIAN                                       TERM III
                CERTIFICATE OF PROFICIENCY                                            ENGT        102 Technical Employment
                83 CREDITS
                                                                                                      Preparation                                      1
                                                                                      ENGR        123 Geometric Dimensioning
                The Engineering Graphics Certificate program is a                                     & Tolerancing                                    2
                one-year program designed to prepare a graphics                       ENGT        133 Computer Aided
                technician to work directly under the supervision of                                  Drafting & Design III                            4
                an engineer or designer producing detailed                            ENGT        141 Applied Materials Technology                     4
                drawings. Engineering Graphics Technicians are                        ENGT        151 Applied Machine
                specialists in translating the rough sketches, layouts                                Metal Processes                                  4
                and written specifications of architects, engineers, or                               General Education Requirement                    5
                designers into a drawing showing the complete
                details and specifications for the finished product.                  TERM IV
                Any developmental coursework a student may be                         ENGT        211     Industrial Graphics I                        4
                required to complete may increase the program                         ENGT        212     Industrial Graphics-Sheetmetal               4
                length.                                                               ENGT        213     Industrial Graphics-Plastics                 4
                                                                                      ENGT        214     Industrial Graphics II                       4
                The following program outline is a suggested                                              Technical Electives                          6
                sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses
                listed in the program outline may not be offered in                   TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                           83
                the exact sequential order. It is the student’s                       GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–15
                responsibility to work out his or her individual                      CREDITS
                schedule with a counselor or adviser.                                 Written Communication                                 5
                                                                                      Quantitative Reasoning                                5
                Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer                     Social Science                                        5
                quarters.                                                             See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
                                                                                      each of the categories listed above.
                TERM I                                            CREDITS
                CISA      101       Computer Applications                     2       TECHNICAL ELECTIVES
                ENGT      101       Introduction to Technology                1       Technical electives may be taken from ARGT, ENGT
                ENGR      111       Engineering Graphics I                    4       or GISA areas. Student should consult an academic
                ENGR      112       Engineering Graphics II                   4       adviser.
                ENGR      113       Dimensioning & Tolerancing                4
                                    General Education Requirement             5

                TERM II
                ENGT      131 Computer Aided
                              Drafting & Design I                             4
                ENGT      132 Computer Aided
                              Drafting & Design II                            4
                ENGR      121 Descriptive Geometry                            4
                ENGR      122 Engineering Graphics III                        4
                              General Education Requirement                   5




80              2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5     L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G    E
                                                         Programs of Study/Information Technology                                               2

Multimedia Design and Production
 ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE                                                                                                 CREDITS
 DEGREE PROGRAM                                                      MMDP         101 Introduction to Mac                               1
                                                                     MMDP         102 2-D Graphic Design                                5
 106 CREDITS

 The Multimedia Design and Production program is
                                                                 [   - OR -
                                                                     ART
                                                                     MMDP
                                                                                  102
                                                                                  103
                                                                                          2-D Graphic Design
                                                                                          Storyboard Development                        3
 designed to meet the growing need for professionally
 trained graphics and multimedia professionals.                      MMDP         104     Color Theory                                  3
 Students and members of the business community                      ITAD         112     HTML                                          5
 need multimedia training to meet current and future                 MMDP         121     Illustrator I                                 4
 industry demands. Students will acquire a fine arts                 MMDP         122     Photoshop I                                   4
 base and go on to study current software applications               MMDP         123     Flash I                                       4
 in depth.                                                           MMDP         129     Quark                                         5
                                                                     MMDP         142     Photoshop II                                  4
 The following program outline is a suggested                        MMDP         154     Acrobat                                       5
 sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses                 MMDP         139     Digital A/V Editing I                         5
 listed in the program outline may not be offered in                 MMDP         157     Introduction to Multimedia                    3
 the exact sequential order. It is the student’s                     MMDP         195     Capstone Project                              5
 responsibility to work out an individual schedule                   MMDP         196     Capstone Project Lab                          3
 with a counselor or adviser. Experience using the                   MMDP         190     Digital Presentation                          2
 Internet and the Windows Operating System is highly
                                                                                          Technical Electives                          25
 recommended. Any developmental coursework a
 student may be required to complete may increase                    TOTAL TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS                                      86
 the program length.
                                                                     GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–20
                                                                     CREDITS
 Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer                   Written Communication                                 5
 quarters.                                                           Oral Communication                                    5
                                                                     Quantitative Reasoning                                5
                                                                     Social Science                                        5
                                                                     See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
                                                                     each of the categories listed above.

                                                                     TECHNICAL ELECTIVES–25 CREDITS
                                                                     Technical Electives may be taken from MMDP or
                                                                     ITAD areas.




 2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N    T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L    L   E   G    E
                                                                                                                                                81
2    Programs of Study/Information Technology




             Multimedia Design and Production
                 ANIMATION/GAME DESIGN                                                                                                   CREDITS
                 CERTIFICATE OF PROFICIENCY                                         MMDP         101 Introduction to Mac                             1
                                                                                    MMDP         102 2-D Graphic Design                              5
                 85 CREDITS

                 This four-quarter certificate program is designed to
                                                                                [   - OR -
                                                                                    ART
                                                                                    MMDP
                                                                                                 102
                                                                                                 103
                                                                                                         2-D Graphic Design
                                                                                                         Storyboard Development                      3
                 prepare students to work in a variety of settings.
                 Graduates will be able to create animated graphics                 MMDP         104     Color Theory                                3
                 for marketing and advertising communities, work on                 ITAD         112     HTML                                        5
                 simulation development products, model fantasy                     MMDP         122     Photoshop I                                 4
                 characters for games, work on interactive media                    MMDP         123     Flash I                                     4
                 projects, etc. They will acquire the skills needed to              MMDP         124     3-D Animation I                             4
                 be successful developers of animated digital media.                MMDP         130     Cartooning                                  3
                                                                                    MMDP         142     Photoshop II                                4
                 The following program outline is a suggested                       MMDP         144     3-D Animation II                            4
                 sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses                MMDP         134     3-D Materials and Methods                   3
                 listed in the program outline may not be offered in                MMDP         157     Introduction to Multimedia                  3
                 the exact sequential order. It is the student’s                    MMDP         137     Lighting and Composition                    3
                 responsibility to work out an individual schedule                  MMDP         150     Character Study                             3
                 with a counselor or adviser. Experience using the                  MMDP         164     Demo Reel Production                        4
                 Internet and the Windows Operating System is highly
                                                                                    MMDP         165     3-D for Games                               3
                 recommended. Any developmental coursework a
                                                                                    MMDP         138     Introduction to Level Design                4
                 student may be required to complete may increase
                 the program length.                                            [   - OR -
                                                                                    MMDP
                                                                                    MMDP
                                                                                                 174 3-D Animation Team Project
                                                                                                 139 Digital A/V Editing I                           5
                 Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer
                 quarters.                                                          MMDP         190 Digital Presentation                            2

                                                                                    GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–15
                                                                                    CREDITS
                                                                                    Written Communication                                 5
                                                                                    Quantitative Reasoning                                5
                                                                                    Social Science                                        5
                                                                                    See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
                                                                                    each of the categories listed above.




82              2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N    T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                         Programs of Study/Information Technology                                               2

Multimedia Design and Production
 COMPUTER GRAPHICS                                                                                                            CREDITS
 CERTIFICATE OF PROFICIENCY                                          MMDP         101 Introduction to Mac                               1
                                                                     MMDP         102 2-D Graphic Design                                5
 73 CREDITS

 The Computer Graphics program is designed to meet
                                                                 [   - OR -
                                                                     ART
                                                                     MMDP
                                                                                  102
                                                                                  103
                                                                                          2-D Graphic Design
                                                                                          Storyboard Development                        3
 the growing need for professionally trained graphic
 professionals. Students and members of the business                 MMDP         104     Color Theory                                  3
 community need graphics students and members of                     ITAD         112     HTML                                          5
 the business community need multimedia training to                  MMDP         121     Illustrator I                                 4
 meet current and future industry demands. Students                  MMDP         122     Photoshop I                                   4
 will acquire a fine arts base and go on to study                    MMDP         123     Flash                                         4
 current software applications in depth.                             MMDP         129     Quark                                         5
                                                                     MMDP         142     Photoshop II                                  4
 The following program outline is a suggested                        MMDP         195     Capstone Project                              5
 sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses                                      Technical Electives                          15
 listed in the program outline may not be offered in
                                                                     TOTAL TECHNICAL CREDITS                                           58
 the exact sequential order. It is the student’s
 responsibility to work out an individual schedule                   GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–15
 with a counselor or adviser. Experience using the                   CREDITS
 Internet and the Windows Operating System is highly                 Written Communication                                 5
 recommended. Any developmental coursework a                         Quantitative Reasoning                                5
 student may be required to complete may increase                    Social Science                                        5
 the program length.                                                 See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
                                                                     each of the categories listed above.
 Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer
 quarters.                                                           TECHNICAL ELECTIVES–15 CREDITS
                                                                     Technical electives may be taken from MMDP or ITAD
                                                                     areas.




 2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N    T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L    L   E   G    E
                                                                                                                                                83
2    Programs of Study/Information Technology




             Multimedia Design and Production
                 INTERACTIVE DIGITAL MEDIA                                                                                               CREDITS
                 ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE                                       MMDP         101 Introduction to Mac                              1
                                                                                    MMDP         102 2-D Graphic Design                               5
                 DEGREE PROGRAM
                 111 CREDITS                                                    [   - OR -
                                                                                    ART
                                                                                    MMDP
                                                                                                 102
                                                                                                 103
                                                                                                         2-D Graphic Design
                                                                                                         Storyboard Development                       3
                 The Multimedia Design and Production program is
                 designed to meet the growing need for professionally               MMDP         104     Color Theory                                 3
                 trained graphics and multimedia professionals.                     MMDP         119     Video Production                             5
                 Students and members of the business community                     MMDP         121     Illustrator I                                4
                 need multimedia training to meet current and future                MMDP         122     Photoshop I                                  4
                 industry demands. Students will acquire a fine arts                MMDP         123     Flash I                                      4
                 base and go on to study current software applica-                  MMDP         151     Streaming Media I                            3
                 tions in depth.                                                    MMDP         105     Storyboard Development II                    3
                                                                                    MMDP         133     Dreamweaver                                  4
                 The following program outline is a suggested                       MMDP         139     Digital A/V Editing I                        5
                 sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses                MMDP         159     Digital A/V Editing II                       5
                 listed in the program outline may not be offered in                ITAD         112     HTML                                         5
                 the exact sequential order. It is the student’s                    MMDP         132     Web Graphics                                 4
                 responsibility to work out an individual schedule                  MMDP         195     Capstone Project                             5
                 with a counselor or adviser. Experience using the                  MMDP         196     Capstone Project Lab                         3
                 Internet and the Windows Operating System is highly
                                                                                                         Technical Electives                         25
                 recommended. Any developmental coursework a
                 student may be required to complete may increase                   TOTAL TECHNICAL CREDITS                                          91
                 the program length.
                                                                                    GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–20
                                                                                    CREDITS
                 Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer                  Written Communications                                5
                 quarters.                                                          Social Science                                        5
                                                                                    Quantitative Reasoning                                5
                                                                                    Oral Communication                                    5
                                                                                    See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
                                                                                    each of the categories listed above.

                                                                                    TECHNICAL ELECTIVES–25 CREDITS
                                                                                    Technical electives may be taken from MMDP or
                                                                                    ITAD areas.




84              2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N    T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G    E
                                                         Programs of Study/Information Technology                                              2

Multimedia Design and Production
 INTERACTIVE DIGITAL MEDIA                                           MMDP         101 Introduction to Mac                              1
 CERTIFICATE PROGRAM                                                 MMDP         119 Video Production                                 5
                                                                     MMDP         102 2-D Graphic Design                               5
                                                                 [
 84 CREDITS
                                                                     - OR -
 This Certificate program is designed to prepare                     MMDP         102     2-D Graphic Design
 students to work in a variety of settings. Graduates                MMDP         103     Storyboard Development                       3
 will be able to design and create interactive media                 MMDP         104     Color Theory                                 3
 for games or training, create streaming and                         ITAD         112     HTML                                         5
 conventional web advertising/promotions, design                     MMDP         121     Illustrator I                                4
 and maintain interactive web sites, and work with                   MMDP         122     Photoshop I                                  4
 instructional designers to develop online programs.
                                                                     MMDP         139     Digital A/V Editing I                        5
 They will acquire the skills needed to be successful
                                                                     MMDP         159     Digital A/V Editing II                       5
 developers of digital media.
                                                                     MMDP         151     Streaming Media I                            3
 The following program outline is a suggested                        MMDP         133     DreamWeaver                                  4
 sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses
 listed in the program outline may not be offered in                 MMDP         123 Flash I                                          4
 the exact sequential order. It is the student’s                     MMDP         195 Capstone Project                                 5
 responsibility to work out an individual schedule                   MMDP         196 Capstone Project Lab                             3
 with a counselor or adviser. Experience using the                                    Technical Electives                             10
 Internet and the Windows Operating System is highly                 TOTAL TECHNICAL CREDITS                                          69
 recommended .Any developmental coursework a
 student may be required to complete may increase                    GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–15
                                                                     CREDITS
 the program length.
                                                                     Written Communication                                 5
 Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer                   Social Science                                        5
 quarters.                                                           Quantitative Reasoning                                5
                                                                     See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
                                                                     each of the categories listed above.

                                                                     TECHNICAL ELECTIVES–10 CREDITS
                                                                     Technical electives may be taken from MMDP or
                                                                     ITAD areas.




 2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N    T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G    E
                                                                                                                                               85
2    Programs of Study/Information Technology




             Multimedia Design and Production
                 PRINT                                                              MMDP         101 Introduction to Mac                              1
                 ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE DEGREE                                MMDP         102 2-D Graphic Design                               5
                 PROGRAM
                 110 CREDITS
                                                                                [   - OR -
                                                                                    ART
                                                                                    MMDP
                                                                                                 102
                                                                                                 103
                                                                                                         2-D Graphic Design
                                                                                                         Storyboard Development                       3
                 The print degree will prepare students for entry-level             MMDP         104     Color Theory                                 3
                 jobs as desktop publishers, print production artists,              MMDP         129     Quark                                        5
                 prepress/preflight technicians, print graphic artists/             MMDP         115     Freehand I                                   4
                 designers, and electronic document production                      MMDP         117     Typography I                                 3
                 specialists.                                                       MMDP         122     Photoshop I                                  4
                                                                                    MMDP         121     Illustrator I                                4
                 The following program outline is a suggested                       MMDP         126     InDesign I                                   4
                 sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses
                                                                                    MMDP         142     Photoshop II                                 4
                 listed in the program outline may not be offered in
                                                                                    MMDP         158     Prepress I                                   4
                 the exact sequential order. It is the student’s
                                                                                    MMDP         146     InDesign II
                 responsibility to work out an individual schedule
                 with a counselor or adviser. Any developmental
                 coursework a student may be required to complete
                                                                                [   - OR -
                                                                                    MMDP
                                                                                    MMDP
                                                                                                 149
                                                                                                 152
                                                                                                         Quark II
                                                                                                         Layout Graphic Design
                                                                                                                                                      4
                                                                                                                                                      3
                 may increase the program length.
                                                                                    MMDP         154     Acrobat                                      5
                 Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer                  MMDP         178     PrePress II                                  4
                                                                                    MMDP         135     Freehand II
                 quarters.
                                                                                [   - OR -
                                                                                    MMDP
                                                                                    MMDP
                                                                                                 141 Illustrator II
                                                                                                 190 Digital Presentation
                                                                                                                                                      4
                                                                                                                                                      2
                                                                                                     Technical Electives                             24
                                                                                    TOTAL TECHNICAL CREDITS                                          90

                                                                                    GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–20
                                                                                    CREDITS
                                                                                    Written Communications                                5
                                                                                    Social Science                                        5
                                                                                    Quantitative Reasoning                                5
                                                                                    Oral Communication                                    5
                                                                                    See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
                                                                                    each of the categories listed above.




86              2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N    T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G    E
                                                         Programs of Study/Information Technology                                               2

Multimedia Design and Production
 PRINT OPTION                                                                                                                 CREDITS
 CERTIFICATE PROGRAM                                                 MMDP         101 Introduction to Mac                              1
                                                                     MMDP         102 2-D Graphic Design                               5
 89 CREDITS

 The print certificate will prepare students for entry-
                                                                 [   - OR -
                                                                     ART
                                                                     MMDP
                                                                                  102
                                                                                  103
                                                                                          2-D Graphic Design
                                                                                          Storyboard Development                       3
 level jobs as desktop publishers, print production
 artists, prepress/preflight technicians, print graphic              MMDP         104     Color Theory                                 3
 artists/designers, and electronic document produc-                  MMDP         129     Quark                                        5
 tion specialists.                                                   MMDP         115     Freehand I                                   4
                                                                     MMDP         117     Typography I                                 3
 The following program outline is a suggested                        MMDP         122     Photoshop I                                  4
 sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses                 MMDP         121     Illustrator I                                4
 listed in the program outline may not be offered in                 MMDP         126     InDesign I                                   4
 the exact sequential order. It is the student’s                     MMDP         142     Photoshop II                                 4
 responsibility to work out an individual schedule                   MMDP         158     Prepress I                                   4
 with a counselor or adviser. Any developmental                      MMDP         146      InDesign II
 coursework a student may be required to complete
 may increase the program length.                                [   - OR -
                                                                     MMDP
                                                                     MMDP
                                                                                  149
                                                                                  152
                                                                                          Quark II
                                                                                          Layout Graphic Design
                                                                                                                                       4
                                                                                                                                       3
 Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer
                                                                     MMDP         154     Acrobat                                      5
 quarters.
                                                                     MMDP         178     PrePress II                                  4
                                                                     MMDP         135      Freehand II
                                                                 [   - OR -
                                                                     MMDP
                                                                     MMDP
                                                                                  141 Illustrator II
                                                                                  190 Digital Presentation
                                                                                                                                       4
                                                                                                                                       2
                                                                                      Technical Electives                              8
                                                                     TOTAL TECHNICAL CREDITS                                           74

                                                                     GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–15
                                                                     CREDITS
                                                                     Written Communication                                 5
                                                                     Social Science                                        5
                                                                     Quantitative Reasoning                                5
                                                                     See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
                                                                     each of the categories listed above.




 2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N    T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L    L   E   G    E
                                                                                                                                                87
2    Programs of Study/Information Technology




             Multimedia Design and Production
                 ANIMATION OPTION                                                     ILLUSTRATOR OPTION
                 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION                                            CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION
                 15 CREDITS                                                           13 CREDITS

                 The Animation Certificate option is designed to                      The Illustrator Certificate option is designed to
                 prepare students for job transitions, skills upgrades,               prepare students for job transitions, skills upgrades,
                 and continuing industry education to remain current                  and continuing industry education to remain
                 in their chosen field, multimedia design and                         current in their chosen field, multimedia design and
                 production. Graduates will find entry level jobs as 3D               production. Graduates will find entry to mid-level
                 Artist I, Animation Engineer, and 2D-3D Character                    jobs as print and screen (web and presentation)
                 Artist.                                                              content designers and producers, online media
                                                                                      producers, graphic designers, graphic user
                 The following program outline is a suggested                         interface designers, and image producers.
                 sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses
                 listed in the program outline may not be offered in                  The following program outline is a suggested
                 the exact sequential order. It is the student’s                      sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses
                 responsibility to work out an individual schedule                    listed in the program outline may not be offered in
                 with a counselor or an adviser.                                      the exact sequential order. It is the student’s
                                                                                      responsibility to work out his or her individual
                 Entry Requirements: Computer literacy acquired                       schedule with a counselor or an adviser. Entry
                 either through industry or coursework, instructor’s                  Requirements: Computer literacy acquired either
                 approval required.                                                   through industry or coursework, successful
                                                                                      completion of Photoshop I or equivalent experi-
                 Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer                    ence, Instructor’s approval required.
                 quarters.
                                                                                      Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer
                                                                 CREDITS              quarters.
                 MMDP      124      3D Animation I                           4
                 MMDP      165      3D for Games                             3                                                            CREDITS
                 MMDP      150      Character Study                          3        MMDP        121 Illustrator I                                    4
                 MMDP      195      Capstone Project                         5        MMDP        141 Illustrator II                                   4
                 TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                       15
                                                                                      MMDP        195 Capstone Project                                 5
                                                                                      TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                           13




88              2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5    L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G    T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G    E
                                                         Programs of Study/Information Technology                                               2

Multimedia Design and Production
 ILLUSTRATOR/PHOTOSHOP OPTION I                                       ILLUSTRATOR/PHOTOSHOP OPTION II
 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION                                            CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION
 13 CREDITS                                                           13 CREDITS

 The Illustrator/Photoshop Certificate option is                      The Illustrator/Photoshop II Certificate option is
 designed to prepare students for job transitions,                    designed to prepare students for job transitions,
 skills upgrades, and continuing industry education to                skills upgrades, and continuing industry education to
 remain current in their chosen field, multimedia                     remain current in their chosen field, multimedia
 design and production. Graduates will find entry level               design and production. Graduates will find entry to
 jobs as print and screen (web and presentation)                      mid-level jobs as print and screen (web and
 content designers and producers, online media                        presentation) content designers and producers,
 producers, graphic designers, graphic user interface                 online media producers, graphic designers, graphic
 designers, and image producers.                                      user interface designers, and image producers.

 The following program outline is a suggested                         The following program outline is a suggested
 sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses                  sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses
 listed in the program outline may not be offered in                  listed in the program outline may not be offered in
 the exact sequential order. It is the student’s                      the exact sequential order. It is the student’s
 responsibility to work out his or her individual                     responsibility to work out his or her individual
 schedule with a counselor or an adviser.                             schedule with a counselor or an adviser.

 Entry Requirements: Computer literacy acquired                       Entry Requirements: (Instructor’s approval
 either through industry or coursework, successful                    required)
 completion of Photoshop I or equivalent experience,                    1) Successful completion of Photoshop I or
 Instructor’s approval required.                                           industry experience.
                                                                        2) Successful completion of Illustrator I or
 Industry experience will be evidenced through the                         industry experience
 personal portfolio of the applicant to waive entry
 requirements. It is the student’s responsibility to                  Industry experience will be evidenced through the
 present a portfolio and/or transcripts indicating                    personal portfolio of the applicant to waive entry
 satisfaction of the entry requirements to MMDP                       requirements. It is the student’s responsibility to
 faculty.                                                             present a portfolio and/or transcripts indicating
                                                                      satisfaction of the entry requirements to MMDP
 Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer                    faculty.
 quarters.
                                                 CREDITS
                                                                      Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer
 MMDP      121 Illustrator I                                  4       quarters.
 MMDP      122 Photoshop I                                    4                                                               CREDITS
 MMDP      195 Capstone Project                               5       MMDP        141 Illustrator II                                    4
 TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                       13       MMDP        142 Photoshop II                                      4
                                                                      MMDP        195 Capstone Project                                  5
                                                                      TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                            13




 2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G    T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L    L   E   G    E
                                                                                                                                                89
2    Programs of Study/Information Technology




             Multimedia Design and Production
                 MULTIMEDIA OPTION                                                     PHOTOSHOP OPTION
                 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION                                             CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION
                 25 CREDITS                                                            17 CREDITS

                 The Multimedia Certificate option is designed to                      The Photoshop Certificate option is designed to
                 prepare students for job transitions, skills upgrades,                prepare students for job transitions, skills upgrades,
                 and continuing industry education to remain current                   and continuing industry education to remain
                 in their chosen field, multimedia design and                          current in their chosen field, multimedia design and
                 production. Graduates will find entry level jobs as                   production. Graduates will find entry to mid-level
                 Video Editors and Multimedia Producers.                               jobs as print and screen (web and presentation)
                                                                                       content designers and producers, online media
                 The following program outline is a suggested                          producers, graphic designers, graphic user
                 sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses                   interface designers, retouchers and image producers.
                 listed in the program outline may not be offered in
                 the exact sequential order. It is the student’s                       The following program outline is a suggested
                 responsibility to work out his or her individual                      sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses
                 schedule with a counselor or an adviser. Students                     listed in the program outline may not be offered in
                 may earn a Certificate of Proficiency or Associate                    the exact sequential order. It is the student’s
                 Degree by successfully completing additional credits.                 responsibility to work out his or her individual
                                                                                       schedule with a counselor or an adviser. Students
                 Entry Requirements: Photoshop I, Digital Video/                       may earn a Certificate of Proficiency or Associate
                 Audio Editing I, and Intro to Multimedia/Storyboard                   Degree by successfully completing additional
                 I or industry experience. Industry experience will be                 credits.
                 evidenced through the personal portfolio of the
                 applicant to waive entry requirements. It is the                      Entry Requirements: Instructor approval of
                 student’s responsibility to present a portfolio and/or                computer literacy acquired either through industry
                 transcripts indicating satisfaction of the entry                      or coursework. Industry experience will be
                 requirements to MMDP faculty.                                         evidenced through the personal portfolio of the
                                                                                       applicant to waive entry requirements. It is the
                 Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer                     student’s responsibility to present a portfolio and/
                 quarters.                                                             or transcripts indicating satisfaction of the entry
                                                                                       requirements to MMDP faculty.
                                                                  CREDITS
                 MMDP      119      Video Production                           5       Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer
                 MMDP      159      Digital A/V Editing II                     5       quarters.
                 MMDP      170      Multimedia Graphics                        5
                 MMDP      179      DVD Authoring                              5                                                           CREDITS
                 MMDP      195      Capstone Project                           5       MMDP        122 Photoshop I                                      4
                 TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                        25
                                                                                       MMDP        142 Photoshop II                                     4
                                                                                       MMDP        162 Photoshop III                                    4
                                                                                       MMDP        195 Capstone Project                                 5
                                                                                       TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                           17




90              2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5     L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G    T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G    E
                                                           Programs of Study/Information Technology                                               2

Multimedia Design and Production
 PRINTMASTER, OPTION I                                                  PRINTMASTER, OPTION II
 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION                                              CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION
 20 CREDITS                                                             22 CREDITS

 The Printmaster Certificate Option I is designed to                    The Printmaster Certificate Option II is designed to
 prepare students for job transitions, skills upgrades,                 prepare students for job transitions, skills upgrades,
 and continuing industry education to remain current                    and continuing industry education to remain current
 in their chosen field, multimedia design and                           in their chosen field, multimedia design and
 production. Graduates will find entry level jobs as                    production. Graduates will find entry level jobs as
 print content designers and producers, typography                      print content designers and producers, and graphic
 designers and graphic designers.                                       designers.

 The following program outline is a suggested                           The following program outline is a suggested
 sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses                    sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses
 listed in the program outline may not be offered in                    listed in the program outline may not be offered in
 the exact sequential order. It is the student’s                        the exact sequential order. It is the student’s
 responsibility to work out his or her individual                       responsibility to work out his or her individual
 schedule with a counselor or an adviser. Students                      schedule with a counselor or an adviser. Students
 may earn a Certificate of Proficiency or Associate                     may earn a Certificate of Proficiency or Associate
 Degree by successfully completing additional credits.                  Degree by successfully completing additional
                                                                        credits.
 Entry Requirements: Instructor approval of computer
 literacy acquired either through industry or                           Entry Requirements: Computer literacy acquired
 coursework. Industry experience will be evidenced                      either through industry or coursework. Industry
 through the personal portfolio of the applicant to                     experience will be evidenced through the personal
 waive entry requirements. It is the student’s responsi-                portfolio of the applicant to waive entry require-
 bility to present a portfolio and/ or transcripts                      ments. It is the student’s responsibility to present a
 indicating satisfaction of the entry requirements to                   portfolio and/or transcripts indicating satisfaction of
 MMDP faculty.                                                          the entry requirements to MMDP faculty.

 Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer                      Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer
 quarters.                                                              quarters.
                                                   CREDITS                                                                      CREDITS
 MMDP      117       Typography                                 3       MMDP        126     InDesign I                                    4
 MMDP      126       InDesign I                                 4       MMDP        129     Quark                                         5
 MMDP      129       Quark                                      5       MMDP        152     Layout Graphic Design                         3
 MMDP      158       Prepress I                                 4       MMDP        154     Acrobat                                       5
 MMDP      195       Capstone Project                           5       MMDP        195     Capstone Project                              5
 TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                         21       TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                            22




 2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5     L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G    T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L    L   E   G    E
                                                                                                                                                  91
2    Programs of Study/Information Technology




             Multimedia Design and Production
                 SKILLS UPGRADE OPTION                                               WEB MEDIA, OPTION I
                 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION                                           CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION
                 13 CREDITS                                                          17 CREDITS

                 The Skills Upgrade Certificate option is designed to                The Web Media Certificate option is designed to
                 prepare students for job transitions, skills upgrades,              prepare students for job transitions, skills upgrades,
                 and continuing industry education to remain current                 and continuing industry education to remain
                 in their chosen field, multimedia design and                        current in their chosen field, multimedia design and
                 production. Graduates will find mid- to entry-level                 production. Graduates will find entry level jobs as
                 jobs as animators, graphic designers, and multime-                  Graphic User Interface designers, online media
                 dia specialists. This certificate is for those who wish             producers, web designers, animation designers and
                 to fill in skill gaps or upgrade their skills in specific           producers.
                 areas. Courses may be selected from any of the
                 course offerings in the MMDP area.                                  The following program outline is a suggested
                                                                                     sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses
                 The following program outline is an open sequence                   listed in the program outline may not be offered in
                 of courses for this area of study. It is the student’s              the exact sequential order. It is the student’s
                 responsibility to work out his or her individual                    responsibility to work out his or her individual
                 schedule with a counselor or an adviser.                            schedule with a counselor or an adviser. Students
                                                                                     may earn a Certificate of Proficiency or Associate
                 Entry Requirements: Computer literacy acquired                      Degree by successfully completing additional
                 either through industry or coursework.                              credits.

                 Industry experience will be evidenced through the                   Entry Requirements: Successful completion (2.0 or
                 personal portfolio of the applicant to waive entry                  higher grade) of HTML I, Photoshop I and Illustra-
                 requirements. It is the student’s responsibility to                 tor I or Freehand I, or industry experience. Industry
                 present a portfolio and/or transcripts indicating                   experience will be evidenced through the personal
                 satisfaction of the entry requirements to MMDP                      portfolio of the applicant to waive entry require-
                 faculty.                                                            ments. It is the student’s responsibility to present a
                                                                                     portfolio and/or transcripts indicating satisfaction of
                 Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer                   the entry requirements to MMDP faculty.
                 quarters.
                                                                                     Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer
                                                                CREDITS              quarters.
                 MMDP          Technical Electives                           8
                 MMDP      195 Capstone Project                              5                                                           CREDITS
                                                                                     MMDP        123     Flash I                                      4
                 TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                      13
                                                                                     MMDP        132     Web Graphics                                 4
                                                                                     MMDP        133     Dreamweaver                                  4
                                                                                     MMDP        195     Capstone Project                             5
                                                                                     TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                           17




92              2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G    T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G    E
                                                              Programs of Study/Information Technology                                             2

Multimedia Design and Production
 WEB MEDIA, OPTION II
 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION
 20 CREDITS

 The Web Media Certificate option is designed to
 prepare students for job transitions, skills upgrades,
 and continuing industry education to remain current
 in their chosen field, multimedia design and
 production. Graduates will find entry to mid-level
 jobs as streaming audio and video content designers
 and producers, online media producers, web
 designers, animation designers and producers.

 The following program outline is a suggested
 sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses
 listed in the program outline may not be offered in
 the exact sequential order. It is the student’s
 responsibility to work out his or her individual
 schedule with a counselor or an adviser. Students
 may earn a Certificate of Proficiency or Associate
 Degree by successfully completing additional credits.

 Entry Requirements: Successful completion (2.0 or
 higher grade) of HTML I, Photoshop I and Flash I or
 industry experience. Industry experience will be
 evidenced through the personal portfolio of the
 applicant to waive entry requirements. It is the
 student’s responsibility to present a portfolio and/ or
 transcripts indicating satisfaction of the entry
 requirements to MMDP faculty.

 Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer
 quarters.
                                                      CREDITS
 MMDP      159       Digital A/V Editing II                        5
 MMDP      151       Streaming Media I                             3
 MMDP      143       Flash II                                      4
 MMDP      153       Web Design                                    3
 MMDP      195        Capstone Project                             5
 TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                            20




 2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5     L   A   K   E   W      A   S   H   I   N   G    T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                                   93
2    Programs of Study/Information Technology




               Information Assurance &
                 Computer Forensics
                ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE                                          TERM III
                DEGREE PROGRAM                                                        CFOR        238 Preserving/Documenting Evidence                 5
                100 CREDITS
                                                                                      CFOR        246 Applied Forensics                               5
                                                                                      CFOR        216 Information Assurance                           4
                The Information Assurance & Computer Forensics                                        Technical Electives                             3
                Program (IACF) is designed to provide students with                                   General Education Requirement                   5
                the skills to analyze corporate security needs, create
                security solutions, collect, preserve, analyze and                    TERM IV
                present digital evidence. Students will learn how to                  CFOR        240 Intrusion Detection                             5
                investigate cyber-crime, recover data, and setup                      CFOR        256 Current Issues in Computer
                network ‘sniffers’ and observation traps, working                                     Info/Assurance                                  5
                with current forensics tools to perform these tasks.                  CFOR        293 Internship Seminar                              1
                Students will enhance their computer skills to assist                 CWEX        297 Coop Work Experience                            2
                in network design, security implementation,                                           General Education Requirement                   5
                information assurance, and forensics investigations.
                                                                                      TERM V
                The following program outline is a suggested                          CFOR        250 Unix Programming                                5
                sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses                   CFOR        254 Cryptography                                    5
                listed in the program outline may not be offered in                                   Certification Prep Elective                     3
                the exact sequential order. It is the student’s                                       General Education Requirement                   5
                responsibility to work out an individual schedule
                with an adviser. Any developmental coursework a                       TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                       100
                student may be required to complete may increase                      GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENT–20
                the program length.                                                   CREDITS
                                                                                      Written Communication (ENGL 106)                      5
                Admission requirements: Completion of terms 1 & 2                     Oral Communication                                    5
                of the CSNT Core courses OR CompTIA A+ Certifica-                     Quantitative Reasoning                                5
                tion OR 2 or more years of PC hardware/software                       Social Science                                        5
                industry expertise with instructor approval.                          See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
                                                                                      each of the categories listed above.
                Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer
                quarters.                                                             TECHNICAL ELECTIVES–6 CREDITS
                                                                                      Technical and Certification Preparation Electives
                TERM I                                            CREDITS             may be taken from CFOR, CSNT or ITAD areas.
                CFOR      151       Introduction to PC Security               3       Students should consult academic adviser. ITAD 111
                CFOR      155       Introduction to Web Security              2       is recommended as a 3rd term elective for AAS
                CFOR      215       Network Basics                            4       students.
                CFOR      225       System Security Implementation            3
                CFOR      235       Web Security Implementation               3       *Results of a criminal background check will be
                                                                                       required at first class meeting.
                                    General Education Requirement             5

                TERM II
                CFOR      210       Introduction to Forensics*                4
                CFOR      230       Network Security                          5
                CFOR      236       Wireless Security                         5
                CJUS      201       Introduction to Criminal Justice          5
                                    Technical Electives                       3


94              2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5     L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                          Programs of Study/Information Technology                                             2

Information Assurance &
Computer Forensics
CERTIFICATE OF PROFICIENCY                                            TERM III
                                                                      CFOR        238 Preserving/Documenting Evidence                  5
79 CREDITS
                                                                      CFOR        246 Applied Forensics                                5
The Information Assurance & Computer Forensics                        CFOR        216 Information Assurance                            4
Program (IACF) is designed to provide students with                                   Technical Elective                               3
the skills to analyze corporate security needs, create                                General Education Requirement                    5
security solutions, collect, preserve, analyze and
present digital evidence. Students will learn how to                  TERM IV
investigate cyber-crime, recover data, and setup                      CFOR        240 Intrusion Detection*                             5
network ‘sniffers’ and observation traps, working                     CFOR        256 Current Issues in Computer Info
with current forensics tools to perform these tasks.                                  Assurance                                        5
Students will enhance their computer skills to assist                                 Certification Prep Elective                      3
in network design, security implementation,                                           General Education Requirement                    5
information assurance, and forensics investigations.                  TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                           79

The following program outline is a suggested                          GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–15
sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses                   CREDITS
listed in the program outline may not be offered in                   Written Communication                                 5
the exact sequential order. It is the student’s                       Quantitative Reasoning (MATH 090 or higher)           5
responsibility to work out an individual schedule                     Social Science                                        5
with an adviser. Any developmental coursework a                       See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
student may be required to complete may increase                      each of the categories listed above.
the program length.
                                                                      TECHNICAL ELECTIVES–3 CREDITS
Admission requirements: Completion of terms 1 & 2                     Technical and Certification Preparation Electives
of the CSNT Core courses OR CompTIA A+ Certifica-                     may be taken from CFOR, CSNT or ITAD areas.
tion OR 2 or more years of PC hardware/software                       Students should consult an academic adviser.
industry expertise with instructor approval.
                                                                      *Results of a criminal background check will be
                                                                       required at first class meeting.
Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer
quarters.

TERM I                                               CREDITS
CFOR       151      Introduction to PC Security               3
CFOR       155      Introduction to Web Security              2
CFOR       215      Network Basics                            4
CFOR       225      System Security Implementation            3
CFOR       235      Web Security Implementation               3
                    General Education Requirement             5

TERM II
CFOR       210      Introduction to Forensics*                4
CFOR       230      Network Security                          5
CFOR       236      Wireless Security                         5
CJUS       201      Introduction to Criminal Justice          5
                    Technical Electives                       3



2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5    L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H    I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G    E
                                                                                                                                               95
2    Programs of Study/Information Technology




               Information Technology
                 Applications Development
                ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE                                                                                             CREDITS
                DEGREE PROGRAM                                                      ITAD         111 Computer Programming
                90 CREDITS
                                                                                                     Fundamentals                                     5
                                                                                    ITAD         112 HTML                                             5
                The Information Technology Applications Develop-                    ITAD         123 C++ Programming I                                5
                ment program is designed to prepare individuals to                  ITAD         124 Visual Basic Fundamentals                        5
                work as entry-level application developers within an                ITAD         133 C++ Programming II                               5
                organization. Students will acquire the skills to                   ITAD         135 Algorithms and Data Structures                   5
                design, code, implement, and maintain programs                      ITAD         136 Operating Systems for Developers                 5
                and database systems that provide computer-based                    ITAD         128 Programming in C#                                5
                solutions to business problems. The Information
                Technology Applications Development degree
                program offers the students an opportunity to further
                                                                                [   - OR -
                                                                                    ITAD
                                                                                    ITAD
                                                                                                 142
                                                                                                 145
                                                                                                         Java Programming I
                                                                                                         Visual Basic Applications Dev
                                                                                                                                         5
                                                                                                                                         5
                develop skills in greater depth. In the final term                  ITAD         165     XML/XSL                         5
                students collaborate on a project that simulates a                  ITAD         168     QA Methodologies                5
                real-life team-based applications development                       ITAD         199     IT Project                      3
                environment, or complete an industry-based                                               Technical Electives            12
                internship.                                                                              General Education Requirements 20
                The following program outline is a suggested                        TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                            90
                sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses
                                                                                    GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–20
                listed in the program outline may not be offered in                 CREDITS
                the exact sequential order. It is the student’s                     Written Communication (ENGL 106)                      5
                responsibility to work out his or her individual                    Quantitative Reasoning                                5
                schedule with a counselor or adviser. Any develop-                  Oral Communications                                   5
                mental coursework a student may be required to                      Social Science                                        5
                complete may increase the program length.                           See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
                                                                                    each of the categories listed above.
                Admission dates: fall, winter, spring quarters.
                                                                                    TECHNICAL ELECTIVES–12 CREDITS
                                                                                    Technical electives may be taken from CSNT, CFOR,
                                                                                    or ITAD areas. Students should consult their
                                                                                    program adviser.




96              2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N    T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G    E
                                                        Programs of Study/Information Technology                                                  2

Information Technology
Applications Development
ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE                                            GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–55
                                                                        CREDITS
TRANSFER DEGREE                                                         ART          102 Two Dimensional Graphic Design                   5
90 CREDITS

The Information Technology Applications Develop-
                                                                [       - OR -
                                                                        MMDP
                                                                        ENGL
                                                                                     102
                                                                                     101
                                                                                             Two Dimensional Graphic Design
                                                                                             Written Expression                           5
ment AAS-T program is intended for transfer to
                                                                        ENGL         102     English Composition                          5
specific baccalaureate programs based on locally
negotiated articulation agreements. Achievement of                      MATH         120     Statistics                                   5
this degree will prepare the transfer student for                       MATH         124     Calculus I                                   5
upper division study.                                                   MATH         125     Calculus II                                  5
                                                                        PHIL         120     Introduction to Logic                        5
Degree requirement details are listed below. Lake                       PHYS         114     General Physics                              5
Washington Technical College does not offer every                       PSYC         101     General Psychology                           5
course each quarter. Students are advised to meet                       SOCI         110     Introduction to Sociology                    5
with an adviser to plan class schedules for current                     SPCH         220     Introduction to Public Speaking              5
and upcoming quarters that meet the transfer
requirements of the four-year college of their choice.
Any developmental coursework a student may be
                                                                [       - OR -
                                                                        SPCH         225 Small Group Communications
                                                                        TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                            90
required to complete may increase the program
length.

Admission Dates: fall, winter, spring quarters.

TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS-35 CREDITS
ITAD       111 Computer Programming
               Fundamentals                                 5
ITAD       123 C++ Programming I                            5
ITAD       133 C++ Programming II                           5
ITAD       135 Algorithms and Data Structures               5
ITAD       142 Java Programming I                           5
ITAD       152 Java Programming II                          5
ITAD       271 Object Oriented Programming                  5




2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O    N       T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G    E
                                                                                                                                                  97
2    Programs of Study/Information Technology




               Information Technology
                 Applications Development
                DATABASE ADMINISTRATION                                                                                                  CREDITS
                ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE                                        ITAD         111 Computer Programming
                DEGREE PROGRAM                                                                       Fundamentals                                     5
                100 CREDITS
                                                                                    ITAD         112 HTML                                             5
                                                                                    ITAD         124 Visual Basic Fundamentals                        5
                                                                                    ITAD         128 Programming in C#                                5
                This six-quarter degree program is designed to
                prepare individuals to implement, maintain and
                assist in design for all functions of database systems
                on different platforms. Students will acquire the
                                                                                [   - OR -
                                                                                    ITAD
                                                                                    ITAD
                                                                                                 142
                                                                                                 136
                                                                                                         Java Programming I
                                                                                                         Operating Systems for Developers             5
                skills to maintain large datasets, develop applica-                 ITAD         141     MS SQL Server Design                         4
                tions, and allocate system resources. Additional                    ITAD         143     Analysis Services                            4
                topics include validation checks, organization,                     ITAD         153     MS SQL Server Admin                          4
                security, backup and recovery procedures, reporting                 ITAD         165     XML/XSL                                      5
                data and data import/export. In the final term                      ITAD         168     QA Methodologies                             5
                students collaborate on a project that simulates a                  ITAD         173     Data Modeling                                4
                real-life team-based applications development                       ITAD         251     Oracle Fundamentals                          4
                environment or complete an industry-based                           ITAD         252     Oracle Applications Development              4
                internship.                                                         ITAD         253     Oracle Administration I                      4
                                                                                    ITAD         255     Oracle Administration II                     4
                The following program outline is a suggested                        ITAD         256     Oracle Performance Tuning                    4
                sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses
                                                                                    ITAD         199     IT Project                                   3
                listed in the program outline may not be offered in
                the exact sequential order. It is the student’s
                responsibility to work out his or her individual
                                                                                [   - OR -
                                                                                    CWEX         197 Cooperative Work Experience
                                                                                                     Technical Electives                              6
                schedule with a counselor or adviser. Any develop-
                mental coursework a student may be required to                      TOTAL TECHNICAL CREDITS                                          80
                complete may increase the program length.
                                                                                    GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–20
                                                                                    CREDITS
                Admission dates: fall, winter, spring quarters.                     Written Communication (ENGL 106)                      5
                                                                                    Quantitative Reasoning                                5
                                                                                    Oral Communications                                   5
                                                                                    Social Science                                        5
                                                                                    See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
                                                                                    each of the categories listed above.

                                                                                    TECHNICAL ELECTIVES–6 CREDITS:
                                                                                    May be taken from CSNT, CFOR, or ITAD areas.
                                                                                    Students should consult their program adviser.




98              2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N    T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G    E
                                                        Programs of Study/Information Technology                                               2

Information Technology
Applications Development
SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT                                                TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS                                   CREDITS
CERTIFICATE OF PROFICIENCY                                          ITAD         111 Computer Programming
65 CREDITS                                                                           Fundamentals                                      5
                                                                    ITAD         112 HTML                                              5
This four-quarter certificate program is designed to                ITAD         123 C++ Programming I                                 5
prepare individuals to work as entry-level program-                 ITAD         124 Visual Basic Fundamentals                         5
mers and application software developers within an                  ITAD         136 Operating Systems for Developers                  5
organization. Students will acquire the skills to                   ITAD         133 C++ Programming II                                5
design, code, debug, implement, and maintain                        ITAD         145 Visual Basic Applications
programs that provide computer-based solutions to                                    Development                                       5
business problems. In the final term, students                      ITAD         128 Programming in C#                                 5
collaborate on a project that simulates a real-life
team-based applications development environment
or complete an industry based internship.
                                                                [   - OR -
                                                                    ITAD
                                                                    ITAD
                                                                                 142 Java Programming I
                                                                                 154 XML/XSL                                           5
                                                                    ITAD         168 QA Methodologies                                  5
The following program outline is a suggested
sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses                 TOTAL TECHNICAL CREDITS                                           50
listed in the program outline may not be offered in                 GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–15
the exact sequential order. It is the student’s                     CREDITS
responsibility to work out his or her individual                    Written Communication (ENGL 106)                      5
schedule with a counselor or adviser. Any develop-                  Quantitative Reasoning                                5
mental coursework a student may be required to                      Social Science                                        5
complete may increase the program length.                           See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
                                                                    each of the categories listed above.
Admission dates: fall, winter, spring quarters.




2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N    T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L    L   E   G    E
                                                                                                                                               99
2     Programs of Study/Information Technology




                Information Technology
                  Applications Development
                 WEB APPLICATIONS DEVELOPMENT                                        TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS                                   CREDITS
                 CERTIFICATE OF PROFICIENCY                                          ITAD         111 Computer Programming
                 65 CREDITS
                                                                                                      Fundamentals                                      5
                                                                                     ITAD         112 HTML                                              5
                 This four-quarter certificate program is designed to                ITAD         122 DHTML/JavaScript                                  5
                 prepare students to work in a variety of settings.                  ITAD         124 Visual Basic Fundamentals                         5
                 Graduates will be able to design, deploy and maintain               ITAD         127 Web Server Technologies                           5
                 Internets and Intranets, write programs and scripts                 ITAD         129 Scripting-CGI Perl                                5
                 for client-server environments, and set up and                      ITAD         139 ASP.NET                                           5
                 maintain web databases. They will acquire the skills                ITAD         128 Programming in C#                                 5
                 needed to be successful web developers. In the final
                 term students collaborate on a project that simulates
                 a real-life team-based applications development
                                                                                 [   - OR -
                                                                                     ITAD
                                                                                     ITAD
                                                                                                  142 Java Programming I
                                                                                                  165 XML/XSL                                           5
                 environment, or to complete an industry-based                       ITAD         168 QA Methodologies                                  5
                 internship.
                                                                                     TOTAL TECHNICAL CREDITS                                           50

                 The following program outline is a suggested                        GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–15
                 sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses                 CREDITS
                 listed in the program outline may not be offered in                 Written Communication (ENGL 106)                        5
                 the exact sequential order. It is the student’s                     Quantitative Reasoning                                 5
                 responsibility to work out his or her individual                    Social Science                                         5
                 schedule with a counselor or adviser. Any develop-                  See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for each
                 mental coursework a student may be required to                      of the categories listed above.
                 complete may increase the program length.

                 Admission dates: fall, winter, spring quarters.




100              2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N    T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L    L   E   G    E
                                                         Programs of Study/Information Technology                                               2

Information Technology
Applications Development
C#/C++ PROGRAMMER                                                     .NET PROGRAMMER
CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION                                             CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION
15 CREDITS                                                            15 CREDITS

This certificate is designed to prepare individuals to                This certificate is designed to prepare students to
work as C++ or C# application developers within an                    write programs and scripts for client-server
organization. Students will acquire the skills to                     environments, and set up and maintain web
design, code, implement, and maintain programs                        databases. They will acquire the skills needed to be
and database systems that provide computer-based                      successful web developers on the .Net Platform.
solutions to business problems.
                                                                      The following program outline is a suggested
The following program outline is a suggested                          sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses
sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses                   listed in the program outline may not be offered in
listed in the program outline may not be offered in                   the exact sequential order. It is the student’s
the exact sequential order. It is the student’s                       responsibility to work out his or her individual
responsibility to work out his or her individual                      schedule with a counselor or an adviser.
schedule with a counselor or an adviser.

                                                                      ITAD         124 Visual Basic Fundamentals                        5
                                                                  [
                                                    CREDITS
ITAD       123 C++ Programming I                              5       - OR -
ITAD       128 Programming in C#                              5       ITAD         128 Programming in C#
ITAD       133 C++ Programming II                             5       ITAD         139 ASP.NET                                          5
TOTAL TECHNICAL CREDITS                                      15       ITAD         165 XML/XSL                                          5
                                                                      TOTAL TECHNICAL CREDITS                                          15




2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H    I   N   G    T   O   N    T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G    E
                                                                                                                                                101
2     Programs of Study/Information Technology




                Information Technology
                  Applications Development
                  SQL SERVER ADMINISTRATION
                  CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION
                  14 CREDITS

                  This certificate is designed to prepare individuals to
                  implement, maintain, and assist in design of SQL
                  Server systems. Students will acquire the skills to
                  maintain large datasets, develop applications, and
                  allocate system resources. Additional topics include
                  validation checks, organization, security, backup and
                  recovery procedures, reporting data and data
                  import/export.

                  The following program outline is a suggested
                  sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses
                  listed in the program outline may not be offered in
                  the exact sequential order. It is the student’s
                  responsibility to work out his or her individual
                  schedule with a counselor or an adviser.

                  ITAD      138      Introduction to SQL                       2
                  ITAD      141      MS SQL Server Design                      4
                  ITAD      143      Analysis Services                         4
                  ITAD      153      MS SQL Server Admin                       4
                  TOTAL TECHNICAL CREDITS                                     14




102              2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5    L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G    T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
            Programs of Study/Manufacturing & Transportation Technologies                                                                   2

         Manufacturing &
         Transportation Technologies
        Auto Collision Body Technician

        Auto Collision Paint Technician

        Auto Repair Technician

        Diesel & Heavy Equipment Technician

        Electronics Technician

        Industrial Plant Maintenance (IPM)

        Machining Technology

        Power Equipment, Marine and Motorcycle Service Technician

        Welding Fabrication and Maintenance




2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                            103
2     Programs of Study/Manufacturing & Transportation Technologies




             Auto Collision Body Technician
                ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE                                           TERM IV
                DEGREE PROGRAM                                                         ACBT        211 Auto Body Welding                4
                113 CREDITS
                                                                                       ACBT        212 Damage Identification & Analysis 5
                                                                                       ACBT        213 Panel Replacement & Adjustment I 6
                This program consists of two quarters of general
                collision repair training followed by four quarters of                 TERM V
                specialized training in auto body repair. The                          ACBT        221 Panel Replacement & Adjustment II 8
                laboratory area is designed to simulate an actual                      ACBT        222 Unibody & Frame Alignment         7
                industry repair shop environment and offers the most                                   General Education Requirement 5
                current tools, equipment and computerized
                instruments available. Students will spend their first                 TERM VI
                quarter of training in a transportation core curricu-                  ACBT        231 Mechanical & Electrical Systems                 5
                lum. Hazardous material handling and management                        ACBT        232 Glass Replacement                               5
                skills are included to strengthen technical training.                  ACBT        233 Advanced Shop Procedures                        5
                Any developmental coursework a student may be                          TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                       113
                required to complete may increase the program
                length.                                                                GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–20
                                                                                       CREDITS
                The following program outline is a suggested                           Written Communication                                 5
                sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses                    Oral Communication                                    5
                listed in the program outline may not be offered in                    Quantitative Reasoning                                5
                the exact sequential order. It is the student’s                        Social Science                                        5
                responsibility to work out his or her individual                       See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
                schedule with a counselor or adviser.                                  each of the categories listed above.

                Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer
                quarters.

                TERM I                                            CREDITS
                TRAN       112      Shop and Business Practices               5
                TRAN       113      Basic Electrical Systems                  4
                TRAN       125      Mechanical Principles                     5
                TRAN       110      Computer Basics/
                                    Transportation Trades                     2
                                    General Education Requirement             5

                TERM II
                ACBT       121 Basic Body Repair/Refinishing                  10
                ACBT       122 Collision Est/Elec. Disarm                      6
                               General Education Requirement                   5

                TERM III
                ACBT       131 Metal Straightening Techniques                 6
                ACBT       132 Surface Preparation                            5
                ACBT       133 Measuring Systems                              5
                               General Education Requirement                  5




104             2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5     L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G    T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
             Programs of Study/Manufacturing & Transportation Technologies                                                                      2

Auto Collision Body Technician
  CERTIFICATE OF PROFICIENCY                                         TERM I                                                  CREDITS
  79-83 CREDITS
                                                                     TRAN        112     Shop and Business Practices                   5
                                                                     TRAN        113     Basic Electrical Systems                      4
  The Auto Collision Body Technician program                         TRAN        125     Mechanical Principles                         5
  prepares technicians to work in the Auto Collision                 TRAN        110     Computer Basics/
  industry. The laboratory area simulates an actual                                      Transportation Trades                         2
  industry repair shop environment and offers the                                        General Education Requirement                 5
  most current tools, equipment and computerized
  instruments available. The first quarter of training is            TERM II
  spent in a transportation core curriculum. The                     ACBT        121 Basic Body Repair/Refinishing                     10
  remaining quarters are spent learning the elements                 ACBT        122 Collision Est/Elec. Disarm                         6
  of auto body repair technical skills in preparation                                General Education Requirement                      5
  for entry-level employment. Hazardous material
  handling and management skills are included to                     TERM III
  strengthen technical training. Any developmental                   ACBT        131 Metal Straightening Techniques                    6
  coursework a student may be required to complete                   ACBT        132 Surface Preparation                               5
  may increase the program length. The program                       ACBT        133 Measuring Systems                                 5
  offers several certificate options. The certificates                               General Education Requirement                     5
  added together create a career ladder with expand-
  able learning opportunities. The certificate pro-                  TERM IV
  grams meet part of the requirements for the A.A.S.                 ACBT    211 Auto Body Welding                 4
  degree.                                                            ACBT    212 Damage Identification & Analysis 5
                                                                     ACBT    213 Panel Replacement & Adjustment I 6
  The following program outlines are suggested
                                                                                 General Education Elective
  sequence of courses. Some of the courses may not
  be offered in the exact sequence. It is the student’s
  responsibility to work out his or her individual
                                                                 [   - OR -
                                                                                 Special Projects                1-5
  schedule with a counselor or adviser.                              TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                        79-83

  Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer                  GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–15
                                                                     CREDITS
  quarters.                                                          Written Communication                                 5
                                                                     Quantitative Reasoning                                5
                                                                     Social Science                                        5
                                                                     See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
                                                                     each of the categories listed above.




 2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L    L    E   G    E
                                                                                                                                                105
2     Programs of Study/Manufacturing & Transportation Technologies




              Auto Collision Paint Technician
                ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE                                           TERM III
                                                                                       ACPT        131 Automotive Finishes I                           6
                DEGREE PROGRAM
                                                                                       ACPT        132 Refinish Preparation                            6
                112 CREDITS
                                                                                       ACPT        133 Spray Gun Operation                             3
                This program consists of six months of general                                         General Education Requirement                   5
                collision repair technical skills followed by twelve
                months of specialized training in auto painting and                    TERM IV
                refinishing. The laboratory area is designed to                        ACPT        211 Paint Application I                             6
                simulate an actual industry repair environment and                     ACPT        212 Paint Mixing                                    3
                includes a high-technology state-of-the-art painting                   ACPT        213 Paint Tinting & Matching I                      6
                booth with the latest in high-tech equipment.
                Students will spend their first quarter of training in a               TERM V
                transportation core curriculum. Hazardous material                     ACPT        221 Automotive Finishes II                          6
                management and management skills are included to                       ACPT        222 Paint Application II                            6
                strengthen technical skills. Any developmental                         ACPT        223 Paint Tinting & Matching II                     3
                coursework a student may be required to complete                                       General Education Requirement                   5
                may increase the program length.
                                                                                       TERM VI
                The following program outline is a suggested                           ACPT        231 Paint Problems                                  6
                sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses                    ACPT        232 Specialized Paint Finishes                      6
                listed in the program outline may not be offered in                    ACPT        233 Pinstriping & Detailing                         3
                the exact sequential order. It is the student’s
                                                                                       TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                       112
                responsibility to work out his or her individual
                schedule with a counselor or adviser.                                  GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–20
                                                                                       CREDITS
                Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer                      Written Communication                                 5
                quarters.                                                              Oral Communication                                    5
                                                                                       Quantitative Reasoning                                5
                TERM I                                            CREDITS              Social Science                                        5
                TRAN      112       Shop and Business Practices               5        See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
                TRAN      113       Basic Electrical Systems                  4        each of the categories listed above.
                TRAN      125       Mechanical Principles                     5
                TRAN      110       Computer Basics/
                                    Transportation Trades                     2
                                    General Education Requirement             5

                TERM II
                ACPT      121 Basic Body Repair/Refinishing                   10
                ACPT      122 Collision Estimate/Elec. Disarm                  6
                              General Education Requirement                    5




106             2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5     L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G    T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
             Programs of Study/Manufacturing & Transportation Technologies                                                                     2

A uto Collision Paint Technician
 CERTIFICATE OF PROFICIENCY                                          TERM I                                                  CREDITS
 77 CREDITS
                                                                     TRAN        112     Shop and Business Practices                   5
                                                                     TRAN        113     Basic Electrical Systems                      4
 These certificate programs prepare students for                     TRAN        125     Mechanical Principles                         5
 entry-level positions in the auto painting and                      TRAN        110     Computer Basics/
 refinishing industry. The laboratory area simulates                                     Transportation Trades                         2
 an actual industry repair environment and includes a                                    General Education Requirement                 5
 high-technology painting booth. First quarter is spent
 training in a transportation core curriculum. The                   TERM II
 remaining quarters are spent developing general                     ACPT        121 Basic Body Repair/Refinishing                    10
 automotive painting and refinishing skills. Hazardous               ACPT        122 Collision Est/Elec. Disarm                        6
 material management and management skills are                                       General Education Requirement                     5
 included to strengthen technical skills. Any develop-
 mental coursework a student may be required to                      TERM III
 complete may increase the program length. The                       ACPT        131 Automotive Finishes I                             6
 program offers several certificate options. The                     ACPT        132 Refinish Preparation                              6
 certificates added together create a career ladder                  ACPT        133 Spray Gun Operation                               3
 with expandable learning opportunities. The                                         General Education Requirement                     5
 certificate programs meet part of the requirements
 for the A.A.S. degree.                                              TERM IV
                                                                     ACPT        211 Paint Application I                               6
 The following program outlines are a suggested                      ACPT        212 Paint Mixing                                      3
 sequence of courses for this area of study. Some of                 ACPT        213 Paint Tinting & Matching I                        6
 the courses may not be offered in the exact sequen-
 tial order. It is the student’s responsibility to work              TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                            77
 out his or her individual schedule with a counselor
                                                                     GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–15
 or adviser.                                                         CREDITS
                                                                     Written Communication                                 5
 Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer                   Quantitative Reasoning                                5
 quarters.                                                           Social Science                                        5
                                                                     See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
                                                                     each of the categories listed above.




 2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L    L   E   G    E
                                                                                                                                               107
2     Programs of Study/Manufacturing & Transportation Technologies




              Auto Repair Technician
                ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE                                         TERM II
                DEGREE PROGRAM                                                       AUTO         131 Electrical, Ignition Systems,
                106-110 CREDITS
                                                                                                      Analyzers                                       6
                                                                                     AUTO         132 Fuel Systems                                    5
                Today’s automobile is designed and engineered at a                   AUTO         133 Basic Emission Systems                          5
                higher level of technology than ever before. This                                     General Education Requirement                   5
                produces a high demand for trained repair techni-
                cians who can meet the increased technical                           TERM III
                challenges. This program prepares students for                       AUTO         211 Electronics/Computer Systems                    6
                employment in automotive dealership service                          AUTO         212 Advanced Emissions                              5
                centers, independent repair shops, and specialty or                  AUTO         213 Drivability/Engine Diagnostics                  5
                customized shops. The auto repair technician field is                                 General Education Requirement                   5
                rapidly changing and relies more and more on
                advanced knowledge-particularly in the electrical                    TERM IV
                and electronics areas. As a well-trained technician                  AUTO         221 Brake Systems                    6
                with current skills you can expect rapid employment                  AUTO         222 Suspension, Steering & Alignment 5
                and a steadily rising income. In addition, this                      AUTO         223 Engine, Cylinder Blocks,
                program includes preparation for the ASE (Automo-                                     Cooling Systems                  5
                tive Service Excellence) certifications.
                                                                                     TERM V
                 Students will spend their first quarter of training in a            AUTO         231 Manual Transmissions, Transaxles,
                transportation core curriculum. NOTE: The                                             & Clutches                                      4
                drivability courses in quarters two and three must be                AUTO         232 Automatic Transmissions
                taken in sequence, with exceptions only with                                          & Transaxles                                    4
                instructor permission. Any developmental                             AUTO         233 Differentials & Drive Axles                     4
                coursework a student may be required to complete
                                                                                     AUTO         234 Air Conditioning Service                        4
                may increase the program length.
                                                                                     TERM VI
                The following program outline is a suggested
                                                                                     AUTO         236 Service Simulations/Job
                sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses
                                                                                                      Search Skills                                   5
                listed in the program outline may not be offered in
                                                                                     CWEX         297 Cooperative Work Experience                     5
                the exact sequential order. It is the student’s
                responsibility to work out his or her individual
                schedule with a counselor or adviser.
                                                                                 [   - OR -
                                                                                     AUTO         299 Special Projects in Automotive 1-5
                                                                                                      General Education Requirement 5
                Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer                    TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                    106-110
                quarters.
                                                                                     GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–20
                                                                                     CREDITS
                TERM I                                           CREDITS
                                                                                     Written Communication                                 5
                TRAN      112       Shop and Business Practices              5
                                                                                     Oral Communication                                    5
                TRAN      113       Basic Electrical Systems                 4
                                                                                     Quantitative Reasoning                                5
                TRAN      125       Mechanical Principles                    5
                                                                                     Social Science                                        5
                TRAN      110       Computer Basics/                                 See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
                                    Transportation Trades                    2       each of the categories listed above.
                                    General Education Requirement            5




108             2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5    L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N    T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
             Programs of Study/Manufacturing & Transportation Technologies                                                                      2

Auto Repair Technician
 CERTIFICATE OF PROFICIENCY                                          TERM I                                                   CREDITS
                                                                     TRAN         112     Shop and Business Practices                   5
 85-89 CREDITS
                                                                     TRAN         113     Basic Electrical Systems                      4
 Today’s automobile is designed and engineered at a                  TRAN         125     Mechanical Principles                         5
 higher level of technology than ever before. This                   TRAN         110     Computer Basics/
 produces a high demand for trained repair techni-                                        Transportation Trades                         2
 cians who can meet the increased technical                                               General Education Requirement                 5
 challenges. This program prepares students for
 employment in automotive dealership service                         TERM II
 centers, independent repair shops, and specialty or                 AUTO         131 Electrical, Ignition Systems,
 customized shops. The auto repair technician field is                                Analyzers                                         6
 rapidly changing and relies more and more on                        AUTO         132 Fuel Systems                                      5
 advanced knowledge-particularly in the electrical                   AUTO         133 Basic Emission Systems                            5
 and electronics areas. As a well-trained technician                                  General Education Requirement                     5
 with current skills you can expect rapid employment
 and a steadily rising income. In addition, this                     TERM III
 program includes preparation for the ASE (Automo-                   AUTO         211 Electronics/Computer Systems                      6
 tive Service Excellence) certifications.                            AUTO         212 Advanced Emissions                                5
                                                                     AUTO         213 Drivability/Engine Diagnostics                    5
 Students will spend their first quarter of training in a
 transportation core curriculum. NOTE: The                           TERM IV
 drivability courses in quarters two and three must be               AUTO         221 Brake Systems                    6
 taken in sequence, with exceptions only with                        AUTO         222 Suspension, Steering & Alignment 5
 instructor permission. Any developmental                            AUTO         223 Engine, Cylinder Blocks,
 coursework a student may be required to complete                                     Cooling Systems                  5
 may increase the program length.
                                                                     TERM V
 The following program outline is a suggested                        AUTO         236 Service Simulations/Job Search
 sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses                                  Skills                                            5
 listed in the program outline may not be offered in
                                                                     CWEX         297 Cooperative Work Experience                       5
 the exact sequential order. It is the student’s
 responsibility to work out his or her individual
 schedule with a counselor or adviser.
                                                                 [   - OR -
                                                                     AUTO         299 Special Projects in Automotive 1-5
                                                                                      General Education Requirement 5
 Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer                   TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                         85-89
 quarters.
                                                                     GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–15
                                                                     CREDITS
                                                                     Written Communication                                 5
                                                                     Quantitative Reasoning                                5
                                                                     Social Science                                        5
                                                                     See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
                                                                     each of the categories listed above.




 2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N    T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L    L    E   G   E
                                                                                                                                                109
2     Programs of Study/Manufacturing & Transportation Technologies




             Auto Repair Technician
                AC DELCO                                                              TERM III
                CERTIFICATE OF PROFICIENCY                                            AUTO        211A Electronics/Computer
                95 CREDITS
                                                                                                       Systems–AC DELCO                                6
                                                                                      AUTO        212A Advanced Emissions–AC DELCO                     5
                This certificate option prepares students for                         AUTO        213A Drivability/Engine
                employment in independent repair facilities that are                                   Diagnostics–AC DELCO                            5
                ACDelco affiliates. Qualified students can apply for
                employment, attend classes and gain skills in a paid                  TERM IV
                industry lab program as part of the training. This                    AUTO        221A Brake Systems–AC DELCO                          6
                option includes employment in an ACDelco spon-                        AUTO        222A Suspension, Steering &
                sored shop and requires instructor permission                                          Alignment–AC DELCO                              5
                                                                                      AUTO        223A Engine, Cylinder Blocks,
                Students will spend their first quarter of training in                                 Cooling Systems–AC DELCO                        5
                the transportation core curriculum as in other auto                                    General Education Requirement                   5
                program options. Note the driveability courses in
                quarters two and three must be taken in sequence,                     TERM V
                with exceptions only with instructor permission. Any                  AUTO        231A Manual Transmission,
                developmental coursework a student may be                                              Transaxles, & Clutches                          4
                required to complete may increase the program                         AUTO        232A Automatic Transmission &
                length.                                                                                Transaxles                                      4
                                                                                      AUTO        233A Differentials and Drive Axles                   4
                The following program outline is a suggested                          AUTO        234A Air Conditioning Service                        4
                sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses
                listed in the program outline may not be offered in                   TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                           95
                the exact sequential order. It is the student’s
                                                                                      GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–15
                responsibility to work out his or her individual                      CREDITS
                schedule with a counselor or adviser.                                 Written Communication                                 5
                                                                                      Quantitative Reasoning                                5
                Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer                     Social Science                                        5
                quarters.                                                             See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
                                                                                      each of the categories listed above.
                TERM I                                            CREDITS
                TRAN      112       Shop and Business Practices               5
                TRAN      113       Basic Electrical Systems                  4
                TRAN      125       Mechanical Principles                     5
                TRAN      110       Computer Basics/
                                    Transportation Trades                     2
                                    General Education Requirement             5

                TERM II
                AUTO      131A Electrical, Ignition Systems,
                               Analyzers–AC DELCO                             6
                AUTO      132A Fuel Systems–AC DELCO                          5
                AUTO      133A Basic Emission Systems–AC DELCO                5
                               General Education Requirement                  5




110             2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5     L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G    E
             Programs of Study/Manufacturing & Transportation Technologies                                                                     2

Diesel & Heavy Equipment Technician
 ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE                                          TERM III
 DEGREE PROGRAM                                                        DHET        121     Bearings/Shaft Seals                        2
 120 CREDITS                                                           DHET        122     Welding Applications                        4
                                                                       DHET        123     Heavy Duty Electrical Systems               4
 Students learn how to diagnose problems and                           DHET        124     Electronic Applications                     3
 perform repairs on various vehicle components                         DHET        125     Basic Maintenance                           2
 including fuel, cooling, electrical, hydraulic, brake,                                    General Education Requirement               5
 suspension and drive-train systems in the trucking
 and heavy equipment industry. Students will spend                     TERM IV
 their first quarter of training in a transportation core              DHET        211 Fundamentals of Hydraulic
 curriculum. The laboratory area simulates an                                          Fluid Power                                     5
 industry environment. Students who have met the                       DHET        212 Inter Hydraulic Fluid Power                     4
 course objectives may be placed in a cooperative                      DHET        213 Advanced Hydraulic Fluid Power                  5
 work experience to further develop their skills on                    CWEX        197 Cooperative Work Experience                     2
 the job. Any developmental coursework a student                                       General Education Requirement                   5
 may be required to complete may increase the
 program length.                                                       TERM V
                                                                       DHET        221     Power Trains/Standard                       5
 The following program outline is a suggested                          DHET        222     Power Trains/Power Shift                    5
 sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses                   DHET        223     Traction & Components                       4
 listed in the program outline may not be offered in                   CWEX        197     Cooperative Work Experience                 2
 the exact sequential order. It is the student’s                                           General Education Requirement               5
 responsibility to work out his or her individual
 schedule with a counselor or adviser.
                                                                       TERM VI
                                                                       DHET        231     Steering/Suspension/Frames                  5
 Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer
                                                                       DHET        232     Pneumatics                                  4
 quarters.
                                                                       DHET        233     Foundation Brakes                           5
                                                                       IFAD        151     First Aid/CPR                               1
 TERM I                                               CREDITS
 TRAN       112      Shop and Business Practices               5       CWEX        297     Cooperative Work Experience                 2
 TRAN       113      Basic Electrical Systems                  4       TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                       120
 TRAN       125      Mechanical Principles                     5
                                                                       GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–25
 TRAN       110      Computer Basics/                                  CREDITS
                     Transportation Trades                     2       Written Communication                                 5
                     General Education Requirement             5       Oral Communication                                    5
                                                                       Quantitative Reasoning                                5
 TERM II                                                               Social Science                                        5
 DHET       131 Engine Principles/Components                   3       Physics                                               5
 DHET       132 Gasoline/Liquid Propane Gas                            See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
                Systems                                        3       each of the categories listed above.
 DHET       133 Diesel Systems                                 3
 DHET       134 Fuel Injection                                 3
 DHET       135 Diagnostics/Adjustments/
                Emissions                                      3
                General Education Requirement                  5




 2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5    L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H    I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                               111
2     Programs of Study/Manufacturing & Transportation Technologies




             Diesel & Heavy Equipment Technician
                CERTIFICATE OF PROFICIENCY                                           TERM III
                89 CREDITS                                                           DHET        121     Bearings/Shaft Seals                         2
                                                                                     DHET        122     Welding Applications                         4
                Students learn how to diagnose problems and                          DHET        123     Heavy Duty Electrical Systems                4
                perform repairs on various vehicle components                        DHET        125     Basic Maintenance                            2
                including fuel, cooling, electrical, hydraulic, brake,               PSYC        100     Human Relations                              5
                suspension and drive-train systems in the trucking
                and heavy equipment industry. Students will spend                    TERM IV
                their first quarter of training in a transportation core             DHET        211 Fundamentals of Hydraulic Fluid
                curriculum. The laboratory area simulates an                                         Power                                            5
                industry environment. Students who have met the                      DHET        212 Intermediate Hydraulic
                course objectives may be placed in a cooperative                                     Fluid Power                                      4
                work experience to further develop their skills on                   DHET        221 Power Trains/Standard                            5
                the job. Any developmental coursework a student                      DHET        223 Traction & Components                            4
                may be required to complete may increase the
                program length.                                                      TERM V
                                                                                     DHET        231     Steering/Suspension/Frames                   5
                The following program outline is a suggested                         DHET        232     Pneumatics                                   4
                sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses                  DHET        233     Foundation Brakes                            5
                listed in the program outline may not be offered in                  CWEX        197     Cooperative Work Experience                  2
                the exact sequential order. It is the student’s
                responsibility to work out his or her individual                     TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                           89
                schedule with a counselor or adviser.
                                                                                     GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–15
                                                                                     CREDITS
                Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer                    Written Communication                                 5
                quarters.                                                            Quantitative Reasoning                                5
                                                                                     Social Science (PSYC 100)                             5
                TERM I                                           CREDITS             See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
                TRAN       112      Shop and Business Practices              5       each of the categories listed above.
                TRAN       113      Basic Electrical Systems                 4
                TRAN       125      Mechanical Principles                    5
                TRAN       110      Computer Basics/
                                    Transportation Trades                    2
                                    General Education Requirement            5

                TERM II
                DHET       131 Engine Principles/Components                  3
                DHET       132 Gasoline/Liquid Propane Gas
                               Systems                                       3
                DHET       133 Diesel Systems                                3
                DHET       134 Fuel Injection                                3
                               General Education Requirement                 5




112             2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5    L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G    E
             Programs of Study/Manufacturing & Transportation Technologies                                                                  2

Electronics Technician
 ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE                                       TERM II
 DEGREE PROGRAM                                                     ELEC        120 Introduction to Electronics II                  6
 120 CREDITS
                                                                    ELEC        115 Electronic Manufacturing
                                                                                    Processes & Techniques I                        5
 In addition to major electronics instruction, a basic              ELEC        126 Electronic Manufacturing
 core of skills is incorporated throughout the                                      Processes and Techniques II                     5
 curriculum. Students completing this program are                                   General Education Requirement                   5
 eligible and well prepared to take the IPC, CET and
 FCC professional certification exams. Graduates are                TERM III
 qualified for entry-level positions as testers, mainte-            ELEC        135 DC Electricity and Electronics                  5
 nance technicians, service lab technicians and field-              ELEC        136 AC Electricity and Electronics                  5
 service technicians. Many graduates are currently                  ELEC        137 Introduction to Semiconductors
 working in Bio-Medical, Telecommunications,                                        and Analog Electronics                          5
 Aerospace and Commercial Broadcasting as well as                                   General Education Requirement                   5
 the Semiconductor Industry. Any developmental
 coursework a student may be required to complete                   TERM IV
 may increase the program length.                                   ELEC        211     Digital Electronics I                       5
                                                                    ELEC        214     Troubleshooting Electronic Circuits         4
 The following program outline is a suggested                       ELEC        215     Solidstate I                                4
 sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses                ELEC        216     Solidstate II                               4
 listed in the program outline may not be offered in
 the exact sequential order. It is the student’s                    TERM V
 responsibility to work out his or her individual                   ELEC        212 Digital Electronics II                          6
 schedule with a counselor or adviser.                              ELEC        224 Electronic Circuits I                           5
                                                                    ELEC        232 Digital Lab                                     6
 Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer
                                                                                    General Education Requirement                   5
 quarters.
                                                                    TERM VI
 TERM I                                         CREDITS
                                                                    ELEC        226 Introduction to Automated
 ELEC      110 Introduction to Electronics I                6
                                                                                    Manufacturing Operations                        6
 ELEC      111 Computer Literacy for Electronics
                                                                    ELEC        227 Automated Manufacturing
               Professionals                                3
                                                                                    Maintenance I                                   6
 ELEC      113 Career Planning & Leadership                 5
                                                                    ELEC        228 Automated Manufacturing
 ELEC      114 Electronic Testing Processes &
                                                                                    Maintenance II                                  6
               Techniques I                                 3
               General Education Requirement                5       TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                       120

                                                                    GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–20
                                                                    CREDITS
                                                                    Written Communication                                 5
                                                                    Oral Communication                                    5
                                                                    Quantitative Reasoning                                5
                                                                    Social Science                                        5
                                                                    See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
                                                                    each of the categories listed above.




2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                            113
2     Programs of Study/Manufacturing & Transportation Technologies




              Electronics Technician
                CERTIFICATE OF PROFICIENCY                                          TERM II
                85 CREDITS
                                                                                    ELEC        120 Introduction to Electronics II                   6
                                                                                    ELEC        115 Electronic Manufacturing
                Students receive instruction on the fundamentals of                                 Processes & Techniques I                         5
                electronics; a basic core of skills is incorporated                 ELEC        126 Electronic Manufacturing
                throughout the curriculum. Students completing this                                 Processes and Techniques II                      5
                program are eligible to take the IPC professional                                   General Education Requirement                    5
                Certification Exam. Graduates are qualified for basic
                entry-level of supervision. Many graduates are                      TERM III
                currently working at various electronics manufactur-                ELEC        135 DC Electricity and Electronics                   5
                ing companies locally. Any developmental                            ELEC        136 AC Electricity and Electronics                   5
                coursework a student may be required to complete                    ELEC        137 Introduction to Semiconductors
                may increase the program length.                                                    & Analog Electronics                             5
                                                                                                    General Education Requirement                    5
                The following program outline is a suggested
                sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses                 TERM IV
                listed in the program outline may not be offered in                 ELEC        211     Digital Electronics I               5
                the exact sequential order. It is the student’s                     ELEC        214     Troubleshooting Electronic Circuits 4
                responsibility to work out his or her individual                    ELEC        215     Solidstate I                        4
                schedule with a counselor or adviser.                               ELEC        216     Solidstate II                       4
                                                                                                        Technical Electives                 5
                Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer
                quarters.                                                           TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                           85

                                                                                    GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–5
                TERM I                                          CREDITS             CREDITS
                ELEC       110 Introduction to Electronics I                6       Written Communication                                 5
                ELEC       111 Computer Literacy for Electronics                    Quantitative Reasoning                                5
                               Professionals                                3       Social Science                                        5
                ELEC       113 Career Planning & Leadership                 5       See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
                ELEC       114 Electronic Testing Processes &                       each of the categories listed above.
                               Techniques I                                 3
                               General Education Requirement                5       TECHNICAL ELECTIVES–5 CREDITS
                                                                                    See program instructor for approval.




114             2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G    E
             Programs of Study/Manufacturing & Transportation Technologies                                                                     2

Electronics, Digital Electronics
 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION                                                                                                   CREDITS
                                                                     ELEC        110     Introduction to Electronics I                 6
 32 CREDITS
                                                                     ELEC        114     Electronics Testing & Techniques I            3
 The revolution in information technologies that has                 ELEC        120     Introduction to Electronics II                6
 swept industries and societies in recent times is                   ELEC        211     Digital Electronics I                         5
 founded on the principles of digital electronics                    ELEC        212     Digital Electronics II                        6
 whereby any “packet” of information can be                          ELEC        232     Digital Electronics Lab                       6
 translated into an electronic signal. These electronic              TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                            32
 signals in turn can be converted into audio, video,
 graphic and text formats that can be transmitted
 worldwide via the internet or locally to your home or
 office printer. This short certificate introduces the
 student to the technical foundations of current
 communication technologies and will enable you to
 explore these technologies in more depth and to
 work with them more adeptly in your workplace.

 The following program outline is a suggested
 sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses
 listed in the program outline may not be offered in
 the exact sequential order. It is the student’s
 responsibility to work out his or her individual
 schedule with a counselor or adviser.




 2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L    L   E   G    E
                                                                                                                                               115
2     Programs of Study/Manufacturing & Transportation Technologies




              Electronics, Automated Manufacturing
                CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION                                                                                               CREDITS
                33 CREDITS                                                          ELEC        110 Introduction to Electronics I                    6
                                                                                    ELEC        114 Electronics Testing & Techniques I               3
                Manufacturing productivity in the United States is                  ELEC        226 Introduction to Automated
                among the most efficient in the world. The same                                     Manufacturing Operations                         6
                fundamental automated control systems and                           ELEC        120 Introduction to Electronics II                   6
                principles underlie the success of this productivity                ELEC        227 Automated Manufacturing
                whether it is found in automobile factories in the                                  Maintenance I                                    6
                midwest, airplane factories in the northwest or fruit               ELEC        228 Automated Manufacturing
                packaging factories in the south. This short                                        Maintenance II                                   6
                certificate introduces the student to these automated
                                                                                    TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                           33
                manufacturing principles, systems and hands-on
                practices required to effectively work with, install,
                and troubleshoot automated manufacturing systems.

                The following program outline is a suggested
                sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses
                listed in the program outline may not be offered in
                the exact sequential order. It is the student’s
                responsibility to work out his or her individual
                schedule with a counselor or adviser.




116             2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G    E
            Programs of Study/Manufacturing & Transportation Technologies                                                                     2

Electronics, Manufacturing
   Specialist Option
 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION                                          TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS                                  CREDITS
 19 CREDITS                                                         ELEC        115 Electronic Manufacturing
                                                                                    Processes/Techniques I                            5
 All electronics equipment must be manufactured.
                                                                    ELEC        126 Electronic Manufacturing
 The level of sophistication of electronic equipment
                                                                                    Processes/Techniques II                           5
 has grown exponentially over the past few decades.
 The Puget Sound region is a world class center for                 ELEC        128 Technical Documentation                           4
 the manufacturing of Electronics equipment.                        ELEC        233 IPC-A-610 Certification Program                   5
 Demand is high for qualified manufacturing                         TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                            19
 specialists. This certificate prepares graduates for
 these opportunities. Internationally recognized
 certification is possible through successful
 completion of the IPC-A-610 Certification Program.

 The following program outline is a suggested
 sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses
 listed in the program outline may not be offered in
 the exact sequential order. It is the student’s
 responsibility to work out his or her individual
 schedule with a counselor or an adviser.

 Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer
 quarters.




2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L    L   E   G    E
                                                                                                                                              117
2     Programs of Study/Manufacturing & Transportation Technologies




              Industrial Plant Maintenance
                CERTIFICATE OF PROFICIENCY                                           TERM III
                85 CREDITS                                                           IPMT        131 Electrical Troubleshooting II                    1
                                                                                     IPMT        132 Electrical Troubleshooting
                The intent of this four-quarter Industrial Plant                                     Laboratory II                                    4
                Maintenance certificate program is to prepare                        IPMT        133 Programmable Logic Controllers                   6
                technicians to work in building and office com-                      IPMT        134 Programmable Controls Lab                        5
                plexes, food processing plants, and a wide variety of                                General Education Requirement                    5
                industrial and manufacturing plants where techni-
                cians are responsible for operating, maintaining, and                TERM IV
                troubleshooting heating and cooling equipment,                       IPMT        241     Boiler Principles                            9
                motors and controls, and electronic, pneumatic,                      IPMT        242     Boiler Operation                             2
                hydraulic, and mechanical systems. Any developmen-                   IPMT        243     Mechanical Maintenance                       3
                tal coursework a student may be required to                          IPMT        244     Mechanical Maintenance Lab                   2
                complete may increase the program length.                            IFAD        151     Industrial First Aid                         1
                                                                                     TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                           85
                The following program outline is a suggested
                sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses                  GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–15
                listed in the program outline may not be offered in                  CREDITS
                the exact sequential order. It is the student’s                      Written Communication                                 5
                responsibility to work out his or her individual                     Quantitative Reasoning                                5
                schedule with a counselor or adviser.                                Social Science                                        5
                                                                                     See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
                Admission dates: fall, winter and summer quarters.                   each of the categories listed above.
                (Also in spring with instructor approval.)

                TERM I                                          CREDITS
                IPMT       111 Refrigeration Principles                     10
                IPMT       112 Refrigeration Servicing                       6
                IPMT       113 Licensing Requirements                        3
                               General Education Requirement                 5

                TERM II
                IPMT       121 Electrical Troubleshooting I                 4
                IPMT       122 Electrical Troubleshooting
                               Laboratory I                                 3
                IPMT       123 Motor Control Principles                     6
                IPMT       124 Motor Control Lab                            5
                               General Education Requirement                5




118             2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G    T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G    E
            Programs of Study/Manufacturing & Transportation Technologies                                                                    2

Industrial Plant Maintenance
WITH ELECTRONICS ENDORSEMENT                                         TERM II
ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE DEGREE                                  IPMT        121 Electrical Troubleshooting I                    4
PROGRAM                                                              IPMT        122 Electrical Troubleshooting
107-111 CREDITS
                                                                                     Laboratory I                                    3
                                                                     IPMT        123 Motor Control Principles                        6
The intent of this five quarter Industrial Plant                     IPMT        124 Motor Control Lab                               5
Maintenance A.A.S. Degree program with an                                            General Education Requirement                   5
Electronic Endorsement is to prepare technicians to                  TERM III
work in building and office complexes, food                          IPMT        131 Electrical Troubleshooting II                   1
processing plants, and a wide variety of industrial                  IPMT        132 Electrical Troubleshooting
and manufacturing plants where technicians are                                       Laboratory II                                   4
responsible for operating, maintaining, and trouble-                 IPMT        133 Programmable Controls                           6
shooting heating and cooling equipment. The                          IPMT        134 Programmable Controls Lab                       5
equipment includes but is not limited to motors and                                  General Education Requirement                   5
controls, and electronic, pneumatic, hydraulic, and
mechanical systems. Any developmental course                         TERM IV
work a student may be required to complete may                       IPMT        241     Boiler Principles                           9
increase the program length. An A.A.S. Degree                        IPMT        242     Boiler Operation                            2
prepares technicians for entry-level positions.                      IPMT        243     Mechanical Maintenance                      3
Facilities Maintenance work encompasses skills in up                 IPMT        244     Mechanical Maintenance Lab                  2
to sixteen different journey-level crafts. This degree               IFAD        151     18-hour High Risk First Aid/CPR             1
prepares an individual in five of the crafts. An A.A.S.
Degree also places a graduate on an equally                          TERM V
competitive basis with other job applicants in the                   ELEC        135 D.C. Electricity and Electronics   5
local job market.                                                    ELEC        136 A.C. Electricity and Electronics   5
                                                                     ELEC        137 Intro to Semiconductors/Analog
The following program outline is a suggested
                                                                                     Electronics                        5
sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses
                                                                     CWEX        190 Cooperative Work
listed in the program outline may not be offered in
                                                                                     Experience Seminar                 1
the exact sequential order. It is the student’s
responsibility to work out their individual schedule                 CWEX        197 Cooperative Work Experience      1-5
with a counselor or adviser.                                                         General Education Requirement 5
                                                                     TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                   107-111
Admission Dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer
quarters                                                             GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–20
                                                                     CREDITS
                                                                     Written Communication                                 5
TERM I                                          CREDITS
                                                                     Oral Communication                                    5
IPMT      111 Refrigeration Principles                      10
                                                                     Quantitative Reasoning                                5
IPMT      112 Refrigeration Servicing                        6
                                                                     Social Science                                        5
IPMT      113 Licensing Requirements                         3       See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
              General Education Requirement                  5       each of the categories listed above.




2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G    T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                             119
2     Programs of Study/Manufacturing & Transportation Technologies




              Industrial Plant Maintenance
                WITH MACHINING ENDORSEMENT                                           TERM II
                ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE                                         IPMT        121 Electrical Troubleshooting I                    4
                DEGREE PROGRAM                                                       IPMT        122 Electrical Troubleshooting
                107-111 CREDITS
                                                                                                     Laboratory I                                    3
                                                                                     IPMT        123 Motor Control Principles                        6
                The intent of this five quarter Industrial Plant                     IPMT        124 Motor Control Lab                               5
                Maintenance A.A.S. Degree program with a Machin-                                     General Education Requirement                   5
                ing Endorsement is to prepare technicians to work                    TERM III
                in building and office complexes, food processing                    IPMT        131 Electrical Troubleshooting II                   1
                plants, and a wide variety of industrial and manufac-                IPMT        132 Electrical Troubleshooting
                turing plants where technicians are responsible for                                  Laboratory II                                   4
                operating, maintaining, and troubleshooting heating                  IPMT        133 Programmable Controls                           6
                and cooling equipment. The equipment includes but                    IPMT        134 Programmable Controls Lab                       5
                is not limited to motors and controls, and electronic,                               General Education Requirement                   5
                pneumatic, hydraulic, and mechanical systems. Any
                developmental course work a student may be                           TERM IV
                required to complete may increase the program                        IPMT        241     Boiler Principles                           9
                length. An A.A.S. Degree prepares technicians for                    IPMT        242     Boiler Operation                            2
                entry-level positions. Facilities Maintenance work                   IPMT        243     Mechanical Maintenance                      3
                encompasses skills in up to sixteen different journey-               IPMT        244     Mechanical Maintenance Lab                  2
                level crafts. This degree prepares an individual in                  IFAD        151     18-hour High Risk First Aid/CPR             1
                five of the crafts. An A.A.S. Degree also places a
                graduate on an equally competitive basis with other                  TERM V
                job applicants in the local job market.                              MACH        110 Fundamentals of Machining                       8
                                                                                     MACH        112 Machining Level I                               7
                The following program outline is a suggested
                sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses
                                                                                     CWEX        190 Cooperative Work Experience
                listed in the program outline may not be offered in
                                                                                                     Seminar                         1
                the exact sequential order. It is the student’s
                                                                                     CWEX        197 Cooperative Work Experience   1-5
                responsibility to work out their individual schedule
                with a counselor or adviser.                                                         General Education Requirement 5
                                                                                     TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                   107-111
                Admission Dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer
                quarters                                                             GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–20
                                                                                     CREDITS
                                                                                     Written Communication                                 5
                TERM I                                          CREDITS              Oral Communication                                    5
                IPMT       111 Refrigeration Principles                     10
                                                                                     Quantitative Reasoning                                5
                IPMT       112 Refrigeration Servicing                       6
                                                                                     Social Science                                        5
                IPMT       113 Licensing Requirements                        3       See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
                               General Education Requirement                 5       each of the categories listed above.




120             2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G    T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
            Programs of Study/Manufacturing & Transportation Technologies                                                                    2

Industrial Plant Maintenance
WITH WELDING ENDORSEMENT                                             TERM II
ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE                                         IPMT        121 Electrical Troubleshooting I                    4
DEGREE PROGRAM                                                       IPMT        122 Electrical Troubleshooting
107-111 CREDITS
                                                                                     Laboratory I                                    3
                                                                     IPMT        123 Motor Control Principles                        6
The intent of this five quarter Industrial Plant                     IPMT        124 Motor Control Lab                               5
Maintenance A.A.S. Degree program with a Welding                                     General Education Requirement                   5
Endorsement is to prepare technicians to work in
building and office complexes, food processing                       TERM III
plants, and a wide variety of industrial and manufac-                IPMT        131 Electrical Troubleshooting II                   1
turing plants where technicians are responsible for                  IPMT        132 Electrical Troubleshooting
operating, maintaining, and troubleshooting heating                                  Laboratory II                                   4
and cooling equipment. The equipment includes but                    IPMT        133 Programmable Controls                           6
is not limited to motors and controls, and electronic,               IPMT        134 Programmable Controls Lab                       5
pneumatic, hydraulic, and mechanical systems. Any                                    General Education Requirement                   5
developmental course work a student may be
required to complete may increase the program                        TERM IV
length. An A.A.S. Degree prepares technicians for                    IPMT        241     Boiler Principles                           9
entry-level positions. Facilities Maintenance work                   IPMT        242     Boiler Operation                            2
encompasses skills in up to sixteen different journey-               IPMT        243     Mechanical Maintenance                      3
level crafts. This degree prepares an individual in five             IPMT        244     Mechanical Maintenance Lab                  2
of the crafts. An A.A.S. Degree also places a graduate               IFAD        151     18-hour High Risk First Aid/CPR             1
on an equally competitive basis with other job
applicants in the local job market.
                                                                     TERM V
                                                                     WELD        111 Welding Theory                  5
The following program outline is a suggested                         WELD        112 Oxygen Cutting and Brazing      3
sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses
                                                                     WELD        113 Shielded Metal Arc Welding      7
listed in the program outline may not be offered in
                                                                     CWEX        190 Cooperative Work
the exact sequential order. It is the student’s
                                                                                     Experience Seminar              1
responsibility to work out their individual schedule
with a counselor or adviser.                                         CWEX        197 Cooperative Work Experience   1-5
                                                                                     General Education Requirement 5
Admission Dates: Fall, winter, spring, and summer                    TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                   107-111
quarters
                                                                     GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–20
                                                                     CREDITS
TERM I                                          CREDITS              Written Communication                                 5
IPMT      111 Refrigeration Principles                      10
                                                                     Oral Communication                                    5
IPMT      112 Refrigeration Servicing                        6
                                                                     Quantitative Reasoning                                5
IPMT      113 Licensing Requirements                         3
                                                                     Social Science                                        5
              General Education Requirement                  5       See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
                                                                     each of the categories listed above.




2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G    T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                             121
2     Programs of Study/Manufacturing & Transportation Technologies




             Machining Technology
                MACHINE TECHNOLOGY                                                      TERM IV
                ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE                                            MACH       140 Machining Processes                                  5
                DEGREE PROGRAM                                                          MACH       144 CNC-Y                                                5
                120 CREDITS
                                                                                        MACH       142 Machining Level 4                                    6
                                                                                                       General Education Requirement                        5
                Students will be well positioned to begin a career in
                the machine trades by gaining basic machining                           TERM V
                competencies through their work on projects along                       MACH       210 Advanced Math                                        3
                with a thorough grounding in shop theory, applied                       MACH       212 Machining Level 5                                    6
                math, and a special emphasis on CAD/CAM program-                                       Technical Electives                                  7
                ming and CNC machining.                                                                General Education Requirement                        5

                It is the student’s responsibility to work out his or                   TERM VI
                her individual schedule with a counselor or adviser                     MACH       222 Capstone Project                                 11
                                                                                                       Technical Electives                               5
                Admission Dates: Beginning of each quarter except                       TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                          120
                summer.
                                                                                        GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–25
                TERM I                                          CREDITS                 CREDITS
                MACH       110 Fundamental of Machining                     8           Written Communication                                 5
                MACH       112 Machining Level 1                            7           Oral Communication                                    5
                               General Education Requirement                5           Quantitative Reasoning                                5
                                                                                        Social Science                                        5
                TERM II                                                                 Physics                                               5
                MACH       120 Materials and Measuring                      5           See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
                MACH       122 Machining Level 2                            6           each of the categories listed above.
                MACH       124 CNC- Introduction                            5
                               General Education Requirement                5           TECHNICAL ELECTIVES–12 CREDITS
                                                                                        See program adviser for approved courses.
                TERM III
                MACH       130 Blueprints and Trigonometry                  5
                MACH       132 Machining Level 3                            6
                MACH       134 CNC-X                                        5
                               General Education Requirement                5




122             2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O    N     T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E    G       E
             Programs of Study/Manufacturing & Transportation Technologies                                                                       2

M achining Technology
 MACHINING TECHNOLOGY                                                    TERM III
 CERTIFICATE OF PROFICIENCY                                              MACH       130 Blueprints and Trigonometry                      5
                                                                         MACH       132 Machining Level 3                                6
 80 CREDITS
                                                                         MACH       134 CNC-X                                            5
 This certificate is designed to familiarize students                                   General Education Requirement                    5
 with work in machine trades through their work on
 projects along with shop theory, applied math, and a                    TERM IV
 special emphasis on CAD/CAM programming and                             MACH       140 Machining Processes                              5
 CNC machining.                                                          MACH       142 Machining Level 4                                6
                                                                         MACH       144 CNC-Y                                            5
 It is the student’s responsibility to work out his or                                  Technical Electives                              2
 her individual schedule with a counselor or adviser.                    TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                          80

 Admission Dates: Beginning of each quarter except                       GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–15
 summer.                                                                 CREDITS
                                                                         Written Communication                                 5
 TERM I                                                                  Quantitative Reasoning                                5
 MACH       110 Fundamental of Machining                     8           Social Science                                        5
 MACH       112 Machining Level 1                            7           See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
                General Education Requirement                5           each of the categories listed above.

                                                                         TECHNICAL ELECTIVES–2 CREDITS
 TERM II
                                                                         See program adviser for approved courses.
 MACH 120 Materials and Measuring                            5
 MACH 122 Machining Level 2                                  6
 MACH 124 CNC- Introduction                                  5
          General Education Requirement                      5




 2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O     N    T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G    E
                                                                                                                                                 123
2     Programs of Study/Manufacturing & Transportation Technologies




              Power Equipment, Marine &
                 Motorcycle Service Technician
                ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE                                         TERM III
                DEGREE PROGRAM                                                       PEQT        134 Power Transmission Applications                 4
                116 CREDITS
                                                                                     PEQT        135 Transaxles and Constant Variable
                                                                                                     Transmissions                                   3
                This program provides students with a broad range                    PEQT        136 Marine Gearcases                                3
                of entry-level technical skills by working on repre-                 PEQT        137 Induction/Exhaust Systems                       5
                sentative models of equipment serviced in the power                                  General Education Requirement                   5
                equipment, marine and motorcycle industries.
                Students have some options of specializing in one or                 TERM IV
                more areas after completion of basic instruction.                    PEQT        212     Fluid Power Systems                         2
                Students will spend their first quarter of training in a             PEQT        213     Chassis, Suspension & Rigging               5
                transportation core curriculum. Cooperative work                     PEQT        214     2 & 4 Cycle Gas Engines                     6
                experience is available with instructor permission.                  PEQT        215     Diesel Engines                              2
                Any developmental coursework a student may be                                            General Education Requirement               5
                required to complete may increase the program
                length.                                                              TERM V
                                                                                     PEQT        221 Advanced Electrical Systems                     4
                The following program outline is a suggested                         PEQT        223 Advanced Power Equipment,
                sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses                                  Marine & Motorcycle
                listed in the program outline may not be offered in                                  Applications I                                  6
                the exact sequential order. It is the student’s                      CWEX        197 Cooperative Work Experience
                responsibility to work out his or her individual                                     Technical Electives                             4
                schedule with a counselor or adviser.                                                General Education Requirement                   5
                Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer
                                                                                     TERM VI
                quarters.
                                                                                     PEQT        231 Advanced Power Equipment,
                                                                                                     Marine & Motorcycle
                TERM I                                           CREDITS
                                                                                                     Applications II                                 4
                TRAN       112      Shop and Business Practices              5
                                                                                     PEQT        232 Advanced Power Equipment,
                TRAN       113      Basic Electrical Systems                 4
                                                                                                     Marine & Motorcycle
                TRAN       125      Mechanical Principles                    5
                                                                                                     Applications III                                6
                TRAN       110      Computer Basics/
                                                                                     CWEX        297 Cooperative Work Experience
                                    Transportation Trades                    2
                                                                                                     Technical Electives                             4
                                    General Education Requirement            5
                                                                                     TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                       116
                TERM II
                                                                                     GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–25
                PEQT       122 Electrical System Applications                6       CREDITS
                PEQT       123 Charging Systems                              6       Written Communication                                 5
                PEQT       124 Ignition Systems                              5       Oral Communication                                    5
                               General Education Requirement                 5       Quantitative Reasoning                                5
                                                                                     Social Science                                        5
                                                                                     Physics                                               5
                                                                                     See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
                                                                                     each of the categories listed above.

                                                                                     TECHNICAL ELECTIVE–8 CREDITS
                                                                                     See program adviser/instructor for approval.


124             2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5    L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
            Programs of Study/Manufacturing & Transportation Technologies                                                                     2

Power Equipment, Marine &
  Motorcycle Service Technician
 CERTIFICATE OF PROFICIENCY                                          TERM III
 78 CREDITS
                                                                     PEQT        134 Power Transmission Applications                  4
                                                                     PEQT        135 Transaxles and Constant Variable
 The Power Equipment, Marine and Motorcycle                                          Transmissions                                    3
 Service Technician certificate program prepares                     PEQT        136 Marine Gearcases                                 3
 students for entry-level positions in this rapidly-                 PEQT        137 Induction/Exhaust Systems                        5
 growing field. This program provides students with a                                General Education Requirement                    5
 broad range of entry-level technical skills by working
 on representative models of equipment serviced in                   TERM IV
 the power equipment, marine and motorcycle                          PEQT        212     Fluid Power Systems                          2
 industries. Students will spend their first quarter of              PEQT        213     Chassis, Suspension & Rigging                5
 training in a transportation core curriculum.                       PEQT        214     2- and 4-Cycle Gas Engines                   6
 Cooperative work experience is available with                       PEQT        215     Diesel Engines                               2
 instructor permission. Any developmental
                                                                     TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                           78
 coursework a student may be required to complete
 may increase the program length.                                    GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–15
                                                                     CREDITS
 The following program outline is a suggested                        Written Communication                                 5
 sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses                 Quantitative Reasoning                                5
 listed in the program outline may not be offered in                 Social Science                                        5
 the exact sequential order. It is the student’s                     See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
 responsibility to work out his or her individual                    each of the categories listed above.
 schedule with a counselor or adviser.

 Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer
 quarters.

 TERM I                                          CREDITS
 TRAN      112      Shop and Business Practices              5
 TRAN      113      Basic Electrical Systems                 4
 TRAN      125      Mechanical Principles                    5
 TRAN      110      Computer Basics/
                    Transportation Trades                    2
                    General Education Requirement            5

 TERM II
 PEQT      122 Electrical System Applications                6
 PEQT      123 Charging Systems                              6
 PEQT      124 Ignition Systems                              5
               General Education Requirement                 5




2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5    L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G    E
                                                                                                                                              125
2     Programs of Study/Manufacturing & Transportation Technologies




             Welding Fabrication and
                   Maintenance Technology
                CERTIFICATE OF PROFICIENCY                                          TERM II
                60 CREDITS
                                                                                    WELD        121     Blueprint Reading                            5
                                                                                    WELD        122     Flux-Core Arc Welding                        5
                Students learn welding skills used in construction                  WELD        123     Gas Metal Arc Welding                        5
                projects, manufacturing, industrial plants and in                   ENGL        106     Eng. Technical Writing                       5
                maintenance industries. Using the latest welding
                processes and techniques, students learn to read                    TERM III
                blueprints and fabricate products in a variety of                   WELD        299     Special Projects                             6
                shapes and sizes. Students prepare to take the                      WELD        132     Gas Tungsten Arc Welding                     5
                Washington Association of Building Officials (WABO)                 WELD        133     Carbon and Plasma Arc Cutting                1
                test. Any developmental coursework a student may                    WELD        135     Layout and Fabrication Technique             2
                be required to complete may increase the program                    WELD        136     WABO Test Preparation                        1
                length.                                                                                 General Education Requirement                5
                                                                                    TOTAL PROGRAM CREDITS                                           60
                The following program outline is a suggested
                sequence of courses for this area of study. Courses                 GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS–15
                listed in the program outline may not be offered in                 CREDITS:
                the exact sequential order. It is the student’s                     Written Communication                                 5
                responsibility to work out his or her individual                    Quantitative Reasoning                                5
                schedule with a counselor or adviser.                               Social Science                                        5
                                                                                    See page 127 for a list of all applicable courses for
                Admission dates: fall, winter, spring, and summer                   each of the categories listed above.
                quarters.

                TERM I                                          CREDITS
                WELD       111 Welding Theory                               5
                WELD       112 Oxygen Cutting and Brazing                   3
                WELD       113 Shielding Metal Arc Welding                  7
                               General Education Requirement                5




126             2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G    E
             Programs of Study/Manufacturing & Transportation Technologies                                                                   2

General Education Requirements
 APPLICABLE COURSE LIST TO SATISFY                                   APPLICABLE COURSE LIST TO SATISFY
 GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS                                      GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS
 FOR A.A.S. DEGREE:                                                  FOR THE CERTIFICATE:

 WRITTEN COMMUNICATIONS                                              WRITTEN COMMUNICATIONS
 ENGL 101, Written Expression                                        BUSA 101, Business Communications
 ENGL 106, Technical Writing                                         ENGL 092, Reading Improvement
                                                                     ENGL 093, Beginning English
 ORAL COMMUNICATIONS                                                 ENGL 100, Introduction to Writing
 SPCH 101, Interpersonal Communication                               ENGL 101, Written Expression
 SPCH 220, Introduction to Public Speaking                           ENGL 106, Technical Writing
 SPCH 225, Small Group Communication
                                                                     QUANTITATIVE REASONING
 QUANTITATIVE REASONING                                              BUSA 100, Business Math
 MATH 102, Quantitative Reasoning                                    MATH 080, Basic Math
 MATH 107, Math for Non-Science Majors                               MATH 090, Introduction to Algebra
 MATH 110, College Algebra                                           MATH 099, Intermediate Algebra
 MATH 114, Precalculus I                                             MATH 102, Quantitative Reasoning
 MATH 115, Precalculus II                                            MATH 107, Math for Non-Science Majors
 MATH 120, Statistics                                                MATH 110, College Algebra
 MATH 124, Calculus I                                                MATH 114, Precalculus I
 MATH 125, Calculus II                                               MATH 115, Precalculus II
 PHIL 120, Introduction to Logic                                     MATH 120, Statistics
                                                                     MATH 124, Calculus I
 SOCIAL SCIENCE                                                      MATH 125, Calculus II
 CJUS 201, Introduction to Criminal Justice                          PHIL 120, Introduction to Logic
 PSYC 101, General Psychology
 PSYC 105, Human Growth and Development                              SOCIAL SCIENCE
 SOCI 110, Introduction to Sociology                                 CJUS 210, Introduction to Criminal Justice
                                                                     PSYC 100, Human Relations
                                                                     PSYC 101, General Psychology
                                                                     PSYC 105, Human Growth and Development
                                                                     SOCI 110, Introduction to Sociology


                                                                     NOTE: Students enrolled in CSNT, Information
                                                                           Assurance/Computer Forensics, Electronics,
                                                                           Architectural Graphics, Engineering
                                                                           Graphics, or ITAD, must complete
                                                                           MATH 090 or higher to receive credit.




 2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                             127
                                                                                                             Support Services                3

Support Services for
   Students and Community




 2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                             129
3     Support Services




               Support Services for Students                                           GED
                   At Lake Washington Technical College, you will find
                   special services designed to offer support and                      The college also offers General Education Develop-
                   enhancement for your education. We want your                        ment (GED) testing. GED testing is available in
                   educational experience to be both pleasant and                      English and Spanish.
                   successful.
                                                                                       HOBET
                   EDUCATIONAL PLANNING
                                                                                       The HOBET test is required as part of the admission
                   W202, (425) 739-8100, ext. 501                                      process for the Dental Hygiene and Practical Nursing
                   Assessing readiness for college programs is an                      programs.
                   important part of student success, and advisers are
                   available in W202 to help each student understand                   MOS
                   their placement tests, determine academic readiness                 Lake Washington Technical College is an authorized
                   in math and English, and help select appropriate                    Microsoft Office Specialist (MOS) certification
                   classes. An adviser can help each student determine                 testing center.
                   degree and certificate requirements ,a sequence of
                   courses, and select general education courses. The                  VOCATIONAL ASSESSMENT
                   first appointment with an adviser is also a good time               Selecting a career and an appropriate training
                   to discuss the transfer of any other college credits.               program are major life decisions. Whether it is your
                   Quality planning will help each student select the                  first time in the employment field or you are
                   right program and the right classes at the right time.              changing careers, you are making an investment with
                                                                                       both your time and money. Make sure it is the right
                   Students planning to apply for the Associate of                     decision before you start training!
                   Applied Science (A.A.S.) degree or certificate should
                   meet with an adviser to review degree planning steps                To assist you, Lake Washington Technical College
                   and degree requirements, degree progress, and to                    offers a variety of vocational tools including aptitude,
                   complete the college admissions application.                        interest, and personality indicator testing. Take any
                   Advisers can refer students to an array of college                  one, a combination of any two, or all three tests to
                   services designed to support student success. It is                 assist in your decision-making. Services are provided
                   the responsibility of each student to plan for program              on an individual or group basis and include
                   completion including degree requirements, certifi-                  interpretation. Contact Assessment at (425)739-8115
                   cate requirements, and transfer requirements. Early                 for additional information.
                   meetings with an adviser will help make certain that
                   educational plans are on target.                                    COUNSELING
                                                                                       W202, (425) 739-8100, ext. 501
                                                                                       Lake Washington Technical College counselors are
                   ASSESSMENT
                   E210, (425) 739-8115,                                               available to assist students with educational, career,
                   www.lwtc.ctc.edu/assessment                                         or personal needs so students can successfully
                                                                                       complete their college training. Located in W202,
                   PLACEMENT TESTING
                                                                                       short-term counseling services are confidential and
                   The COMPASS/ESL placement tests are required for                    available at no charge to students. Counseling
                   English and math class placement. The college also                  emphasis is on providing support to students,
                   accepts ASSET and SLEP results taken within the past                teaching new coping skills, and accessing commu-
                   two years.                                                          nity resources. Counselors work with community
                                                                                       agencies and organizations. When appropriate they
                   CLEP
                                                                                       make referrals to other agencies to support the
                   Lake Washington Technical College students working                  student.
                   towards an AAS degree may earn general education
                   credits in English, math, psychology and sociology by
                   taking a computer-based College Level Examination
                   Program (CLEP) exam.


130                2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                             Support Services                3


DISABILITY SUPPORT SERVICES                                         WORKFIRST PROGRAMS
W202F, (425) 739-8204                                               E129
Lake Washington Technical College is committed to                   WorkFirst is an innovative partnership involving
providing support services to students with disabili-               Lake Washington Technical College, the Department
ties who are otherwise qualified for technical college              of Social and Health Services (DSHS), Employment
programs, in compliance with Section 504 of the                     Security Department (ESD), and community-based
Rehabilitation Act of 1973 and the Americans with                   organizations, business and labor. The goal of
Disabilities Act of 1990. Students who need assis-                  Workfirst is to assist families, through training and
tance should make an appointment to see a disability                basic education, to move permanently off all forms
support services staff person as soon as possible                   of public assistance and to become self-sufficient.
prior to the requested start of services. Students                  There are a number of options within the Workfirst
must request services in writing and provide                        program to help families attain this goal. The
appropriate documentation from a medical                            following programs are available:
professional. Guidelines for applying for services are
available by calling (425)739-8204, in person in                        • Customized Job Skills Training provides short-
W202F, or on the Web site. The college’s Disabled                         term intensive training for a specific job.
Student Services are accessible through the use of                        Training is available in office occupations,
the TDD service: (425)739-8109.                                           customer service, and certified nursing
                                                                          assistant.
WORKER RETRAINING
                                                                        • Literacy/ GED Preparation and Life Essentials
W202, (425) 739-8206,
worker.retraining@lwtc.edu.                                               Training classes are offered to income-eligible
Lake Washington Technical College provides special                        students who need basic education prior to
services to people who have been laid off from work,                      entering an occupation or other employment
are displaced homemakers, or were self-employed                           training.
and are now unemployed. Services may include free                       • Workfirst Financial Aid provides free tuition and
tuition, books, and educational planning, as well as                      book assistance to income-eligible working
the development of an individual training plan                            parents who are enrolled in Lake Washington
                                                                          Technical College training programs.
SERVICES FOR LOW-INCOME STUDENTS
E129                                                                For more information contact the Family WorkForce
The Family Workforce Development Center offers                      Development Center in room East 129 or call
resource information and support programs to low-                   425-739-8339, 8315, or 8385.
income students. Find resources and information
concerning:                                                         ELIGIBLE STUDENTS ARE:
                                                                        • working and fall within the low-income
  • Tuition assistance                                                    guidelines established by the State of Washing-
  • Scholarships                                                          ton /or are receiving services from DSHS
  • Child Care Referrals                                                • parents of a child or children under the age of
  • Health Care Referrals                                                 18 years
  • Food Assistance                                                     • residents of Washington State; and
  • Career Development                                                  • applied for financial aid
  • Community-Based Services




2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N    T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                             131
3     Support Services




                   JOB PLACEMENT ASSISTANCE IN THE                                     DENTAL CLINIC
                   CLASSROOM                                                           E107, (425) 739-8130
                   The training programs at the college are practical                  Students receive quality dental care at a low cost in
                   and reality-based, relying on strong ties between                   the college’s modern, fully equipped dental clinic.
                   industry and faculty. Job-search methods, including                 Licensed dentists are available by appointment to
                   interviewing techniques, résumé writing, and                        provide a wide range of dental procedures. The
                   application methods, are taught in the classroom                    clinic provides students in the dental assisting and
                   specific to the type of industry or skill that is being             dental hygiene programs with a practical experience
                   learned. Instructors assist students in looking for                 environment. Please call to make an appointment.
                   work using industry-specific job-search methods.
                   Lake Washington Technical College takes pride in the                EVERGREEN HEALTHCARE ACCESS PROGRAM
                   fact that 90% of its program graduates find employ-                 W101, (425) 739-8400
                   ment in their chosen discipline within nine months of               The Evergreen Healthcare Access Program is very
                   graduation.                                                         pleased to be partnering with the Lake Washington
                                                                                       Technical College to bring health services to the
                   JOB PLACEMENT ASSISTANCE IN THE                                     college and Eastside communities. A registered
                   EMPLOYMENT RESOURCE CENTER
                   E126, (425) 739-8113                                                nurse, an employee of the Evergreen Healthcare
                   The Employment Resource Center is an alliance                       Access Program, offers nursing evaluation and
                   between Lake Washington Technical College, the                      assistance for minor illnesses or injury to college
                   college’s Associated Student government, community-                 staff during regularly scheduled hours. Schedule
                   based organizations offering employment and                         changes relating to the Health Room will be posted
                   training services, and the Employment Security                      on the Health Room door, and college staff will be
                   Department. Services include:                                       notified by e-mail.

                                                                                       In addition to staffing the Health Room, the Ever-
                     • Current Job Postings
                                                                                       green Healthcare Access Program is pleased to be
                     • Assistance with Unemployment Insurance
                                                                                       able to offer the following services to eligible
                       concerns                                                        students, staff, and families in the community:
                     • Fax, copier, and internet access                                  • free health screenings and assessments
                     • Assistance with Dislocated Worker or Worker                       • well-child exams
                       Retraining concerns                                               • childhood immunizations
                     • Resume writing and job search assistance
                                                                                       Low-cost sports physicals with subsidies available
                   BOOKSTORE                                                           upon request. An advanced registered nurse
                   E128, (425) 739-8108                                                practitioner provides these services and an appoint-
                   Class supplies such as textbooks, notebooks,                        ment is required. Case management services,
                   software, art and engineering supplies can be found                 providing information and referral linkages, are
                   in the campus bookstore. Located on the first floor of              made available through the Evergreen Care Network.
                   the East Building, the bookstore sells greeting cards,
                   snacks, sweatshirts and other useful items. Books                   FOOD SERVICE
                   can be ordered at www.efollett.com.                                 Students have several choices on campus for snacks
                                                                                       and meals. Nutritious, quality food service is
                   EARLY LEARNING CENTER                                               available in the cafeteria, offering well-balanced
                   S2, (425) 739-8117 or 739-8100 ext. 565                             entrees daily as well as beverages and snacks. In
                   Convenient, quality care is available at the campus                 addition, the college operates a training restaurant
                   child care center for children from age 12 months                   for students in the Culinary Arts program. It is open
                   through six years. Youngsters receive an active,                    to the public for full meal service daily. Hours of
                   stimulating program that encourages learning                        operation in the food service programs are shorter
                   through experience and accomplishment.                              during the summer quarter. Vending machines for
                   Funding programs are accepted. Please call to                       snacks and beverages are also available on campus.
                   register a child.

132                2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                             Support Services                3


ACADEMIC SKILLS CENTER                                              PARKING
E214, (425) 739-8100, ext. 656                                      The college provides free parking facilities for
If you need help in keeping up with your classes or                 students in both day and evening programs. Parking
require remedial assistance before proceeding into a                is not allowed along roadways and traffic lanes.
program, the Academic Skills Center is the place to                 Designated spaces are available for disabled
go. Open to all college students on a walk-in or                    persons who display a state-issued parking sticker.
teacher-referral basis, the Center offers a variety of              For a college disabled parking permit application
services to assist you in becoming a self-sufficient                form, please visit the Cashier’s Office in the East
learner. Services include:                                          Building, first floor mall.

• Computer-assisted instruction                                     SAFETY AND SECURITY
• Referral for taped textbooks                                      Your safety and security are taken seriously at the
• Basic math and vocabulary building                                college; we have a very low incidence of crime on
• Assistance with writing and English pronunciation                 the campus. Although the college has no security
                                                                    force of its own, the campus is patrolled regularly
Programs are designed to meet the specific needs of                 by the Kirkland Police Department and a security
individuals at no fee.                                              patrol and all incidents of confirmed or suspected
                                                                    crimes are reported.
WRITING CENTER
E216                                                                Information provided by law enforcement agencies
Informational handouts, special grammar practice                    concerning registered sex offenders attending the
software, and writing tutorials are available.                      college may be obtained from the vice president of
                                                                    student services office.
LIBRARY MEDIA CENTER
T213                                                                CRIME AND STATISTICS FOR 2003-2004:
The Library Media Center houses a permanent                             • Murder                             No cases reported
collection of over 20,000 print and non-print items                     • Rape                               No cases reported
including:                                                              • Robbery                            No cases reported
  • books                                                               • Aggravated Assault                 No cases reported
  • audio and videotapes                                                • Burglary                           No cases reported
  • technical and vocational magazines                                  • Motor Vehicle Theft                No cases reported
  • local, regional, national and international
     newspapers                                                     SMOKING
  • CD-ROMs                                                         Those who wish to smoke may do so at the
  • computers connected to the library catalog and                  designated smoking areas on the campus.
     Internet
  • career center                                                   TRANSPORTATION
  • conference room                                                 The Kirkland campus is conveniently located on
                                                                    Metro bus route 238.
  • photocopier
  • fax machine
  • VCR’s

The library’s web page offers access to the library’s
catalog as well as research databases and other
online resources. The library offers Document
Delivery and Inter- Library Loan services. As a
member of the Western Library Network, the center
is linked to other libraries throughout the western
states which greatly increases the resources available
by interlibrary loan.

2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N    T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                             133
3     Support Services




                                                                                       STUDENT CONDUCT CODE
                   Student Life                                                        The college has special expectations regarding the
                                                                                       conduct of those involved in the college community.
                   W112, (425) 739-8314, www.lwtc.ctc.edu/studentlife                  Students are expected to comply with the college
                   Lake Washington Technical College offers a variety of               student conduct code, WAC 495D-121, and failure to
                   student activities and programs to enhance your                     do so may result in disciplinary actions, up to and
                   learning experience. From performances and                          including expulsion from the college. The student
                   lectures to clubs and student government, these                     conduct code is available in the student handbook,
                   programs provide opportunities to learn more about                  on the college Web site and in the college Policy and
                   yourself and to affect change on our campus.                        Procedure Manual located in the library.

                   ASSOCIATED STUDENT GOVERNMENT                                       HARASSMENT
                   Associated Student Government (ASG) consists of five                Harassment is unacceptable, against the law, and will
                   officers who are elected to office in the spring of                 not be tolerated on campus or at any off campus
                   each academic year. Senators from each program                      events. The college strictly forbids harassment based
                   also serve on the ASG Senate. The officers along with               on types of unlawful discrimination such as race,
                   Senators and clubs plan programs that are both                      national origin, sex, marital status, sexual orienta-
                   entertaining and educational for campus. For more                   tion, age, religion, disability, or veteran status. Sexual
                   information contact the ASG office at 425-739-8100                  harassment is defined as unwelcome verbal or
                   ext. 661, or visit the office in W112. You visit the                physical conduct of a sexual nature that may offend
                   ASG Web site at www.lwtc.ctc.edu/ASG.                               the recipient, cause discomfort, or humiliation and
                                                                                       interfere with school or job performance.
                   STUDENT ID CARDS
                   Photo identification cards are available at no extra                If you believe you have been subjected to harassment
                   charge for currently enrolled students. Students may                by anyone on campus or at an off-campus event, you
                   get their cards at the Student Programs/ASG office in               may report it to the vice president of student services
                   W112 during posted hours. ID cards serve as your                    at (425)739-8102 or the director of human
                   library card and give access to the Academic Skills                 resources at (425)739-8251. Your concerns will be
                   Center. Students requesting an ID card will need                    promptly investigated and you will not suffer
                   picture identification, their Student Identification                retaliation for reporting your concerns.
                   Number, and a copy of their current class schedule.
                   Cards are valid as long as you are enrolled at the
                   college, up to 2 years. If you lose your ID card, a
                   replacement fee will apply.

                   STUDENT DUE PROCESS
                   If you believe you have been treated unfairly or
                   wronged in some way, you should take the following
                   steps:
                     • Try to resolve the issue with the person involved
                     • Talk to the person’s direct supervisor
                     • Request an appeal

                   STUDENT PROTECTIONS
                   No one in the college community shall suffer
                   recrimination or discrimination because of participa-
                   tion in the due process grievance procedure.
                   Confidentiality will be observed pending resolution. A
                   grievance shall be considered resolved if timelines
                   are not maintained.


134                2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                             Support Services                3

Services to the Community
  CUSTOMIZED TRAINING FOR BUSINESS &                                 BTC (BUSINESS TRAINING CENTER)
  INDUSTRY                                                           The BTC (Business Training Center) offers a wide
  The BTC (Business Training Center) was designed to                 variety of courses ranging from small business
  bring the best of LWTC to an organization through                  management to the basics of home landscaping.
  workforce development-related courses, seminars                    Workforce development-related courses are offered
  and workshops developed to meet the specific needs                 on-campus, at convenient community locations, can be
  of employees. By combining the technical expertise                 brought to your business or be taken via distance
  of the College’s faculty, relevant, cutting edge                   learning. Enroll in a BTC course and receive pragmatic,
  curriculum and the latest technology into an                       relevant instruction that will put you ahead both
  appropriate customized training package, the BTC                   personally and professionally. The BTC offers you the
  can assist companies and their employees in                        best of LWTC so you can be your best! For more
  becoming more successful. Sample offerings                         information, visit the College’s Web site at
  include, but are not limited to:                                   www.lwtc.ctc.edu, call (425)739-8112 or e-mail
                                                                     btc@lwtc.edu for details regarding BTC course
   • Communication Skills                                            offerings.
   • Customer Service
   • Computer Applications - hardware & software
   • Electronics Technology
   • Engineering Graphics
   • English as a Second Language
   • Onsite Services/Assistance
   • First Aid/Aids Training
   • Precision Machining/MasterCAM
   • Problem Solving
   • Small Business Assistance
   • Spanish for the Workplace (Command Spanish)
   • Team Building
   • Welding
   • Workplace Basics

  For more information regarding customized
  training or for a free consultation, please call
 (425)739- 8112 or e-mail btc@lwtc.edu.




 2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                             135
                                                                                      Admissions and Registration                             4

Admissions and Registration




  2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                              137
4     Admissions and Registration




              Admissions and Registration                                             HIGH SCHOOL PROGRAMS
                   Admissions                                                         Students under 18 who have not graduated from
                                                                                      high school may enroll in classes through Lake
                   Admission to Lake Washington Technical College is                  Washington Technical Academy or the Running Start
                   open to anyone who:                                                Program. See the Lake Washington Technical
                    • has a high school diploma, or                                   Academy or Running Start adviser for details and
                    • General Education Development (GED)                             information in this catalog.
                       certificate, or
                    • Is at least 18 years old and is able to benefit                 DEGREE- OR CERTIFICATE-SEEKING STUDENTS
                                                                                      Persons seeking a degree or certificate must
                       from the college’s curriculum
                                                                                      demonstrate their ability to perform entry-level
                                                                                      reading and math skills before enrolling in a
                   An application for admission should be submitted to                technical training program. This can be demon-
                   the Admissions and Registration Office by prospective              strated through acceptable transfer credit or through
                   students who seek a degree or certificate, or enroll               placement testing. The college, to assess reading and
                   in 15 or more credits in a given quarter, or have a                math skills, administers the COMPASS/ ESL place-
                   total of 25 cumulative college-level credits at Lake               ment tests. These tests assess students’ academic
                   Washington Technical College. The application is                   strengths and weaknesses and determine possible
                   available from the Admissions and Registration                     learning needs. A copy of COMPASS/ESL (or ASSET
                   Office, Student Services Office, the Assessment                    or SLEP) placement tests results, taken within the
                   Center, by calling the college at (425) 739-8104,                  past two years, can be accepted for students who
                   writing to the Admissions and Registration Office,                 have taken the test elsewhere.
                   downloading it from our Web site at
                   www.lwtc.ctc.edu, or by e-mailing                                  The college requires a minimum placement score in
                   admissions@lwtc.edu.                                               English and/or math for enrollment in some courses.
                                                                                      Some programs require other minimum scores for
                   To assure the highest quality education and training,              admission. Placement score requirements for
                   the number of students who may enroll in a program                 English and math are available in Student Services
                   may be limited. Admission to the college does not                  and the Student Assessment Center where tests are
                   guarantee that all classes or all programs can accept              administered.
                   new students. Openings are filled on a first-come,
                   first-served basis. Because of the demand for                      Students placing into Adult Basic Education classes,
                   programs, persons interested in attending the college              developmental education classes, or ESL classes
                   are encouraged to apply early.                                     should satisfactorily complete those courses before
                                                                                      enrolling in a technical training program or courses
                   Some programs, such as Dental Hygiene and
                   Practical Nursing, have additional procedures and                  A college transcript indicating satisfactory comple-
                   requirements that must be met before enrollment.                   tion of college level English and math at an accred-
                   The Admissions and Registration Office will inform                 ited college may be accepted in lieu of the COMPASS/
                   students if this is the case.                                      ESL, ASSET, or SLEP placement tests. An evaluation of
                                                                                      official transcripts from an accredited college may
                   BUSINESS TRAINING CENTER
                                                                                      transfer other college credits to Lake Washington
                   People interested in personal enrichment, college
                                                                                      Technical College. Students need to submit official
                   workshops and customized training, non-degree or
                                                                                      transcripts in sealed envelopes from all former
                   non-certificate programs or learning assistance
                                                                                      colleges to the Admissions and Registration Office.
                   programs are not required to apply for admission,
                   except as stated above for accumulated credits.
                                                                                      Certain training programs have educational and
                                                                                      health requirements prior to enrollment. These
                                                                                      are included in program descriptions in this catalog
                                                                                      or are available from the Admissions and
                                                                                      Registration Office.

138               2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                    Admissions and Registration                             4


COURSE TRANSFERABILITY                                              Students may register for most courses by Web,
General education and technical courses may                         mail, or in person. For mail-in registration, once all
transfer to other community and technical colleges                  information is complete, enclose a check or money
or four-year universities. The receiving institution                order payable to Lake Washington Technical College
should be consulted to determine which courses will                 or include credit card information. Textbook and
be accepted.                                                        supply costs are in addition to tuition.
Seattle Pacific University, City University, University of          To register in person, go to the Admissions and
Phoenix, The Evergreen State College, and Digipen                   Registration Office during business hours which are
Institute of Technology accept Associate of Applied                 published in each quarter’s Class Schedule.
Science degrees into specific baccalaureate
programs. Please refer to the transfer advising page                To register by via the Internet, go to
on the Web site for more information.                               www.lwtc.ctc.edu. In both cases, a personal
                                                                    identification number (PIN) is required. For

Registration                                                        registration, it is the student’s date of birth until the
                                                                    PIN is changed by the student. Online registration
                                                                    not available for all students or classes. See the
Registration is the process of enrolling in classes.
                                                                    Admissions & Registration Office for details.
Dates for classes are announced in the quarterly
Class Schedule and on the campus Web site at
                                                                    CHANGE OF REGISTRATION (ADD/DROP)
www.lwtc.ctc.edu. Course updates are distributed
                                                                    Students must add or drop courses on the Web, or
frequently to campus staff.
                                                                    at the Admissions and Registration Office before the
                                                                    change is official.
HOW TO REGISTER
New students seeking a degree or certificate make an
                                                                    A refund will occur only when a student officially
appointment with staff advisers to complete
                                                                    withdraws or drops within the refund period. See
registration forms. Continuing students complete
                                                                    the Class Schedule for refund policy.
registration forms with the assistance of a faculty
adviser or counselor and register by assigned time.
                                                                    LATE ADDS
There are a number of ways to register for classes.
                                                                    Courses added after the third day of the quarter
See the current Class Schedule for all options.
                                                                    require instructors’ approval. Adding after the 10th
                                                                    day of the quarter (or of a class) may require
Also see the Programs of Study section for informa-
                                                                    special petitions.
tion about program start dates. These are subject to
change.
                                                                    The quarterly Class Schedule lists fee payment
                                                                    requirements. Students who have not paid tuition
FULL-TIME
                                                                    and fees will be dropped from classes unless
The college considers students to be full-time if they
                                                                    payment arrangements are made with a college
are registered in 12 or more credits.
                                                                    office that is coordinating funding.
CURRENTLY ENROLLED DEGREE AND
CERTIFICATE-SEEKING STUDENTS                                        WAITING LISTS
  1. Meet with a faculty adviser to review courses for              If a class is full, students have the option to be put
     next quarter.                                                  on a waiting list. This list automatically adds
  2. Register for courses. See Class Schedule for                   students to openings as they appear. Students are
                                                                    notified when added in this manner. Students
     methods of registration.
                                                                    should remove themselves from the waiting list if
  3. Students pay tuition and fees via the Web, at the              they decide not to enroll in the class. See details in
     Cashier’s Office, or other modes offered by the                the Class Schedule.
     college.



2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                            139
4     Admissions and Registration




                   COMPLETE WITHDRAWAL (DROP ALL COURSES)
                   A student may withdraw from all courses through the
                   eighth week of the quarter, or the equivalent
                                                                                      International
                   proportion for shorter courses or courses with
                   irregular start and end dates. The refund rate, if any,
                   would be determined by the longest course being
                                                                                      Students
                   dropped. That rate would then be applied to the                    E124, (425) 739-8100, ext. 502,
                   other courses dropped at that time. It is the student’s            international.students@lwtc.edu
                   responsibility to drop all classes.                                We are committed to providing an excellent
                                                                                      educational experience for international students.
                   Official withdrawals occurring after the tenth                     We value the unique richness of perspectives and
                   instructional day of the quarter are posted with a W               experiences that international students bring to our
                   on the student’s transcript. A grade of W does not                 college, and are dedicated to making your experi-
                   count in GPA calculations. Not attending a class does              ence at LWTC rewarding and memorable.
                   not withdraw a student or make one eligible for a
                   refund.                                                            International students have an opportunity to earn a
                                                                                      Certificate of Proficiency, Certificate of Completion,
                   After the eighth week, an unofficial withdrawal from               or an Associate of Applied Science degree upon
                   the college will result in each instructor assigning the           completion of their full-time technical program.
                   appropriate grade. Depending on the start date and
                   length of the class, an early withdrawal during the                LWTC provides many opportunities for International
                   first week will not be recorded on the transcript.                 student involvement in campus activities. Leadership
                                                                                      skills may be gained by participation in student
                   STUDENT RECORDS                                                    government. We have a large and active International
                   In accordance with the Family Educational Rights                   Club to enable students to connect with each other
                   and Privacy Act, Lake Washington Technical College                 and the campus.
                   enforces guidelines concerning information about
                   the student’s educational record, and governs the                  The application process for international students
                   conditions of disclosure. Except as otherwise                      may take as long as a quarter, so students should
                   indicated, the college will not provide information                apply early. The application deadline is one quarter
                   contained in student records unless the expressed                  prior to the quarter of enrollment. Late applicants
                   written consent of the student has been given.                     are accepted depending on space. International
                   Students may declare their entire record confidential,             students applying for an M1 or F1 visa must submit
                   in which case no information can be released, and                  the following to the international program office:
                   the college will not normally acknowledge the
                   student’s presence at the college. Exceptions may be                   1. An international student application.
                   made if knowledge of the information is necessary to                   2. A college international student budget form as
                   protect the health or safety of the student or other                      proof of financial independence. Financial aid
                   individuals.                                                              in the form of scholarships, loans, and grants is
                                                                                             not available to international students. The
                   In compliance with state law, the college does not
                                                                                             amount required for this document is subject to
                   use the social security number as a student ID
                   number, though it is needed and collected for other                       changes in tuition and fees.
                   purposes authorized by law.                                            3. Evidence of enrollment in an approved health
                                                                                             insurance plan.
                                                                                          4. Evidence of good standing with U.S. Immigra-
                                                                                             tion Service.
                                                                                          5. Official transcripts from all previous colleges
                                                                                             attended.



140               2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N    T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                    Admissions and Registration                              4


  6. A short handwritten essay about yourself and                   INTERNATIONAL STUDENT TUITION
                                                                    The tuition for international students is charged to
     why you would like to study at Lake Washington
                                                                    all visa holders except A, E, G, I, K, and L. Docu-
     Technical College.
                                                                    mentation of visa status is established by the Office
  7. Supplemental International Student Application.                of Admissions and Registration. Refer to the current
  8. Results of the TOEFL exam taken during the                     tuition schedule for costs. The college may enter
     past year with a score of 480 (written test), 157              into contract training with other organizations and
     (computer based test) for admissions to                        establish a different rate of tuition or fees in some
     professional-technical programs of study                       cases.
     requiring M1 or F1 student visas. Lower test
     scores or students without TOEFL scores will                   ESTIMATED COSTS FOR INTERNATIONAL
                                                                    STUDENTS INCLUDE (2004-2005 ESTIMATES IN
     ONLY be considered for acceptance to the                       USD):
     Intensive English Program.                                     For one quarter (3 months):
  9. International student application fee.                                  Tuition (12 credits)       $1,330.00
  10. Other information as required.                                         Books                         246.00
                                                                             Cost of living              3,012.00
The international program office will issue an I-20                          Mandatory medical insurance 81.00
form to the student, following acceptance to the                    Total                              $4,669.00
college.
                                                                    For three quarters (9 months)
Additionally, international students must:                                    Tuition (12 credits)       3,990.00
                                                                              Books                        738.00
  1. Meet all general admission requirements.                                 Cost of living             9,036.00
  2. Agree to comply with all college regulations.                            Mandatory medical insurance 243.00
                                                                    Total                             $14,007.00
  3. Agree to attend all quarters on a full-time basis
     as prescribed by Lake Washington Technical                     Our international program office can recommend
     College and the U.S. Immigration Service.                      local organizations that will assist international
     Credit load may vary depending on program                      students with housing.
     requirements.
  4. Maintain grade point average and credit                        Contact Information:
     completion requirements necessary for                          International Programs
     graduation and to remain in status.                            Lake Washington Technical College
  5. Agree to file a yearly tax return with the United              11605 132nd Avenue NE
     States Internal Revenue Service.                               Kirkland, WA 98034

PROGRAM ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
                                                                    Telephone                       (425)739-8100, ext.502
Certain professional-technical programs have                        Fax                                      (425)739-8110
specific admissions requirements, such as minimum                   e-mail                  international.students@lwtc.edu
test scores, satisfactory performance in prerequisite               Web                       www.lwtc.ctc.edu/international
courses, and other screening criteria. The Admis-
sions and Registration Office and the instructional                 International students are required to inform the
divisions have current program admissions require-                  International Student Services Office of change of
ments. Applicants pursuing transfer to a bachelor’s                 address immediately to stay in status. A Change of
program or full-time English Language training must                 Address card should also be sent to the U.S. Justice
apply for an F1 visa.                                               Department. Lake Washington Technical College’s
                                                                    International Student Services Office will provide
                                                                    this card to the international student.




2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H    N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                             141
4     Admissions and Registration




                   High School                                                        equipment expenses in most cases. For information,
                                                                                      contact the Running Start coordinator in the East
                                                                                      Building, room E145, or call (425)739-8107.

                   Programs                                                           GENERAL EDUCATION DEVELOPMENT
                                                                                      General Education Development (GED) is a series
                   LAKE WASHINGTON TECHNICAL ACADEMY                                  of five tests developed by the American Council on
                   Lake Washington Technical Academy offers eligible                  Education to enable persons to obtain the
                   high school junior and senior students, ages 16 to                 equivalency of a high school diploma. Earning a
                   21, the opportunity to train for a career and work                 GED provides students with greater access to
                   toward a high school diploma. Lake Washington                      employment, advancement and higher education
                   Technical Academy is accredited by the Northwest                   opportunities.
                   Association of Schools and Colleges and is a full-time
                   high school program on the campus of Lake                          The Academic Skills Center offers GED preparation
                   Washington Technical College. Eligible students must               classes and pre-tests.
                   enroll full-time in a technical training program and
                   general education classes to complete the high                     All students under the age of 19 will need to obtain a
                   school diploma.                                                    release from their school district to test for the GED.
                                                                                      Two pieces of ID are required at the time of testing.
                   To be eligible for Lake Washington Technical
                   Academy, students must achieve the following                       The college is a designated testing center for GED
                   COMPASS placement test scores: Writing 31 (ENGL                    exams. Testing appointments must be scheduled in
                   093); and Pre-Algebra 18 (MATH 070). A reading                     advance either by visiting the Assessment Center,
                   score of 61 is recommended and is used for advising                Room E210, or by calling 425-739-8115. For more
                   & placement. Additional criteria are completion of                 GED information, please visit www.lwtc.ctc.edu/
                   10th grade, completion of the WASL, and attendance                 assessment.
                   at a required Lake Washington Technical Academy
                   orientation session. Qualified students are admitted
                                                                                      HIGH SCHOOL COMPLETION
                   quarterly (except summer). For further information,                This is a program which allows students 18 years of
                   call 425-739-8107 or visit our Web site at                         age or older to take college level classes to meet
                   www.lwtc.ctc.edu/academy.                                          Washington State high school diploma requirements.
                                                                                      The student must have credits in required areas of
                   RUNNING START                                                      English, Math, Science, Social Sciences, PE, Fine
                   Running Start is a program designed for high school                Arts, and vocational education, plus elective classes
                   juniors and seniors, who are ready for college-level               to total 19 credits. A five credit college course
                   work, want to take college-level courses, and want to              equals one high school credit. Prospective students
                   receive both college and high school credit while                  must submit an official high school transcript for
                   completing high school. Admission to Lake Washing-                 evaluation. This option is only recommended for
                   ton Technical College for Running Start students                   students who need 1-3 classes to meet diploma
                   requires the approval of the high school that the                  requirements. Upon completion of requirements,
                   student attends, a 2.5 GPA in high school, and                     the student will be awarded an Adult High School
                   minimum COMPASS scores of 70 writing (English                      Completion diploma by Lake Washington Technical
                   100/101), and 39 pre-algebra (math 80 or meet the                  College.
                   higher math requisite for the technical program)(or
                   equivalent ASSET scores. A reading score of 85 is
                                                                                      UNDERAGE ENROLLMENT
                   recommended and is used for advising & placement.                  To be eligible for admissions and enrollment,
                                                                                      students must be 18 or possess a high school
                   A Running Start student’s tuition is paid by the                   diploma or GED. High school juniors or seniors are
                   student’s local school district. Students are generally            referred to the Lake Washington Technical
                   responsible for fees, textbooks, supplies, and                     4 Admissions and Registration


142               2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                        Admissions and Registration                             4


Academy or Running Start to explore eligibility                         The above procedures are subject to change. The
through those programs. If a student is not partici-                    college reserves the right to deny requests for
pating in those programs, and wishes to register for                    exceptions to the standard enrollment policy and
courses that are not specifically designed for a                        age requirements, or to require additional informa-
younger student, he/she may ask to enroll on                            tion.
exception. Persons requesting this exception must be
at least 14 and in the 9th grade at the time of                         TECH PREP
enrollment. The student must request special                            Tech Prep is a partnership between Lake Washing-
enrollment for each course, each quarter. This does                     ton Technical College, the Northeast Tech Prep
not constitute admission to the college or a program.                   Consortium, and 14 area High Schools. This
                                                                        partnership allows students taking classes in a high
The process to request permission to enroll in each                     school that offers courses that have direct transcript
course is:                                                              agreements with the college to receive college credit
 1. The student must be not eligible for general                        while attending their home high school.
    college admission, or be enrolled through other
    special entry programs                                              Lake Washington Technical College staff visit high
 2. The student completes and submits to High                           schools to enroll and register students in selected
    School Programs Office an underage enroll-                          college courses. Students pay a $15 one-time fee to
                                                                        register and receive a college transcript just as if
    ment form with the following materials attached
                                                                        they had taken the course on the college campus.
    or completed:
           a) Copy of test scores taken in last 2 years                 Students who have received Tech Prep credit and
              showing minimum scores of:                                complete high school will be eligible to register as a
                        WRITING     READING        NUMERICAL
                                                     SKILLS             continuing student at the college.
              ASSET   45              44               42
              Compass 79                               60
           b) letter from student requesting the
              course to be taken and explaining in
              writing why his/her educational needs
              cannot be met elsewhere.
           c) letter of support from parent/guardian
              supporting student’s request.
  3. The student must meet with the instructor of the
     course to obtain written recommendation to be
     enrolled. For non-credit classes only, Business
     Training Center (BTC) staff may sign for the
     instructor.
  4. The director of High School Programs or Vice
     President of Student Services may review and
     make a final decision. Registration staff verify
     all needed approvals are in place.
  5. Special classes and programs designed for
     students younger than 18 are exempt from the
     special enrollment process for underage
     students.




2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E    W     A   S   H   I    N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                                143
                                                                                         Tuition and Financial Aid                           5

Tuition and Financial Aid




 2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                             145
5     Tuition and Financial Aid




               Tuition
                   TUITION AND FEES                                                    YOU WILL RECEIVE A 50 PERCENT REFUND:
                   You can pay your tuition with cash, check or charge                 Upon dropping a state-supported course after the
                   it to your VISA or Mastercard account. Cash                         fifth day of instruction and through the tenth day of
                   payments must be made in person. To avoid cashier                   instruction of the quarter. (See note)
                   lines, use the Web at https://www.lwtc.ctc.edu/wts/
                   wccba/index.html. For estimated program tuition and                 YOU WILL RECEIVE A 40 PERCENT REFUND:
                   fees, please see the table on pages 149 and 150.                    Upon dropping a state-supported course after the
                                                                                       tenth day of instruction and through the twentieth
                   Students are encouraged to pay all tuition and fees at              calendar day of the quarter. (See note)
                   the time of registration. Students are dropped for
                   non-payment on dates that are published in the Class                The 100/50/40 percent proportional refund applies
                   Schedule.                                                           to withdrawal from short courses and courses that
                                                                                       start early, start late, or are shorter than the full
                   REFUNDS FOR TUITION AND SPECIAL COURSE-                             quarter. It is not based upon the number of sessions
                   AND PROGRAM-CONNECTED FEES:                                         you have attended but rather when you officially
                   Students who officially withdraw from the college or                drop. Refunds will be calculated using Schedule
                   reduce their class loads and complete all applicable                8.S.17 of the campus Policy and Procedure Manual.
                   fee refund forms may receive refunds for tuition and/
                   or fees according to the refund conditions listed                   OFFICIAL WITHDRAWAL DEFINITION:
                   below. However, for federal- or state-funded                        Official withdrawal occurs when a student drops all
                   students, financial aid will be returned to aid                     classes. Refund requests must be made in person or
                   programs on a pro-rata basis consistent with                        in writing, via Web, or by Touchtone. At the time of
                   applicable federal and state rules.                                 withdrawal, the longest course sets the refund rate
                                                                                       for all courses being dropped at that time.
                   YOU WILL RECEIVE A 100 PERCENT REFUND
                   WHEN:
                                                                                       PASS-THROUGH FEES REFUND:
                     • The college cancels a course.
                                                                                       Fees such as insurance and distance learning that
                     • For self-supported courses, a drop request is                   are passed through to another agency may be
                       submitted via Web or in writing to the Admis-                   refunded at 100 percent through the first week of the
                       sions and Registration Office prior to the second               quarter only. No refund will be made if any
                       class session starts. If a course has only one                  insurance claim has been filed.
                       session, the request must be received before the
                       course starts.                                                  NOTE: See “Refund for Tuition and Special Course-
                     • For state-supported courses, a refund request is                      and Program-Connected Fees”. See also
                       submitted via Web, or in writing to the Admis-                        exceptions under “Official Withdrawal
                       sions and Registration through the fifth                              Definition”.
                       instructional day of the quarter.




146                2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                          Tuition and Financial Aid                              5

Estimated 2004-2005
    Degree & Certificate Program Costs                                                                       ESTIMATED
                                                                                                            BOOKS/TOOLS         ESTIMATED
                                                                                                     TOTAL CLOTHING &            TUITION
 PROGRAM TITLE                                                                           AWARD      CREDITS OTHER COSTS           & FEES

 Accounting                                                                              AAS            103         2,620            4,325
 Accounting Assistant                                                                    Cert             28          756            1,323
 Accounting Paraprofessional–Accounting & Business Computers                             Cert             91        2,184            3,821
 Practical Accounting                                                                    Cert             73        1,761            3,097
 Administrative Assistant                                                                AAS            115         2,271            4,785
 Administrative Assistant                                                                Cert             79        1,521            3,305
 Administrative Assistant–Support Option                                                 Cert             44        1,013            2,020
 Administrative Assistant–Health Office Occupations                                      Cert           36.5          726            1,492
 Administrative Assistant–Dental Office Occupations                                      Cert           30.5          560            1,333
 Administrative Assistant–Human Resources                                                Cert             84        2,271            3,469
 Architectural Graphics                                                                  AAS            120         2,178            5,227
 Architectural Graphics                                                                  Cert             83        1,452            3,524
 Auto Collision Body Technician                                                          AAS            113         4,477            4,917
 Auto Collision Body Technician                                                          Cert             83        3,993            3,517
 Auto Collision Paint Technician                                                         AAS            112         4,477            4,881
 Auto Collision Paint Technician                                                         Cert             77        3,993            3,329
 Auto Repair Technician                                                                  AAS            110         4,477            4,810
 Auto Repair Technician                                                                  Cert             89        3,993            3,922
 Auto Repair Technician–AC Delco                                                         Cert             95        3,718            4,135
 Business Applications Support                                                           AAS              95        2,166            4,282
 Business Applications Support                                                           Cert             68        1,258            3,051
 Business Applications Support–Customer Service/Prod. Support                            Cert             34          774            1,534
 Business Applications Support–Project Mgmt Support                                      Cert             34          774            1,503
 Business Applications Support–Publications/Sales/Marketing Support                      Cert             37          774            1,667
 Business Applications Support–Web Maintenance                                           Cert             38          774            1,699
 Microsoft Office Applications                                                           Cert             25          460            1,253
 Child Care Manager                                                                      AAS              94        1,573           3,901*
 Child Care Manager                                                                      Cert             74        1,210           2,942*
 Information Assurance & Computer Forensics                                              AAS            100         1,815            4,598
 Information Assurance & Computer Forensics                                              Cert             79        1,452            3,790
 Computer Services & Network Technician                                                  AAS            120         2,965            5,055
 Computer Services & Network Technician–Computer Services Tech                           Cert             59        1,876            2,476
 Computer Services & Network Technician–Network Tech                                     Cert             66        1,876            2,751
 CSNT, Microsoft Certified System Administrator-Test Preparation                         Cert             19            0            1,176
 CSNT, PC Network Client Technician                                                      Cert             15            0              960
 Cosmetology                                                                             Cert             88          847            3,794
 Culinary Arts (Commercial Cooking)                                                      AAS            120           726            5,215
 Culinary Arts (Commercial Cooking)                                                      Cert             80          641            3,436
 Dental Assistant                                                                        AAS              90        2,729           4,528**
 Dental Assistant                                                                        Cert             82        1,978           3,807**
 Dental Assistant–Dental Front Office Manager                                            Cert             19            0            1,082
 Dental Hygiene ***                                                                      AAS             120        9,426           11,404**
 Dental Hygiene–Expanding Duties                                                         Cert              6            0              729**
 Diesel Heavy Equipment Technician                                                       AAS            120         5,082            5,111
 Diesel Heavy Equipment Technician                                                       Cert             89        4,840            3,912
 Electronics Technician                                                                  AAS            120         2,662            5,109
 Electronics Technician                                                                  Cert             85        1,936            3,551
 Digital Electronics                                                                     Cert             33          738            2,009
 Automated Manufacturing                                                                 Cert             33          738            1,919
 Electronics, Manufacturing Specialist Option                                            Cert             19            0            1,132
 2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C    H     N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L    E   G   E
                                                                                                                                                 147
5     Tuition and Financial Aid




               E stimated 2004-2005
                      Degree & Certificate Program Costs                                                                            (continued)
                                                                                                                            ESTIMATED
                                                                                                                           BOOKS/TOOLS          ESTIMATED
                                                                                                                    TOTAL CLOTHING &             TUITION
                   PROGRAM TITLE                                                                       AWARD       CREDITS OTHER COSTS            & FEES


                   Engineering Graphics–Civil Engineering Graphics Emphasis                            AAS             120         2,287            5,269
                   Engineering Graphics–Civil Engineering Graphics Emphasis                            Cert             83         1,561            3,656
                   Engineering Graphics–Mechanical Design Emphasis                                     AAS             120         2,287            5,344
                   Engineering Graphics Technician                                                     Cert             83         2,287            3,693
                   Environmental Horticulture                                                          AAS             107         2,087            4,706
                   Environmental Horticulture                                                          Cert             88         1,785            3,760
                   Fitness Specialist/Personal Trainer                                                 AAS             109         2,529            4,508*
                   Fitness Specialist/Personal Trainer                                                 Cert             82         1,779            3,317*
                   Horticulture–Floristry Option                                                       AAS             114         2,868            5,007
                   Floristry                                                                           Cert             39           593            1,768
                   Hotel Services and Operations                                                       AAS             114           908            4,860
                   Hotel Services and Operations                                                       Cert             79           726            3,420
                   Human Resources Generalist                                                          Cert             22           762            1,140
                   Industrial Plant Maintenance                                                        Cert             85         1,888            3,381
                   Industrial Plant Maintenance with Electronics Endorsement                           AAS             111         2,662            4,291
                   Industrial Plant Maintenance with Machining Endorsement                             AAS             111         2,662            4,241
                   Industrial Plant Maintenance with Welding Endorsement                               AAS             111         2,662            4,440
                   Information Technology Applications Development                                     AAS              90         2,408            4,020
                   Information Technology Applications Development–Science Transfer                    AAS              90         1,694            3,802
                   Information Technology App. Development Database Administration                     AAS             100         2,408            4,369
                   Information Technology Applications Software Development                            Cert             65         1,597            2,965
                   Information Technology Web Applications Development                                 Cert             65         1,597            2,965
                   ITAD, C#/C++ Programmer                                                             Cert             15             0              960
                   ITAD Net Programmer                                                                 Cert             15             0              960
                   ITAD, SQL Server Administration                                                     Cert             14             0              952
                   Legal Support Professional***                                                       AAS             101         2,420            4,349
                   Legal Support Professional***                                                       Cert             74         1,694            3,152
                   Legal Support Professional–Law Office Clerical Assistant I                          Cert             38           726            1,607
                   Legal Support Professional–Law Office Clerical Assistant II                         Cert             60         1,089            2,470
                   Legal Support Professional–Law Office Receptionist                                  Cert             19             0              977
                   Machining Technology                                                                AAS             120         1,567            5,104
                   Machining Technology                                                                Cert             80         1,567            3,450
                   Medical Assistant                                                                   AAS              90         1,954            3,691*
                   Medical Assistant                                                                   Cert             80         1,615            3,372*
                   Medical Transcriptionist                                                            Cert             25           496            1,725
                   Multimedia Design & Production                                                      AAS             106         2,093            4,782
                   Multimedia Design & Production–Computer Graphics                                    Cert             73         1,488            3,366
                   Multimedia Design & Production–Animation/Game Design                                Cert             85         1,549            3,797
                   Multimedia Design & Production–Interactive Digital Media                            AAS             111         2,093            4,863
                   Multimedia Design & Production–Interactive Digital Media                            Cert             84         1,488            3,647
                   Multimedia Design & Production–Print                                                AAS             110         2,093            4,838
                   Multimedia Design & Production–Print                                                Cert             89         1,488            3,862
                   Multimedia Design & Production–Animation Option                                     Cert             15             0            1,047
                   Multimedia Design & Production–Illustrator Option                                   Cert             13             0              926
                   Multimedia Design & Production–Illustrator/Photoshop Option I                       Cert             13             0              926
                   Multimedia Design & Production–Illustrator/Photoshop Option II                      Cert             13             0              926
                   Multimedia Design & Production–Multimedia Option                                    Cert             25             0            1,745
                   Multimedia Design & Production–Photoshop                                            Cert             17             0            1,211
                   Multimedia Design & Production–Printmaster, Option I                                Cert             20           446            1,381
148                2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L    C   O   L   L   E   G    E
                                                                                          Tuition and Financial Aid                             5

E stimated 2004-2005
    Degree & Certificate Program Costs                                                                              (continued)
                                                                                                             ESTIMATED
                                                                                                            BOOKS/TOOLS         ESTIMATED
                                                                                                     TOTAL CLOTHING &            TUITION
 PROGRAM TITLE                                                                           AWARD      CREDITS OTHER COSTS           & FEES


 Multimedia Design & Production–Printmaster, Option II                                   Cert            22           446           1,538
 Multimedia Design & Production–Skills Upgrade Option                                    Cert            13             0             768
 Multimedia Design & Production–Web Media Option 1                                       Cert            17             0           1,153
 Multimedia Design & Production–Web Media Option II                                      Cert            20           446           1,403
 Office Assistant                                                                        Cert            35           762           1,540
 Power Equipment, Marine, & Motorcycle Serv. Tech.                                       AAS            116         4,477           4,958
 Power Equipment, Marine, & Motorcycle Serv. Tech.                                       Cert            78         4,235           3,364
 Practical Nursing ***                                                                   Cert            60         1,718           2,706*
 Certified Nursing Assistant                                                             Cert             7             0             477*
 Property Management–Commercial Property Manager                                         Cert            39           726           1,624
 Property Management–Residential Property Manager                                        Cert            39           726           1,620
 Property Management–Senior Property Manager                                             Cert            75         1,452           3,046
 Science Technician                                                                      AAS            120         2,904           4,985
 Social and Human Services                                                               AAS            120         2,904           4,834
 Social and Human Services                                                               Cert            75         1,936           2,958
 Technical Communication                                                                 Cert            37           121           1,551
 Welding Fabrication & Maintenance Technology                                            Cert            60           600           2,990

 Averages                                                                       69.4       1,658                                    3,130
   * Course requires $9.00 per year liability insurance
  ** Course requires $9.00 per year liability insurance and $60 per quarter dental lab coat fee
 *** PREREQUISITES ARE NOT INCLUDED IN THE PROGRAM COST

 Projected estimated cost-subject to change
 Estimated program cost does not apply to international students.




 2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C    H     N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                                149
5     Tuition and Financial Aid




                      Tuition Rates
                               2004-2005 TUITION RATES*                                         TUITION WAIVERS
                               RESIDENT, NON-RESIDENT STUDENTS                                  Parent Education                                        $10.00
                                                                                                Senior Citizens                                      35% waiver
                                              COST PER CREDIT                                   State Support (space-available basis)
                                         INCLUDING STUDENT ACTIVITY FEE,
                                     COMPREHENSIVE FEE, AND FACILITY FEE.
                                                                                                Eligible Persian Gulf Veterans
                                           SUMMER 2004         FALL/WINTER/SPRING
                                              RESIDENT/               RESIDENT/
                                                                                                1-5 credits                                                   $18.67
                           NUMBER        NON-RESIDENT RATE       NON-RESIDENT RATE              6th credit +                                                   $8.35
                             OF          1-5 CREDITS @ 61.81     1-5 CREDITS @ 64.02
                           CREDITS       6+ CREDITS @ 29.54      6+ CREDITS @ 30.51
                                                                                                Adult Basic Education                                    No charge

                          1                     $61.81                   $64.02                 Children of Deceased or                                  No charge
                          2                    $123.62                  $128.04                 Disabled Law Enforcement
                          3                    $185.43                  $192.06                 Officers & Firefighters
                          4                    $247.24                  $256.08
                          5                    $309.05                  $320.10
                          6                    $338.59                  $350.61                     EXAMPLE OF OTHER CHARGES
                          7                    $368.13                  $381.12                     All laboratory supply fees, self-support and
                          8                    $397.67                  $411.63                     contracted course fees vary by course.
                          9                    $427.21                  $442.14
                          10                   $456.75                  $472.65                     International student application                    $50.00
                          11                   $486.29                  $503.16                     Computer lab registration fee                        $25.00
                          12                   $515.83                  $533.67                     G.E.D. test                                          $50.00
                          13                   $545.37                  $564.18                     Liability insurance, per fiscal year                  $9.00
                          14                   $574.91                  $594.69
                          15                   $604.45                  $625.20                     Washington Online, per credit                         $8.00
                          16                   $633.99                  $655.71
                          17                   $663.53                  $686.22                     Accident and Health Insurance varies depending
                          18                   $693.07                  $716.73                     on application.
                          19                   $722.61                  $747.24
                          20                   $752.15                  $777.75                     Books and supplies vary by program or course.
                          21                   $781.69                  $808.26
                          22                   $811.23                  $838.77
                          23                   $840.77                  $869.28                 Fees are computed by the registered quarter and
                          24                   $870.31                  $899.79                 are charged to the exact cents.
                          25                   $899.85                  $930.30
                          26                   $929.39                  $960.81                 Students are encouraged to pay all tuition and fees
                          27                   $958.93                  $991.32                 at the time of registration; however, students have
                          28                   $988.47                 $1021.83                 until the third week prior to the first day of the
                          29                  $1018.01                 $1052.34                 quarter to complete payment. Deadlines will be
       DENTAL HYGIENE                                                                           posted each quarter. If payment is not made,
            PROGRAM       1-5 credits          $117.15                  $121.49                 students risk being dropped from classes.
                          6th credit +          $52.59                   $54.45
         INTERNATIONAL                                                                          *NOTE: Tuition and fees are subject to change
              STUDENTS    1-5 credits          $152.52                  $158.23                        without prior notice.
                          6th credit +          $87.94                   $91.16
      INTENSIVE ENGLISH
             PROGRAM*     1-5 credits          $152.52                  $158.23
                          6th credit +          $87.94                   $91.16

                          *The cost of these INTL courses are calculated
                           separate from the tuition table.
150                       2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5    L   A   K   E   W   A    S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N    T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L    L   E   G   E
                                                                                         Tuition and Financial Aid                           5

Financial Aid
 FINANCIAL AID                                                       ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS
 E122, (425) 739-8106                                                Students are eligible for financial aid if they are:
 We encourage you to contact the Financial Aid Office                  • For most aid programs, attending for the
 to help finance your education. Lake Washington                          purpose of obtaining a degree or certificate at
 Technical College believes people should have the                        the college. (Some certificate programs may
 opportunity to achieve their educational goals.                          not be eligible for certain types of aid. Check
                                                                          with the Financial Aid Office to verify program
 Financial aid is available for eligible students who
                                                                          eligibility.)
 enroll either to earn a certificate or a degree.
 Students and their families need not be low-income                    • A U.S. citizen or an eligible non-citizen.
 to qualify for some kinds of financial aid. Apply for                 • Making satisfactory academic progress in a
 financial aid as early as possible since pre-qualifica-                  program of study as defined by the institution’s
 tion may take up to eight weeks after the application                    satisfactory progress criteria.
 has been mailed. Financial aid is intended to add to                  • Not in default on any previous student loans or
 but not replace a person’s resources. If combined                        owing a refund on any grants.
 resources are not sufficient to cover expenses, you                   • Registered for the draft with Selective Service,
 may be eligible for financial aid in the form of                         as required by law.
 grants, scholarships, low interest loans and                          • A high school graduate, have a GED or passing
 employment. You must demonstrate a financial need                        scores on an approved ability-to-benefit test.
 to be eligible for assistance. Financial need is
 calculated as the difference between the cost of                    Students who have the equivalent of a bachelor’s
 attending school and what you and your family can                   degree in a foreign country are limited to applying
 afford to pay.                                                      for loans and work-study assistance.
 SAMPLE CALCULATION:                                                 Students will be notified of their financial aid award
                         Cost of Attendance                          by mail. Awarding begins in May.
                         - Expected Family Contribution
                         =Financial Need
                                                                     FEDERAL FINANCIAL AID REFUND POLICY
                                                                     Students that receive federal financial aid are
 The financial aid application is your passport to                   subject to the federal Return to Title IV Funds
 financial aid. Information on this form determines                  regulations. These regulations state that aid
 your eligibility for grants, scholarships, work study               eligibility for a student receiving federal aid must be
 and low-interest loans.                                             recalculated under most circumstances if the
                                                                     student withdraws from classes early or ceases to
 FINANCIAL AID APPLICATION PROCEDURE                                 attend during the quarter. Some students may owe a
   • Complete and submit the Free Application for                    repayment to the federal aid programs. These
     Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). This application                   regulations and any resulting amounts owed are
     collects financial data and other information                   separate from and may be in addition to the
     used to calculate the Expected Family Contribu-                 College’s own tuition refund policy. For a copy of
     tion (EFC) that determines a student’s eligibility              the Return to Title IV Funds refund policy, please
     for aid. The application forms can be picked up                 contact the Financial Aid Office.
     in the Financial Aid Office.
   • Complete the Financial Aid Data Sheet and a                     WORKER RETRAINING AND LOW-INCOME
                                                                     WORKING PARENT PROGRAMS
     Satisfactory Academic Progress form and return                  See the Support Services for Students section of this
     them to the Financial Aid Office                                catalog. To determine your eligibility, check with the
   • Stay in touch with the Financial Aid Office to be               Worker Retraining Center, West Building, room
     certain that all information has been received to               W202, Monday-Friday, 7:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m.
     complete your file.
   • Students must reapply for financial aid each                    Other forms of financial aid are available through
     year beginning in summer quarter.                               non-profit agencies and community-based organiza-
                                                                     tions. Lists of agencies are available through the
                                                                     Employment Resource Center (E126).
 2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                             151
5     Tuition and Financial Aid




               Veteran’s Benefits
                   VETERAN’S BENEFITS                                                  To apply for benefits under Chapter 30, 35, and 1606,
                   Lake Washington Technical College has been                          you will need the following documents:
                   authorized by the Department of Veterans Affairs to
                   certify veterans for educational benefits. In order to                  1. Completed “Application for VA Benefits” or
                   be eligible for educational benefits, you must be                          “Request for Change of Program or Place of
                   enrolled in a certificate or degree granting program
                                                                                              Training”, whichever one is applicable.
                   that has been pre-approved by the Department of
                   Veterans Affairs. Most programs that are two quarters                   2. Copy of your DD-214 (unless you are applying for
                   or more in length at Lake Washington Technical                             Chapter 1606-reservist, or Chapter 35-dependent
                   College are eligible, but some are not. You may                            on survivor’s benefits.) Please to not submit your
                   contact the Veterans Adviser at (425) 739-8100, ext.                       original.
                   475, to verify program eligibility. The Veterans                        3. You will need to submit official transcripts for
                   Adviser is located in the Financial Aid office in the                      both military experience and colleges that you had
                   East Building, Room E125.                                                  after high school to determine if credits will go
                                                                                              toward your program of study. You may request
                   If you are applying for Vocational Rehabilitation                          that these be sent directly to the Admission’s
                   benefits (Chapter 31), you will need to contact the                        office. You must also request that the Admission’s
                   student accounts office at (425) 739-8100, ext. 438
                                                                                              office evaluate the transcript and have the
                   for additional information.
                                                                                              transcript forwarded to the Veterans Adviser.
                                                                                           4. If you are a reservist and are applying for Chapter
                                                                                              1606 benefits, you must submit a copy of the
                                                                                              NOBE (Notice of Basic Eligibility) along with the
                                                                                              completed application. You may contact your unit
                                                                                              on obtaining your NOBE.

                                                                                       Please note that it does take at least 60 days after the
                                                                                       start of the quarter to receive your first check. If you
                                                                                       have any questions regarding check disbursements or
                                                                                       the application process, please call the Department of
                                                                                       Veterans Affairs at 1(888) 442-4551.




152                2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N    T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                          Tuition and Financial Aid                            5

Financial Aid Programs
 GRANTS                              DESCRIPTION                           MINIMUM                    AWARD AMOUNTS
                                                                          NO. OF CREDITS              (Depending on eligibility)

 Federal Pell Grant                      A federal grant program                  1                   Up to $4,050 per year.
                                         For undergraduate students.

 Federal Supplemental                    A federal grant program                  8                   Up to $600 per year.
 Educational Opportunity                                                                              For undergraduate students.
 Grant(SEOG)

 Washington State                        A state grant program                    8                   Up to $2,718 per year.
 Need Grant                                                                                           For undergraduate students.

 EMPLOYMENT
 PROGRAMS
 Federal Work-Study                      A federal program to                     8                   Students can work up to 19
                                         provide employment                                           hours a week during the
                                         opportunities for students                                   quarter. on or off campus.

 State Work-Study                        A state program to provide               8                   Students can work up to 19
                                         employment opportunities                                     hours per week during the
                                         for students on or off campus.                               quarter.

 LOAN
 PROGRAMS
 Federal Stafford Loan                   A federal loan program with              8                   Up to $6,625 per year.
                                         deferred repayment and
                                         variable interest rates.

 Federal PLUS Loan                       A non-need based federal                 8                   Maximum loan can
                                         loan program for parents                                     cover cost of education
                                         of undergraduate dependent                                   minus any other aid
                                         students with immediate                                      received.
                                         repayment. Variable interest.

 SCHOLARSHIPS
 Lake Washington                         Variety of need and                  Varies                  Varies
 College Foundation                      non-need based
                                         scholarships provided
                                         by college foundation.

 Private and                             Variety of need and                  Varies                  Varies
 Community-based                         non-need based
 Scholarships                            scholarships

 VETERANS
 Veterans Benefits                       Montgomery GI Bill                       1                   Varies




 2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W    A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A    L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                               153
5     Tuition and Financial Aid




               Satisfactory Academic Progress
                     for Financial Aid Recipients
                   Students receiving financial aid are required to make satisfactory academic progress. Since satisfactory
                   progress is a financial aid eligibility requirement, all quarters and all credits must be considered regardless
                   of whether financial aid was received. The college’s satisfactory progress requirements for financial
                   aid, worker-retraining, training completion aid, work-first tuition assistance, and most veteran’s benefits
                   recipients are summarized below.

                   QUALITATIVE MEASURE
                   All students must be in good standing with the college and maintain quarterly grade point average (GPA) of
                   2.0 and at least a 2.0 cumulative grade point average.

                   QUANTITATIVE MEASURE
                   Students are expected to successfully complete the credits for which they enroll. Credits completed will be
                   reviewed at the end of each quarter. See the chart below to determine satisfactory progress status.

                                                                                              YOU WILL BE
                                                       YOU MUST COMPLETE                       PLACED ON                      YOUR AID WILL BE
                       IF YOU ENROLL AS:               WITH AT LEAST A 2.0                  PROBATION IF YOU                   CANCELED IF YOU
                                                         QUARTERLY GPA:                      ONLY COMPLETE:                  COMPLETE LESS THAN:

                       Full-time (12+ cr)              12 credits/quarter                   6-11 credits/quarter             6 credits/quarter
                       3/4 time (9-11 cr)              9 credits/quarter                    6-8 credits/quarter              6 credits/quarter
                       1/2 time (6-8 cr)               6 credits/quarter                    3-5 credits/quarter              3 credits/quarter
                       Less than 1/2 time              No. of credits registered            No probation allowed             No. of credits registered
                       (1-5 cr)


                     1. Academic progress for the entire period of enrollment will be reviewed prior to offering any
                        financial aid.
                     2. Grades of .7 to 4.0, “S” and “P” are satisfactory. Grades of less than .7 and letter grades of “I”, “IP”, “Y”,
                        “N”, “V”, “U” and “W” do not count as completed credits.
                     3. A student may receive aid for a course that is repeated if it is deemed academically necessary.




154                2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E    W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O    N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C    A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                        Tuition and Financial Aid                           5


SATISFACTORY PROGRESS LIMITATIONS                                   ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR STATE NEED
  1. Students have a maximum time frame for                         GRANT RECIPIENTS
      completing a program of study:                                In addition to the Satisfactory Academic Requirements
                                                                    listed above for all students, students receiving the
  2. a) For both Degree and Certificate programs, the
                                                                    Washington State Need grant need to meet the addi-
         student must complete their program in no
                                                                    tional requirements below to continue receiving the
         more than 150%, or 125% for State Need                     grant.
         Grant, of the number of credits (attempted)
         required for their declared program.                           1. For both degree and certificate programs, the
     b) A maximum of 45 credits are allowed for                            student must complete their program in no more
         developmental courses (developmental                              than 125% of the number of credits (attempted)
         courses are included in determining if the                        for their declared program.
         student has reached the 150% limit, or 125%                    2. If a student is pursuing a second Associate’s
         limit for State Need Grant, for attempted                         degree, five years must have elapsed since
         credits towards their certificate or degree.                      attaining the first degree.
  3. Students failing to meet satisfactory progress
      requirements in a quarter may be placed on                    Students who exceed either of the above limitations are
      probation or have their aid cancelled the next                not eligible to continue receiving the State Need Grant.
      quarter (see chart under Quantitative Measure,
      above, and number 3, below.) Students on
      probation must meet all applicable satisfactory
      progress requirements in the next quarter to
      regain good standing.
  4. Financial aid will be cancelled for students who
      have had 2 consecutive quarters of unsatisfac-
      tory progress.
  5. Students are no longer eligible for financial aid
      at LWTC when one of the following occurs:
      a) The maximum amount of credits attempted
         (150%-125%) towards their degree or
         certificate has been used.
      b)Two consecutive quarters of unsatisfactory
         progress have occurred.
      c)More than 45 credits of developmental
         coursework are needed.

Students receiving aid are subject to federal and state
refund and repayment regulations, as well the
college’s own refund policy. Students withdrawing
partially or totally may be required to repay part or
all of their financial aid. A student who has not
attended any classes is not eligible for aid in that
quarter.




2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                            155
Academic Information
6     Academic Information




             Academic Information
                  GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREES AND                               A minimum passing numeric grade (2.0 or higher)
                  CERTIFICATES                                                       in each course that receives a numeric grade, and a
                  Lake Washington Technical College awards an                        cumulative average of 2.0 in all courses, is required
                  Associate of Applied Science degree (A.A.S.) for                   for the Certificate of Proficiency.
                  completion of a technical program of study.
                  Certificates of Proficiency and Completion are                     CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION
                  awarded for completion of a program of specialized                 REQUIREMENTS
                  technical training.                                                A Certificate of Completion is issued by the
                                                                                     Admissions and Registration Office to students who
                  ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE DEGREE                                satisfactorily complete the competencies and
                  REQUIREMENTS                                                       requirements for programs of less than one
                  An A.A.S. degree must contain a minimum of 90                      academic year, less than 45 credit hours in length,
                  credits. The number required varies with each                      which does not necessarily include related
                  program.                                                           instruction.

                  The A.A.S. degree must contain a minimum of 20                     To submit an application for Certificate of Comple-
                  credits of general education courses, including                    tion, a student must have completed all technical
                  instruction in written communication (5 cr.);                      credits in residence at Lake Washington Technical
                  quantitative reasoning (5 cr.); social science (5 cr.);            College.
                  and oral communications (5 cr.).
                                                                                     A minimum passing numeric grade (2.0 or higher)
                  To submit an application for an A.A.S. degree, a                   in each course that receives a numeric grade, and a
                  minimum of the last 30% of the technical credits                   cumulative average of 2.0 in all courses is required
                  must be earned in residence, and the final quarter                 for a Certificate of Completion.
                  must be in residence at Lake Washington Technical
                  College.                                                           GRADUATION
                                                                                     The student is responsible for working with his or
                  A minimum passing numeric grade (2.0 or higher)                    her adviser to meet all degree or certificate require-
                  in each course that receives a numeric grade, and a                ments. Automated degree checks are available for
                  cumulative average of 2.0 in all courses, is required              various academic programs and time periods
                  for the A.A.S. degree.                                             through online services on the campus Web site.

                  CERTIFICATE OF PROFICIENCY                                         To receive a preliminary evaluation before the final
                  REQUIREMENTS                                                       quarter starts, students must apply to graduate by the
                  A Certificate of Proficiency is issued by the Admis-               second week of the preceding quarter. Students
                  sions and Registration Office to students completing               should apply to graduate by the fourth week of the
                  a program of specialized occupational training of 45               preceding quarter. Applications received after that
                  credits or longer. The number of credits varies with               may be deferred to a future quarter.
                  each program.
                                                                                     Commencement is held yearly in June. Students who
                  At least fifteen (15) credits of general education,                complete a program during the preceding fall,
                  including instruction in written expression (5 cr.);               winter and spring quarters, or the following summer,
                  quantitative reasoning(5 cr.); and social science(5                are invited to participate.
                  cr.) are required along with the technical require-
                  ments listed in the catalog.                                       Graduation is recorded on student transcripts two-
                                                                                     to-four weeks after the end of the student’s final
                  To submit an application for a Certificate of Profi-               quarter. Certificates are sent to students at that time.
                  ciency, a student must have completed a minimum of                 Degrees are sent to students four to six weeks after
                  the last 30% of the technical credits at Lake Washing-             the end of the final quarter.
                  ton Technical College, and the final quarter must be
                  in residence.
158              2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                Academic Information                        6


Some programs offer other special awards that are                   You may be able to apply your current job experi-
not posted to the transcript.                                       ence, if related to a career choice, toward a
                                                                    certificate or degree. Cooperative education
In accordance with state law, students are expected                 experience may substitute for some coursework to
to complete their degree and certificate programs                   meet personal needs. For more information on
within a suitable length of time or number of credits.              Cooperative Education, please call (425) 739-
See the Admissions and Registration Office for                      8300.
details.
                                                                    PRIOR LEARNING ASSESSMENT COURSE
LAKE WASHINGTON TECHNICAL                                           CHALLENGE/CREDIT BY EXAMINATION
ACADEMY DIPLOMA                                                     Prior Learning Assessment is a method whereby
A Lake Washington Technical Academy high school                     learning gained through an individual’s life
diploma is awarded to students who complete all                     experience is considered as credit toward a college
OSPI requirements while enrolled as students in                     degree program. This learning can come from a
good standing. This is a total of 11 high school                    variety of sources, including work, volunteer,
credits in core requirements of English, Math,                      hobbies, and/or family responsibilities. Students
Science, Social Sciences, and 11 high school credits                may receive Lake Washington Technical College
in electives. A total of 22 credits are required for the            credit if an acceptable level of competence in the
Academy high school diploma. Commencement is                        course material is demonstrated.
held in June of each academic year.
                                                                    Up to 25% of the credits required for a degree or
HIGH SCHOOL COMPLETION                                              certificate may be earned through prior learning
An adult high school diploma is awarded through                     experience (PLA). Awarding of PLA credits by Lake
LWTC for adults 19 years of age or older who did not                Washington Technical College does not guarantee or
complete requirements for a high school diploma.                    imply that other institutions will accept such credit.
Minimum credits required are 19 high school                         See an advisor for further information.
credits. For information and evaluation of an official
high school transcript, contact High School                         DEVELOPMENTAL EDUCATION SERVICES
Programs in E145, call (425)739-8107 or e-mail                      Students come to Lake Washington Technical
mary.burnett@lwtc.edu.                                              College with skills at varying levels, yet they want to
                                                                    become more successful in everyday life or in
COOPERATIVE EDUCATION                                               training programs. The college offers developmental
Cooperative education is a process that draws upon                  education to many students who:
community resources to expand students’ learning                      • Have been out of school a long time and wish
outside the classroom. It offers students the                            to brush up on basic or study skills
opportunity to blend classroom theory with planned,                   • Need to improve basic reading, writing and
supervised field experience in areas relating to their                   mathematics skills before enrolling in other
career choices. They work with a cooperative                             college courses
education coordinator, faculty member and                             • Are from non-English speaking countries who
employer to identify and develop specific skills and                     wish to improve their English abilities
learning goals to be gained through the encounter.                    • May already have adequate skills but wish to
                                                                         improve them further
Students work on paid, or in some cases, unpaid
                                                                      • Wish to finish their high school education or
training assignments while integrating specific
periods of on-campus study with employment. The                          obtain the General Education Development
employer pays the student.                                               (GED) certificate




2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                            159
6     Academic Information




                  ADULT BASIC EDUCATION                                              CREDITS AND CREDIT LOAD
                  Adult Basic Education (ABE) class instructors offer                The academic year is divided into four quarters of
                  assistance in developing basic skills in reading,                  approximately eleven weeks each (the length of
                  writing, speaking, spelling, vocabulary, grammar,                  individual courses may differ). In order to complete
                  problem solving and math. Emphasis is on develop-                  certificate or degree requirements in the prescribed
                  ing useful knowledge and applied skills such as                    number of quarters, a course load per quarter will
                  financial and health management, parenting and                     be approximately 20 credits. A lecture class which
                  raising a family, and finding and keeping a job. The               meets five hours per week for one quarter will yield
                  ABE program welcomes all adults who want to                        five quarter credits. Lab courses require ten hours of
                  improve their skills. Each student discovers where                 class time per week for five credits. Special permis-
                  his or her learning level is, and a personal program               sion is needed to carry more than 25 credits.
                  is developed. All learning levels, from the very basic
                  to GED, can be accommodated. The Academic Skills                   FULL- AND PART-TIME STUDENT STATUS
                  Center offers group classes and individualized                     Students enrolled in 12 or more credits are
                  instruction. For more information, please call the                 considered full-time. Some programs may require
                  college at (425)739-8100, extension 656.                           higher quarterly credit loads to complete require-
                                                                                     ments in a specified time period. Some external
                  GENERAL EDUCATION DEVELOPMENT                                      agencies may use different credit values to calculate
                  General Education Development (GED) is a series of                 full-time status.
                  five tests developed by the American Council on
                  Education to enable persons to obtain the equiva-                  Students registered for fewer than full-time credits as
                  lency of a high school diploma. Earning a GED                      defined above are considered part-time. Note: for
                  provides students with greater access to employment,               financial aid purposes, the financial aid office should
                  advancement and higher education opportunities.                    be consulted for definitions of three-quarter time,
                  The Academic Skills Center offers GED preparation                  half-time, and less than half-time since the level of
                  classes and pre-tests. All students, under the age of              enrollment affects aid eligibility.
                  19, need to obtain a release from their school district
                  in order to take the test. Two pieces of ID are                    GRADING
                  required at the time of testing. The college is a                  Lake Washington Technical College uses a numeric
                  designated testing center for GED exams. Testing                   grading system for most courses. Instructors may
                  appointments must be scheduled in advance either                   report grades from 4.0 to 0.7 in 0.1 increments and
                  by visiting the Assessment Center, room E210, or by                the grade of 0.0. Grades in the range of 0.6 to 0.1
                  calling (425)739-8115. For more GED information                    are not assigned. A grade of 0.7 is passing in that it
                  please visit http:// lwtchost.ctc.edu/offices/assess-              earns credits. However, a minimum grade of 2.0 is
                  ment/ged/ged.html.                                                 required for a number of purposes, including
                                                                                     graduation, technical course grades, and General
                  ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE                                       Education requirements. Numerical grades may be
                  The college serves a highly diverse population of                  considered equivalent to letter grades as follows:
                  students from around the world, many with limited
                  English-speaking skills. For those who want to
                  improve their proficiency in English either for
                  personal or educational reasons, the college offers
                  two programs of instruction: English as a Second
                  Language (ESL) and our Intensive English Program
                  (IEP). For more information about English as a
                  Second Language classes, please call the ESL
                  instructional assistant at (425)739-8359. For more
                  information about our IEP program, please call
                  (425)739-8100 ext.502.


160              2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                  Academic Information                        6


Points              Letter                                            R-REPEATING A COURSE
4.0                   A          Excellent performance                The qualifier R on a transcript means a course has
3.9-3.7               A-                                              been repeated, and is excluded from credits and
3.6-3.3               B+                                              grade point average. A student may repeat any
3.2-3.0               B          Above-average performance            course taken at LWTC in which a grade of less than
2.9-2.7               B-                                              2.0 or a U was earned. All grades will still appear on
2.6-2.3               C+                                              the transcript whether repeated or not. If the most
2.2-2.0               C          Average performance                  recent grade is lower than the earlier grade, the
1.9-1.7               C-                                              student may request the registrar to count just the
1.6-1.3               D+                                              higher grade in the GPA.
1.2-1.0               D          Minimum performance
0.9-0.7               D-                                              S/U-SATISFACTORY/UNSATISFACTORY
0.0-0.6               F          Unsatisfactory performance           S/U grading is used for work experience, clinical,
                                                                      and skill development courses. The S indicates a
I-INCOMPLETE
                                                                      satisfactory level of performance by the student. By
An incomplete grade may be given if the student is                    assigning an S grade, the instructor certifies a
doing passing work, is unable to complete the                         performance level of at least a 2.0 or higher. Credit
requirements of the course during the quarter due to                  is earned but the S does not affect the GPA calcula-
reasons beyond his/her control (accident, illness,                    tion. A U grade is assigned when the level of
death in family, etc.), and can successfully complete                 performance is below 2.0. A U grade does not earn
requirements of the course with no additional                         credit and does not affect the GPA.
instruction. Because of this, the student does not
reregister for the course in a later quarter to remove                Z-UNOFFICIAL WITHDRAWAL
the Incomplete within the deadline period. When an                    Students who attend briefly, rarely, or not at all,
I (Incomplete) grade is given by an instructor, a                     and who fail to withdraw from a course with a W
contract is filed with Admissions and Registration                    grade, may be assigned a grade of Z if appropriate
stating the work necessary to remove the Incom-                       in the judgment of an administrator. The Z grade
plete, a date for completion, and the grade earned if                 does not earn credit and does not count in the GPA
not completed. Incomplete coursework must be                          calculation.
completed by the required date as established by the
instructor (this date may be no later than the end of                 W-WITHDRAWAL
the subsequent quarter of enrollment). At the time of                 A student may officially withdraw from any course
graduation, the Incomplete will be changed to a 0.0                   through the eighth week of the quarter (or the
or to the grade assigned on the contract, if one is                   equivalent for a short course or courses with
available.                                                            irregular start or end dates) by completing a
                                                                      withdrawal form and submitting it to Admissions
NG-NO GRADE
                                                                      and Registration. Official withdrawals occurring
NG means the course is “not graded” for any student                   after the tenth instructional day of the quarter are
taking the course. This applies, for example, to some                 posted with a W on the student’s permanent
non-credit courses. It would not appear on graded,                    transcript. Withdrawals do not count in the GPA
credit courses. NG does not affect the GPA and does                   calculations and cannot be assigned by faculty in the
not earn credits. It does not indicate whether a                      grading process.
student attended, just that the student enrolled.
                                                                      Y-IN PROGRESS
N-AUDIT
                                                                      A Y grade is given to students who are doing passing
Audit means the student registered on a space-                        coursework but need additional instruction and
available basis to attend the class and to listen, but                time to complete course requirements. Students are
not do graded work. The N grade does not earn                         required to re-register for the course and pay all
credit and does not affect the GPA. See the Registra-                 tuition and any other charges. The Y remains on the
tion Section for more information.                                    transcript for the quarter assigned, while the final
                                                                      grade will be posted to the quarter in which the

2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A    K    E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                              161
6     Academic Information




                  student re-enrolled in the course. The Y grade earns               GRADE AND RECORDS APPEAL
                  no credit and does not affect the GPA.                             If there is some tangible evidence that an improper
                                                                                     grade was given, a student must appeal directly
                  * (ASTERISK)
                                                                                     within 60 days of the official ending date of the
                  This symbol (asterisk) means the grade has not been                quarter. Students planning to appeal a grade should
                  assigned yet. The student should consult with his or               retain all tests, papers and other evidence they may
                  her instructor. This grade does not affect the GPA and             have to support the appeal. The process for
                  does not earn credits. Note however that a * grade                 appealing is as follows: 1. Meet with the course
                  could prevent a student from receiving honors,                     instructor first. 2. If not satisfied, meet with the
                  impede financial aid eligibility, block graduation, or             instructional dean, who will render a decision. 3. If
                  result in a student being considered in academic                   not satisfied, information is presented to the judicial
                  difficulty. It is important that all enrolled courses be           board, which will make a recommendation to the
                  assigned valid grades.                                             appropriate vice president. 4. If not satisfied, student
                                                                                     requests a hearing before the appropriate vice
                  ACADEMIC GRADE FORGIVENESS POLICY                                  president, who renders a decision. 5. If not satisfied,
                  In order to compensate for the effects of circum-                  student appeals to the president, who issues the final
                  stances in a student’s past that may have negatively               decision. In general, students should request any
                  affected his or her GPA, LWTC offers a grade                       correction to their records within 60 days of the end
                  forgiveness policy. This procedure can be accom-                   of the quarter.
                  plished through an appeal filed with the registrar.
                  The following criteria must be met to be eligible for              GRADE POINT AVERAGE (GPA)
                  such an appeal:                                                    The grade point average indicates the general
                                                                                     achievement of the student. The quarterly GPA
                   1. Grades must be three or more years old.                        includes only classes for that specific quarter; the
                   2. Only quarters including credits graded below a                 cumulative GPA includes all classes which comprise
                                                                                     the student’s academic history at LWTC. GPA is
                      2.0 may be forgiven.
                                                                                     calculated by dividing the grade points by the
                   3. Grade forgiveness can include one or several                   number of credits of the courses for which the
                      quarters from a census point back, as requested                student was awarded a decimal grade. Grade points
                      by the student.                                                are calculated by multiplying the number of credits
                   4. The student must demonstrate a 2.0 G.P.A in all                by the numeric value of the grade for each course.
                      decimal graded courses taken after the last date               The calculation does not include courses for which
                      of the period for which a student is requesting                the student was awarded Z, Y, N, W, I, S, U, or other
                      forgiveness.                                                   non-decimal grades.

                  All courses in a given quarter are removed from the                Example:
                  GPA but remain on the student’s transcript. This                   Course               Credits Grade
                  appeal can be requested by turning in an appeal                    English 100          5         3.7
                  form to the registrar’s office. A determination will be            ABED 37              5         S
                  made whether grade forgiveness is appropriate on a                 CSNT 114             5         4.0
                  case by case basis.                                                5 credits x 3.7 = 18.5 grade points.
                                                                                     5 credits x 4.0 = 20 grade points.
                  Note: Grade forgiveness can only be granted once.                  Total grade points: 18.5 + 20 = 38.5.
                  Grades previously forgiven will not be reinstated.                 Total credits taken for a decimal grade: 5 + 5 = 10.
                  Also if a student is transferring to another college,              GPA: 38.5 grade points divided by 10 credits = 3.85.
                  that college may not recognize the grade forgiveness
                  previously granted at Lake Washington Technical                    The GPA is calculated for each quarter and also for
                  College.                                                           all quarters combined, which is referred to as a
                                                                                     cumulative GPA.



162              2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                Academic Information                        6


GRADE CHANGE
Grades may be changed by instructors only in cases
of clerical errors or subsequent completion of
coursework. It is the student’s responsibility to
initiate a grade change with the instructor. A grade
change form must be completed, signed by the
instructor, and submitted to the Admissions and
Registration Office before a grade change becomes
official. Students have 60 days from the end of the
quarter to request a grade change (deadlines for
Incomplete grades differ).

GRADE REPORTS
After the end of each quarter, grades can be
accessed through the college’s Internet and
Touchtone telephone services. Official transcripts are
available through the office of Admissions and
Registration and unofficial transcripts are available
on the Web. It is important that students check
grades at the end of each quarter and address
questions promptly. See Grade Changes above.

CLASS ATTENDANCE
Regular student attendance in classes is strongly
encouraged and may count as a percentage of the
grade in any given class. All coursework must be
completed to the satisfaction of the instructor. The
student is responsible for initiating make-up work.




2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                            163
                                                                                                     Course Descriptions                     7

C ourse Descriptions




 2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                             165
7     Course Descriptions




                  C ourse Descriptions                                                           ABED 047            EMPLOYMENT
                                              Course Title           Course Credits                                  ESSENTIALS                          1-8 CR.
               Course
                prefix
                          KEY                                                                    The Employment Essentials class provides an
            & number                                                                             opportunity for students to strengthen family life and
                          ACBT 121        BASIC BODY REPAIR                  10 CR               worker readiness skills through lectures, group
          Description
                          Course provides an understanding of product and…
         Courses that     Prerequisites: TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125, CISA                      discussion and reading. General content includes
              must be     101 or instructor permission. (44:132:0)                               child guidance and development, effective communi-
           taken prior                                                                           cation and worker portfolio development. Prerequi-
          to this class                       Lecture hours:Lab hours:Other                      site: Placement into Basic Skills classes by Workfirst
                                                                                                 staff. (variable)
                          Courses descriptions are subject to change given our
                          College’s responsiveness to business and industry’s                    ABED 050            STRUCTURED GED–
                                                                                                                     SPANISH                                 5 CR.
                          needs and ensuring you receive the most up-to-date,
                          pragmatic instruction.
                                                                                                 The pre-GED preparation course will enable students
                                                                                                 to begin the process of preparing for their GED
                                                                                                 examinations. Assessment of learning styles,
                          ALPHABETICAL LISTING BY COURSE PREFIX                                  identification of effective study strategies and
                                                                                                 barriers to success, and test-taking strategies will be
                          ABED 030        ABE MATH I                             1-2 CR.         discussed. In addition, a preliminary assessment of
                          Gain mastery of whole number concepts through                          academic strengths and weaknesses will be con-
                          the use of the four basic mathematical operations in                   ducted and resources for remediation will be
                          both numeric and story problems. Students learn                        identified. Prerequisites: There are no prerequisites
                          numeric symbol and word representations of                             for this course; however, a student under the age of
                          numbers. Basic American household measurement                          19 must have a release form signed by a representa-
                          will be covered. Prerequisites: Equivalent placement                   tive of his/her high school or school district prior to
                          score or instructor permission. (22:00:00)                             taking the class. (44:00:00)

                          ABED 040        ABE MATH II                                5 CR.       ABED 053            HEALTHCARE
                          Covers fractions, decimals, and percents through                                           BRIDGE II                               6 CR.
                          the use of the four basic mathematical operations in                   Students will practice and improve their reading,
                          both numeric and story problems. Students learn                        writing, and study skills in the context of Health/
                          numeric symbol and word representations of                             Healthcare to prepare for entry into LWTC Allied
                          numbers. American household measurement                                Health programs. Prerequisite: Completion of ESL
                          covered. Prerequisite: ABED 030, equivalent                            Level 5 or equivalent placement scores. (66:00:00)
                          placement score, or instructor permission.
                          (55:00:00)                                                             ACBT 121            BASIC BODY REPAIR/
                                                                                                                     REFINISHING                         10 CR.
                                                                                                 Provides an understanding of product and repair
                          ABED 046        WRITING                                    5 CR.       skills. Tool safety and safe handling of both auto
                          An introductory Adult Basic Education writing skills                   body and auto paint products will be emphasized,
                          class where students will focus on the sentence,                       and products commonly used in the collision
                          including basic sentence types, usage, and punctua-                    industry will be covered. Hands-on training will be
                          tion. Students will practice writing sentences that                    provided. Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112,
                          relate to the same topic, which will be used to lead                   TRAN 113, TRAN 125 or instructor permission.
                          the student into the development of paragraphs that                    (44:132:00)
                          are unified under a topic and a thesis sentence.
                          Prerequisite: Equivalent placement score or
                          instructor permission. (55:00:00)




166                       2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5     L   A   K    E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L    E   G   E
                                                                                                    Course Descriptions                     7
ACBT 122        COLLISION ESTIMATING/                               ACBT 221            PANEL REPLACE
                ELECTRONIC DISARMING                    6 CR.                           & ADJUSTMENTS II                        8 CR.
Course covers collision estimating with lecture and                 Includes various straightening, replacement and
hands-on written estimating. The use of Collision                   alignment techniques commonly used on structural
Estimating Guides and how to select parts and labor                 panels. Student applies classroom instruction in
amounts will be taught. Safe handling of electrical                 shop setting. Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112,
components will also be taught. Prerequisites:                      TRAN 113, TRAN 125 (33:110:00)
TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125 or
instructor permission. (33:66:00)                                   ACBT 222            UNIBODY & FRAME
                                                                                        ALIGNMENT                               7 CR.
                                                                    Course covers the setup, measurement and repair
ACBT 131        METAL STRAIGHTENING                                 of various types of unibody and frame damage.
                TECHNIQUES                              6 CR.
Course covers the application of common metal-                      Consists of lecture sessions followed by group and
straightening techniques and outer body panel                       individual hands-on lab applications. Prerequi-
cosmetic repairs. Combines brief lecture sessions                   sites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN
with intensive hands-on labs. Prerequisites: TRAN                   125(22:110:00)
110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125 (33:66:00)
                                                                    ACBT 231            MECHANICAL &
                                                                                        ELECTRICAL                              5 CR.
ACBT 132        SURFACE PREPARATION                     5 CR.       Course examines drive train and wiring diagrams,
Course combines steps of surface defect causes and                  flowcharts, and various diagnostic procedures.
cures. Instruction will be provided on how to use                   Consists of lecture sessions followed by shop
plastic filler materials and tools. Students will                   application of sequential techniques taught in the
determine and apply plan to prepare surface for                     lectures. Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112,
refinishing. Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112,                     TRAN 113, TRAN 125(22:66:00)
TRAN 113, TRAN 125(22:66:00)
                                                                    ACBT 232            GLASS REPLACEMENT                       5 CR.
ACBT 133        MEASURING SYSTEMS                       5 CR.       Course examines various types of automotive
Provides fundamentals of vehicle construction,                      movable and stationary glass replacement,
measuring principles and systems, including                         alignment, seal and hardware problems. Includes
interpreting body dimension specification charts.                   guided group and individual hands-on application.
Students will demonstrate classroom techniques in                   Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113,
lab. Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN                        TRAN 125 (11:88:00)
113, TRAN 125(22:66:00)
                                                                    ACBT 233            ADVANCED SHOP
ACBT 211        AUTO BODY WELDING                       4 CR.                           PROCEDURES                              5 CR.
Integrates the operation, maintenance, safe                         Course covers restoration and fabrication,
practices and vehicle protection when MIG welding,                  including advanced characteristics and techniques
brazing, and using a plasma arc cutter. Prerequi-                   of metal, plastic body filler and fiberglass.
sites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN                           Incorporates lecture material in shop application.
125(22:44:00)                                                       Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113,
                                                                    TRAN 125 (22:66:00)
ACBT 212        DAMAGE IDENTIFICATION
                & ANALYSIS            5 CR.
                                                                    ACCT 105            QUICK BOOKS                             3 CR.
Course offers estimating and measuring principles                   QuickBooks is a popular accounting program
used in damage analysis. The course combines                        designed for both business and personal use.
classroom lecture and demonstration with group                      Instruction includes how to create and use a
and individual practice via shop setting. Prerequi-                 variety of accounts and forms pertaining to
sites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN                           customers, vendors, banks, inventory, check
125(22:66:00)                                                       printing, reports and charts. Prerequisites: GPA of
                                                                    2.0 or better in ACCT 111, OFTC 105 and either
ACBT 213        PANEL REPLACE
                & ADJUSTMENTS I                         6 CR.       BUSA 111 or CISA 101 or instructor permission.
Course combines replacement and alignment of                        (11:44:00)
outer body panels with the alignment hinges,
latches, bolted-on panels and common hands-on
tasks. Includes hands-on practice. Prerequisites:
TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125
(11:110:00)



2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                            167
7     Course Descriptions

                   ACCT 111       INTRODUCTION TO                                      ACCT 245            COMPUTERIZED
                                  ACCOUNTING                              5 CR.                            ACCOUNTING                              3 CR.
                   This is an introductory course emphasizing double-                  Comprehensive accounting practices learned applied
                   entry bookkeeping for a sole proprietor. Students                   to proprietorships, partnerships and corporations.
                   learn how to record business transactions, detect                   Includes financial statement analysis. Prerequisite:
                   and correct errors, and prepare financial statements.               ACCT 230 or instructor permission. (11:44:00)
                   A practice set provides the opportunity to maintain
                   records for a business. Prerequisites: GPA of 2.0 or                ACCT 255            INCOME TAX I                            5 CR.
                   better in MATH 070 and ENGL 093, or equivalent                      Introduction to federal income tax laws for individu-
                   placement test scores. (55:00:00)                                   als. Course covers gross income, deductions, and tax
                                                                                       credits with emphasis on in-depth preparation of
                   ACCT 112       BUSINESS                                             individual tax returns. Prerequisites: None.
                                  CALCULATOR                                           (55:00:00)
                                  APPLICATIONS                            3 CR.
                   Students learn to use the desktop calculator by
                   touch with a proficiency in speed and accuracy.                     ACCT 256            INCOME TAX II                           5 CR.
                   Students use the desktop calculator to solve a                      Beyond basics of ACCT 255.Covers:Business
                   variety of business-related problems. Prerequisites:                expenses, cost recovery (tax depreciation), capital
                   GPA of 2.0 or better in MATH 070 and ENGL 085 or                    gains and losses, disposition of business assets and
                   equivalent placement test scores. (11:44:00)                        personal residences, partnership taxation and
                                                                                       corporate income tax. Prerequisite: ACCT 255.
                                                                                       (55:00:00)
                   ACCT 210       FINANCIAL
                                  ACCOUNTING I                            5 CR.
                   Course covers basic accounting concepts, prin-                      ACCT 265            GOVERNMENTAL
                   ciples, and financial statement preparation for a                                       ACCOUNTING                              5 CR.
                   sole proprietorship. Special journals are used in                   This course covers the concepts, objectives and
                   conjunction with a merchandising business. A                        principles of accounting for local and state
                   computerized practice set culminates the quarter.                   governments. Students use special revenue funds
                   Prerequisites: GPA of 2.0 or better in ACCT                         and learn general fund and government fund
                   111,BUSA 100 or MATH 080, or its equivalent                         accounting. Prerequisite: GPA of 2.0 or better in
                   placement test score or instructor permission.                      ACCT 230 or instructor permission. (55:00:00)
                   (55:00:00)
                                                                                       ACCT 270            MANAGERIAL
                                                                                                           ACCOUNTING                              5 CR.
                   ACCT 220       FINANCIAL                                            Analysis of accounting data as a part of the
                                  ACCOUNTING II                           5 CR.
                   This course is a continuation of basic accounting                   managerial process of planning, decision making
                   concepts, principles, and procedures for sole                       and control. Theory and application of cost
                   proprietorships and merchandising. The course                       accounting for materials, labor and factory
                   emphasizes current assets, fixed assets, and current                overhead. Emphasis on cost allocation, analysis,
                   liabilities. Prerequisites: GPA of 2.0 or better in                 and control using standard costing, variance
                   ACCT 210 or instructor permission. (55:00:00)                       analysis and direct costing. Prerequisite: ACCT 230.
                                                                                       (55:00:00)
                   ACCT 230       FINANCIAL
                                  ACCOUNTING III                          5 CR.        ACCT 275            ETHICS IN BUSINESS                      5 CR.
                   Course covers accounting concepts, principles and                   This course introduces ethical decision making
                   procedures for partnerships and businesses.                         processes used in business. Through group
                   Emphasis on long term liabilities, stockholder’s                    interaction and case scenarios, students learn
                   equity and statement of cash flows. Prerequisite:                   moral philosophies and social responsibilities as
                   ACCT 220 or instructor permission. (55:00:00)                       they pertain to working in business. Prerequisite:
                                                                                       Placement into ENGL 092 or its equivalent.
                   ACCT 240       PAYROLL                                              (55:00:00)
                                  ACCOUNTING                              5 CR.
                   Emphasis on major federal and state payroll laws.                   ACCT 280            ACCOUNTING
                   Gain practical experience in preparing payroll,                                         PROJECTS                                3 CR.
                   payroll records, and tax forms. Comprehensive                       A capstone simulation a student develops with the
                   computer application problem. Prerequisite: ACCT                    instructor to give the student more depth or
                   210 or instructor permission. (55:00:00)                            breadth in application or theory in accounting.
                                                                                       Prerequisite: Term V or Term VI accounting student
                                                                                       or instructor permission. (11:44:00)



168               2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I    N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L    E   G   E
                                                                                                     Course Descriptions                     7
ACPT 121        BASIC BODY REPAIR/                                   ACPT 221            AUTOMOTIVE FINISHES II                  6 CR.
                REFINISHING                             10 CR.       Learn to identify and differentiate between multiple
Course provides an understanding of product and                      stage and various types of finishes. Prerequisites:
repair skills. Tool safety and safe handling of both                 TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125.
auto body and auto paint products will be empha-                     (22:88:00)
sized. Also covers the products commonly used in
the collision industry. Hands-on training will be                    ACPT 222            PAINT APPLICATION II                    6 CR.
provided. Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112,                         Application of multiple stage systems and uses of
TRAN 113, TRAN 125 or instructor permission.                         advanced refinishing techniques. Prerequisites:
(44:132:00)                                                          TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125.
                                                                     (22:88:00)
ACPT 122        COLLISION ESTIMATING/
                ELECTRICAL DISARMING                     6 CR.
Course covers collision estimating with lecture and                  ACPT 223            PAINT TINTING & MATCH II 3 CR.
hands-on written estimating. The use of Collision                    Course covers color movement and tint color to
Estimating Guides and how to select parts and labor                  obtain blendable color match with multiple stage
amounts will be taught. Safe handling of electrical                  (tri-coat and quad- coat finishes). Prerequisites:
components will also be taught. Prerequisites:                       TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125.
TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125 or                            (11:44:00)
instructor permission. (33:66:00)
                                                                     ACPT 232            SPECIAL PAINT FINISHES                  6 CR.
                                                                     An overview of custom and special effects applica-
ACPT 131        AUTOMOTIVE FINISHES I                    6 CR.
Provides classroom and hands-on training in                          tion. Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN
identifying and differentiating between finish                       113, TRAN 125. (22:88:00)
systems. Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN
                                                                     ACPT 233            PINSTRIPING & DETAILING 3 CR.
113, TRAN 125. (22:88:00)
                                                                     Identification and application of striping using
                                                                     both painted and tape-type systems. Inspection and
ACPT 132        REFINISH PREPARATION                     6 CR.
The student learns how to select and understand                      detailed cleaning before release of vehicle.
use of repair finish systems and system compo-                       Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113,
nents. Determines and applies planned sequence to                    TRAN 125. (11:44:00)
repair surface for refinishing. Prerequisites: TRAN
                                                                     ARCH 201            HISTORY OF
110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125. (22:88:00)                                            ARCHITECTURE                            3 CR.
                                                                     History of architecture in America from the 17th
ACPT 133        SPRAY GUN OPERATION                      3 CR.       century colonial beginnings through the 20th
An overview of various types of automotive spray                     century. Topics include European influence,
guns including setup, testing, and adjustments.                      vernacular styles, architectural terminology, and an
Prerequisites: TRAN 100, TRAN 112, TRAN 113,                         introduction to the architects who influenced
TRAN 125. (11:44:00)                                                 design and construction in America. Prerequisite:
                                                                     ENGT 101 or instructor permission. (22:22:00)
ACPT 211        PAINT APPLICATION I                      6 CR.
Study and application of knowledge of various                        ARCH 205            THEORY OF ARCHITECTURE 3 CR.
finishes including set-up, primer, sealer, single                    Critical thinking, writing and sketching to investi-
stage, and base coat-clear coat systems. Prerequi-                   gate issues of importance in architectural design.
sites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125.                       Lectures and reading assignments used to expand
(22:88:00)                                                           awareness of architectural values and principles.
                                                                     Prerequisite: ARCH 201 or instructor permission.
ACPT 212        PAINT MIXING                             3 CR.       (11:44:00)
Course allows the student to apply knowledge of
paint mixing formulas and procedures learned in                      ARGT 111            ARCHITECTURAL
previous courses. Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN                                          PRINT READING                           2 CR.
112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125. (11:44:00)                                  Introduction to print reading and interpretation,
                                                                     layout, terminology , materials, construction
ACPT 213        PAINT TINTING & MATCH I                  6 CR.       methods, dimensions, symbols, building codes
Study and application of knowledge of color                          Prerequisites: None. (11:22:00)
movement and tint color to obtain blendable match
along with a solid and metallic color characteris-
tics. Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN
1113, TRAN 125. (22:88:00)

2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I    N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                             169
7     Course Descriptions

                   ARGT 112       CONSTRUCTION                                         ARGT 231            ARCHITECTURAL
                                  TECHNIQUES                              4 CR.                            GRAPHICS–COMMERCIAL I 4 CR.
                   Course covers residential construction techniques,                  Commercial construction techniques: materials,
                   terminology, materials, contracts, codes, permits and               standards, fixtures, codes, permits & costs. Develop-
                   costs. Includes hands-on experience involving                       ment of a complete set of working drawings. Various
                   common construction applications. (22:44:00)                        architectural graphics media and software applica-
                                                                                       tions are utilized. Prerequisites: ENGT 131 and ARGT
                   ARGT 121       ARCHITECTURAL GRAPHICS 4 CR.                         221 (22:44:00)
                   Fundamentals of architectural graphics including:
                   terminology, media, line conventions, architectural                 ARGT 232            ARCHITECT GRAPHICS-
                   lettering, scaling, sketching, floor plans, sections,                                   COMMERCIAL II                           4 CR.
                   elevations and dimensioning techniques. Emphasis is                 Commercial construction techniques: materials,
                   placed on architectural standards. (22:44:00)                       standards, fixtures, codes, permits & costs. Develop-
                                                                                       ment of a complete set of working drawings. Various
                   ARGT 211       ARCHITECTURAL
                                                                                       architectural graphics media and software applica-
                                  PRINT READING II                        2 CR.        tions are utilized. Prerequisites: ENGT 131 and ARGT
                   Advanced print reading and interpretation, layout,                  221 (22:44:00)
                   terminology, materials, construction methods,
                   dimensions, symbols, building codes and notes.                      ARGT 233            ARCH GRAPHICS–
                   Prerequisite: ARGT 111. (11:22:00)                                                      COMMERCIAL III                          4 CR.
                                                                                       Advanced concepts in commercial construction
                   ARGT 221       ARCHITECTURAL
                                                                                       techniques. Emphasis is placed on architectural
                                  GRAPHICS– RESIDENTIAL I 4 CR.                        standards. Continuation of Architectural Grap
                   Course covers residential architectural graphics                    Prerequisite: ARGT 232 (22:44:00)
                   standards, fixtures, floor plans, sections, elevations,
                   stairs, roofs and foundations. Primary focus on                     ARGT 241            ARCHITECTURAL
                   wood construction. Various architectural graphics                                       ILLUSTRATION                            4 CR.
                   media and software applications are utilized.                       Architectural illustration techniques including:
                   Prerequisites: ARGT 211 and ARCH 201 or instruc-                    orthographic, axonometric and oblique projection;
                   tor permission. (22:44:00)                                          perspectives. Lettering and rendering techniques
                                                                                       with emphasis on a variety of media and software.
                   ARGT 222       ARCHITECTURAL
                                                                                       Prerequisite: ENGT 131 (22:44:00)
                                  GRAPHICS– RESIDENTIAL II 4 CR.
                   Course covers residential architectural graphics                    ARGT 245            ARCHITECTURAL
                   beginning at a conceptual stage through the design                                      MODEL BUILDING                          3 CR.
                   development phase of a project. Various architec-                   A basic course in architectural model making.
                   tural graphics media and software applications are                  Emphasis is placed on current model making
                   utilized. Prerequisites: ARGT 221 and ARCH 205 or                   techniques used by architectural and engineering
                   instructor permission. (22:44:00)                                   firms for marketing their professional services and
                                                                                       proposals. Prerequisite: ARGT 221 (11:44:00)
                   ARGT 223       ARCHITECTURAL
                                  GRAPHICS–RESIDENTIAL III 4 CR.                       ARGT 261            ARCHITECTURAL
                   Residential architectural graphics: development of a                                    PROBLEMS I                              4 CR.
                   complete set of working drawings applying local                     Advanced problem solving methods in architectural
                   building codes. Various architectural graphics                      graphics. Student will develop and define project
                   media and software applications are utilized.                       while coordinating with faculty. The student’s
                   Prerequisites: ARGT 211, ARCH 205 or instructor                     architectural project begins at a conceptual stage
                   permission. (22:44:00)                                              and will develop through the design phase of a
                                                                                       project. Students working individually or on teams,
                   ARGT 225       CONSTRUCTION
                                                                                       explore and document their work through
                                  MANAGEMENT &                                         sketches, study models, presentation and design
                                  ESTIMATES                               4 CR.        drawings. Prerequisites: ENGT 131 and ARGT 232
                   Estimating techniques and methods of preparing                      (22:44:00)
                   estimates. Management of a construction project
                   and the costs involved. Office practices. Prerequi-
                   site: ARGT 212 or instructor permission.
                   (22:44:00)




170               2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I    N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L    E   G   E
                                                                                                     Course Descriptions                     7
 ARGT 262           ARCHITECTURAL                                    AUTO 131            IGNITIONS, ELECTRICAL,
                    PROBLEMS II                          4 CR.                           SCOPING                                 6 CR.
 Advanced problem solving methods in architectural                   This course focuses on the understanding and
 graphics. Continuation of Architectural Problems I.                 repair of automotive Electrical Systems, Ignition
 Student will continue project development while                     Systems, and Analyzers utilizing industry standards
 coordinating with faculty. The students architectural               and techniques. NATEF standards will be used as
 project begins at the design phase and will continue                grading criteria. Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN
 through design development and conclude with the                    112, TRAN, 113, TRAN 125 or instructor permis-
 construction document phase. Students working                       sion. (33:66:00)
 individually or on teams, explore and document
 their work through sketches, study models,                          AUTO 131A           IGNITIONS, ELECTRICAL,
 presentation and working drawings. Prerequisites:                                       SCOPING- AC DELCO                       6 CR.
 None. (22:44:00)                                                    This course focuses on the understanding and
                                                                     repair of automotive electrical systems, ignition
 ART    102         2-D GRAPHIC DESIGN                   5 CR.
                                                                     systems and analyzers utilizing industry standards
 This course covers exploration of the two-dimen-                    and techniques. AC Delco courses are included.
 sional design process including problem identifica-                 Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN, 113,
 tion leading to the development of alternate                        TRAN 125 or instructor permission. (33:66:00)
 solutions. Students will engage in critical dialogue
 exploring the content and context of creative work.                 AUTO 132            FUEL SYSTEMS                            5 CR.
 Students will examine essential two-dimensional                     This course focuses on the understanding and
 surface design concepts and processes throughout                    repair of automotive Fuel Systems utilizing industry
 the course by completing conceptual exercises.                      standards and techniques. NATEF standards will be
 Same as MMDP 102. Prerequisites: None.                              used as grading criteria. Prerequisites: TRAN 110,
 (44:22:00)                                                          TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125 or instructor
                                                                     permission. (22:66:00)
 ART    105         HUMAN LIFE DRAWING                   4 CR.
 This class focuses on teaching students the funda-                  AUTO 132A           FUEL SYSTEMS–AC DELCO 5 CR.
 mentals of the human form. This class is needed                     This course focuses on the understanding and
 because being able to correctly create the likeness                 repair of automotive Fuel Systems utilizing industry
 of the human form requires an understanding of the                  standards and techniques. AC Delco courses are
 fundamental aspects of the skeleton, muscle                         included. Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112,
 structures and movement. Understanding the human                    TRAN 113, TRAN 125 or instructor permission.
 form is part of good character design for produc-                   (22:66:00)
 tion, part of creating realistic movements for
 animation and part of gesture drawing for Story                     AUTO 133            BASIC EMISSION SYSTEMS 5 CR.
 boarding. Students will leave the class with the                    This course focuses on the understanding and
 ability to create the human form based on knowl-                    repair of automotive Basic Emission Systems and
 edge of the skeletal and muscular structures that                   devices utilizing industry standards and tech-
 create structure in the body. Model with oil base                   niques. Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN
 clay to understand form in three dimensional                        113, TRAN 125 or instructor permission.
 space. (same as MMDP114). Prerequisites: None.                      (22:66:00)
 (22:44:00)
                                                                     AUTO 133A           BASIC EMISSIONS SYSTEMS–
                                                                                         AC DELCO               5 CR.
 ART     201        SURVEY OF WESTERN ART–                           This course focuses on the understanding and
                    ANCIENT                5 CR.
 Major achievements in painting, sculpture,                          repair of automotive Basic Emission Systems and
 architecture, and the decorative arts in Europe, the                devices utilizing industry standards and tech-
 Near East, and North Africa, from prehistoric times                 niques. AC Delco course are included. Prerequi-
 to the beginnings of Christianity. Prerequisites:                   sites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125
 None. (55:00:00)                                                    or instructor permission.

                                                                     AUTO 211            ELECTRONICS/
 ART     202        SURVEY OF WESTERN ART–                                               COMPUTER SYSTEMS                        6 CR.
                    MEDIEVAL &
                    RENAISSANCE            5 CR.                     This course focuses on the understanding and
 This course examines the arts of the Byzantine                      repair of automotive Electronics and Computers
 Empire, Islam, and Western Christendom through                      utilizing industry standards and techniques.
 1520 AD. Prerequisites: None. (55:00:00)                            Prerequisites: AUTO 131, AUTO 132 & AUTO 133
                                                                     or instructor permission. (33:66:00)


2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5    L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                             171
7     Course Descriptions

                   AUTO 211A ELEC/COMP SYST–                                           AUTO 222            SUSPENSION, STEERING &
                             AC DELCO                                     6 CR.                            ALIGNMENT              5 CR.
                   This course focuses on the understanding and repair                 This course focuses on the understanding, diagnosis
                   of advanced analysis and repair of automotive                       and repair of automotive Suspension, Steering and
                   electronics and computers utilizing industry                        Alignment Systems utilizing industry standards and
                   standards, techniques and equipment. AC Delco                       techniques. NATEF standards will be used as grading
                   courses are included. Prerequisites: AUTO 131,                      criteria. Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN
                   AUTO 132 & AUTO 133 or instructor permission.                       113, TRAN 125 or instructor permission. (22:66:00)
                   (33:66:00)
                                                                                       AUTO 222A           SUSPENSION, STEERING &
                   AUTO 212       ADVANCED EMISSIONS                      5 CR.                            ALIGNMENT–AC DELCO     5 CR.
                   This course focuses on the understanding of                         This course focuses on the understanding, diagnosis
                   automotive emission control systems utilizing                       and repair of automotive Suspension, Steering and
                   industry standards and techniques and equipment.                    Alignment Systems utilizing industry standards and
                   Prerequisites: AUTO 131, AUTO 132, AUTO 133 or                      techniques. AC Delco courses are included.
                   instructor permission. (22:66:00)                                   Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113,
                                                                                       TRAN 125 or instructor permission. (22:66:00)
                   AUTO 212A      ADV EMISSIONS–
                                  AC DELCO                                5 CR.        AUTO 223            ENGINES, CYLINDER
                   This course focuses on the understanding of                                             BLOCKS & COOLING
                                                                                                           SYSTEMS                                 5 CR.
                   automotive emission control systems utilizing                       This course focuses on the understanding, diagnosis
                   industry standards and techniques and equipment.                    and repair of automotive Engines and Cooling
                   AC Delco courses are included. Prerequisites: AUTO                  Systems utilizing industry standards and techniques.
                   131, AUTO 132, AUTO 133 or instructor permission.                   NATEF standards will be used as grading criteria.
                   (22:66:00)                                                          Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113,
                                                                                       TRAN 125 or instructor permission. (22:66:00)
                   AUTO 213       DRIVABILITY                             5 CR.
                   This course focuses on the understanding, diagnosis
                                                                                       AUTO 223A           ENGINES, CYLINDER
                   and repair of automotive drivability problems                                           BLOCKS & COOLING
                   utilizing industry standards and techniques.                                            SYSTEMS–AC DELCO                        5 CR.
                   Prerequisites: AUTO 131, AUTO 132, AUTO 133 or                      This course focuses on the understanding,
                   instructor permission. (22:66:00)                                   diagnosis and repair of automotive Engines and
                                                                                       Cooling Systems utilizing industry standards and
                   AUTO 213A      DRIVABILITY–AC DELCO                    5 CR.        techniques. AC Delco courses are included.
                   This course focuses on the understanding, diagno-                   Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113,
                   sis and repair of automotive drivability problems                   TRAN 125 or instructor permission. (22:66:00)
                   utilizing industry standards and techniques. AC
                   Delco courses are included. Prerequisites: AUTO                     AUTO 231            MANUAL TRANSMISSIONS &
                                                                                                           TRANSAXLES, CLUTCH   4 CR.
                   131, AUTO 132, AUTO 133 or instructor permis-
                                                                                       This course focuses on the understanding,
                   sion. (22:66:00)
                                                                                       diagnosis and repair of automotive Manual
                                                                                       Transmissions, Transaxles, and Clutches utilizing
                   AUTO 221       BRAKE SYSTEMS                           6 CR.
                                                                                       industry standards and techniques. NATEF stan-
                   This course focuses on the understanding, diagno-
                                                                                       dards will be used as grading criteria. Prerequi-
                   sis and repair of automotive Brake Systems
                                                                                       sites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125
                   including ABS, utilizing industry standards and
                                                                                       or instructor permission. (22:44:00)
                   techniques. Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112,
                   TRAN 113, TRAN 125 or instructor permission.
                                                                                       AUTO 231A           MANUAL TRANSMISSIONS &
                   (33:66:00)                                                                              TRANSAXLES, CLUTCH–
                                                                                                           AC DELCO             4 CR.
                   AUTO 221A      BRAKE SYSTEMS–                                       This course focuses on the understanding,
                                  AC DELCO                                6 CR.        diagnosis and repair of automotive Manual
                   This course focuses on the understanding, diagno-                   Transmissions, Transaxles, and Clutches utilizing
                   sis and repair of automotive Brake Systems                          industry standards and techniques. NATEF stan-
                   including ABS, utilizing industry standards and                     dards will be used as grading criteria. AC Delco
                   techniques. AC Delco courses are included.                          courses are included. Prerequisites: TRAN 110,
                   Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113,                        TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125 or instructor
                   TRAN 125 or instructor permission. (33:66:00)                       permission. (22:44:00)




172               2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I    N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L    E   G   E
                                                                                                    Course Descriptions                     7
AUTO 232        TRANSMISSIONS &                                     AUTO 236            SERVICE SIMULATION/JOB
                TRANSAXLES, AUTOMATIC 4 CR.                                             SEARCH                 5 CR.
This course focuses on the understanding, diagnosis                 This course allows a student to finish NATEF
and repair of automotive Automatic Transmissions                    objectives not completed in other units or practice
and Transaxles utilizing industry standards and                     those needed for successful employment and/or
techniques. Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112,                      complete job search objectives needed for success-
TRAN 113, TRAN 125, or instructor permission.                       ful employment. Prerequisite: Instructor permis-
(22:44:00)                                                          sion. (22:66:00)

AUTO 232A       TRANSMISSIONS &                                     AUTO 299            SPECIAL PROJECTS
                TRANSAXLES, AUTOMATIC–                                                  IN AUTO                             1-5 CR.
                AC DELCO               4 CR.                        This course is designed as a mandatory school to
This course focuses on the understanding,                           work transition unit to enhance the student’s
diagnosis and repair of automotive Automatic                        training experience. This may be in the form of
Transmissions and Transaxles utilizing industry                     Cooperative Education, Internship, or Job Shadow-
standards and techniques. AC Delco courses are                      ing. This will be set up between the student and the
included. Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112,                        instructor. Prerequisite: Instructor permission.
TRAN 113, TRAN 125, or instructor permission.                       (Variable)
(22:44:00)
                                                                    BAKE 101            BASIC DOUGHS
AUTO 233        DIFFERENTIALS &                                                         & CREAMS                            15 CR.
                DRIVE AXLES                             4 CR.       Baking basics and theories. Learning to prepare
This course focuses on the understanding,                           basic doughs such as, tart, pie, cookies, rolled in
diagnosis and repair of automotive differentials and                doughs, basic yeast leavened doughs. Creams,
drive axles utilizing industry standards and                        custards, and basic finishing techniques. Plate
techniques. Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112,                      design and retail. Prerequisites: MATH 080 and
TRAN 113, TRAN 125 or instructor permission.                        Hospitality core. (77:176;00)
(22:44:00)
                                                                    BAKE 102            BREADS, PIES, CAKES
AUTO 233A       DIFFERENTIALS &                                                         & DECORATIONS                       15 CR.
                DRIVE AXLES–AC DELCO                    4 CR.       Introduction of mixing methods, leavening agents,
This course focuses on the understanding,                           decorating and piping. Chocolate tempering,
diagnosis and repair of automotive differentials and                decorative work and production of truffles and
drive axles utilizing industry standards and                        other candy. Prerequisite: BAKE 101 (77:176:00)
techniques. AC Delco courses are included.
Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113,                        BAKE 103            DECORATED CAKES                     15 CR.
TRAN 125 or instructor permission. (22:44:00)                       Advanced techniques for decorated cakes, specialty
                                                                    bread, chocolate and sugar work design. Prerequi-
AUTO 234        AIR CONDITIONING                                    site: BAKE 102 (77:176:00)
                SERVICE                                 4 CR.
This course focuses on the understanding,
diagnosis and repair of automotive Air Conditioning                 BIOL 101            BIOLOGY                                 5 CR.
Systems utilizing industry standards and techniques.                Covers the basic biology principles and processes
Prerequisites: TRAN 110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113,                        for the non- science major. Includes a basic survey
TRAN 125 or instructor permission. (11:66:00)                       of cell biology, inheritance, reproduction, genetics,
                                                                    classification, evolution, ecology and principles of
                                                                    living systems. Includes laboratory. Prerequisites:
AUTO 234A       AIR CONDITIONING
                SERVICE–AC DELCO                        4 CR.       None. (44:22:00)
This course focuses on the understanding,
diagnosis and repair of automotive Air Conditioning                 BIOL    105         NUTRITION                               2 CR.
Systems utilizing industry standards and techniques.                This course studies nutrition and biochemistry to
AC Delco courses are included. Prerequisites: TRAN                  give the student an understanding of nutrition as a
110, TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125 or instructor                     significant factor for health and wellness. Prerequi-
permission. (11:66:00)                                              sites: None (22:00:00)




2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                            173
7     Course Descriptions

                   BIOL 106       NUTRITION FOR HEALTH                                BUHR 159            HUMAN RESOURCES
                                  PROFESSIONALS                           5 CR.                           OVERVIEW                                1 CR.
                   This course studies the concepts of normal nutrition               A survey course exploring the field of Human
                   and biochemistry. It also addresses nutrition of                   Resources, including requirements for entry level
                   different life cycles and diet planning. Studies in                positions, job descriptions, PHR/SPHR certification,
                   nutrition and biochemistry give the student an                     and an overview of the LWTC program. Prerequisites:
                   understanding of a significant factor for health and               None (11:00:00)
                   wellness. Prerequisites: None. (55:00:00)
                                                                                      BUHR 163            BENEFITS HEALTH SAFETY 2 CR.
                   BIOL 211       ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY I5 CR.                         Learn mandatory benefits such as unemployment,
                   The first quarter of a two-quarter sequence designed               family leave, worker’s compensation and social
                   to give allied-health science students a working                   security as well as innovative practices in time off,
                   knowledge and understanding of the basic systems                   retirement/pensions, health care insurance, EAPs
                   that comprise the human body. This class includes a                and other benefits. Safety and security programs will
                   basic introduction to chemistry as well as a detailed              also be covered. Prerequisites: None. (22:00:00)
                   study of cells and tissues, the integumentary, skeletal,
                   muscular and nervous systems. The theme of                         BUHR 165            RECRUITMENT PROCESS                     2 CR.
                   homeostasis is interwoven into the course and is                   Learn to make sound employment decisions whether
                   emphasized as each system is introduced and                        building a staff or maintaining a talented workforce.
                   discussed. Prerequisites: ABED 046, or equivalent                  Includes writing job descriptions, recruiting,
                   placement scores, or concurrent enrollment in                      screening, reference checks, interviewing, testing,
                   health care bridge (ABED 053). Completion of high                  extending offers, conducting orientation sessions
                   school or college biology in the past seven years                  and developing employment statistics. Prerequisites:
                   highly recommended. (44:22:00)                                     None (22:00:00)

                   BIOL 212       ANATOMY &                                           BUHR 166            COMPENSATION                            2 CR.
                                  PHYSIOLOGY II                           5 CR.       Review objectives, principles, regulations and
                   A continuation of BIOL 211 including a detailed                    terminology of compensation programs. Learn
                   study of Endocrine, Digestive, Respiratory, Circula-               leading-edge compensation methods such as gain
                   tory, Lymphatic, Urinary and Reproductive Systems.                 sharing, skill-based pay, direct and indirect rewards,
                   Includes laboratory. Prerequisite: BIOL 211 or                     and individual performance management.
                   instructor permission. (44:22:00)                                  (22:00:00)
                   BIOL 215       MICROBIOLOGY                            5 CR.       BUHR 167            EMPLOYEE LABOR
                   Introduces students to the major concepts of the                                       RELATIONS                               2 CR.
                   microbiological science. These concepts include                    Examine the nature of management/employee
                   basic anatomy, physiology and the differences                      relations and the human resource associate’s role in
                   between eukaryotic, prokaryotic and viral systems,                 that relationship. Includes an overview of employee
                   growth factors and curves, techniques in microbial                 rights, discipline, termination, grievance administra-
                   control, microbial interrelationships and host                     tion, dispute resolution, related record keeping,
                   defenses. Prerequisite: BIOL 211 or instructor                     policy development, and union- management
                   permission. (44:22:00)                                             relations. Prerequisites: None (22:00:00)

                   BUHR 150       HUMAN RESOURCES                                     BUHR 174            TRAINING & EMPLOYEE
                                  ETHICS                                  2 CR.                           DEVELOPMENT                             2 CR.
                   Learn how to support the special administrative                    Learn principles related to employee training; the
                   needs in human resources, resolving HR-related                     major phases of a training system; training methods
                   ethical issues and dealing with employee inquiries                 and techniques; the HR development process; and
                   in positive ways; also covers effective time manage-               the characteristics of a legal and effective appraisal
                   ment. Prerequisite: BUHR 183 (22:00:00)                            system. Prerequisites: None. (22:00:00)

                   BUHR 151       HR INFORMATION                                      BUHR 183            EMPLOYMENT LAW I                        3 CR.
                                  SYSTEMS                                 4 CR.       A survey course covering the basics of employment
                   Learn the legal considerations in HR record                        laws including Title VII, sexual harassment, ADA,
                   keeping; how to set up effective and legal personnel               ADEA, FMLA, FLSA worker’s compensation, OSHA/
                   files, manage employee data, prepare HR reports,                   WISHA, WARN Act, ERISA, and COBRA. Prerequi-
                   and process forms (hiring and benefits related).                   sites: None. (33:00:00)
                   Basic computer knowledge is recommended.
                   Prerequisites: None (44:00:00)


174               2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                     Course Descriptions                     7
 BUHR 184           EMPLOYMENT LAW II                    3 CR.       BUSA 191            CUSTOMER SERVICE/
 This course covers the interaction between laws,                                        HELP DESK                               3 CR.
 affirmative action; disparate impact; investigating                 The student will acquire and enhance his/her
 and resolving complaints; handling EEO claims;                      communication, listening, problem solving, and
 and developing policies to ensure legal compliance.                 decision making skills which will assist the student
 Prerequisite: BUHR 183 (33:00:00)                                   on the job to provide customer satisfaction.
                                                                     Prerequisites: None. (33:00:00)
 BUHR 190           HR INTEGRATION                       1 CR.
 Students will work with case studies and/or an HR                   BUSA 198            JOB SEARCH                              2 CR.
 simulation to integrate the functional knowledge of                 Designed to develop knowledge and skills that will
 compensation, employment law, labor relations,                      be demanded on the job to provide the student a
 etc. in solving complex, realistic HR-related                       high degree of success. Course covers how to write
 problems. Co-requisite: BUHR 184 (22:00:00)                         a resume, dependable strengths report and cover
                                                                     letter; searching and applying for a job, interviewing
 BUSA 100           BUSINESS MATH                        5 CR.
                                                                     for a job, and how to follow-up on the job search.
 Course will cover basic math skills needed for                      Prerequisites: None. (22:00:00)
 accounting with emphasis on solving business
 problems related to percentages, discounts,                         BUSA 250            BUSINESS LAW                            5 CR.
 payroll, inventory, depreciation, simple and                        This is an introductory course which covers the
 compound interest, present value, annuities, stocks                 basic study of the Uniform Commercial Code.
 and bonds. Prerequisite: MATH 040 or MATH 070                       Emphasis is placed on U.S. contract law and
 or equivalent placement test scores. (55:00:00)                     commercial paper. Prerequisite: ENGL 100 or
                                                                     equivalent placement score. (55:00:00)
 BUSA 101           BUSINESS
                    COMMUNICATIONS                       5 CR.       CFOR 151            INTRODUCTION TO PC
 This course is designed to develop proficiency in                                       SECURITY                                3 CR.
 the use of listening, speaking, and writing skills in               An introduction to basic computer & network
 the business environment. Students should have                      security concepts: Including basic PC workstation
 typing and/or word-processing skills, and access to                 security policies/measures, and basic Internet
 a computer or typewriter. Prerequisite: ENGL 093                    security and data encryption information. Prerequi-
 or equivalent placement score. (55:00:00)                           site: CFOR 225 (33:00:00)

 BUSA 102           INTRO TO BUSINESS                    5 CR.       CFOR 155            INTRODUCTION TO
                                                                                         WEB SECURITY                            2 CR.
 The course covers the survey of American business,                  Introduces basic Internet security concepts,
 business and economic terminology, forms of                         including basic PC workstation security policies/
 business ownership, franchising, small and                          measures, including basic Internet (Web) security
 international business, management and marketing                    and data encryption issues. Co-requisite: CFOR 235
 concepts, and business environment. Prerequisites:                  (22:00:00)
 MATH 080 and ENGL 100 or equivalent placement
 score. (55:00:00)
                                                                     CFOR 210            INTRODUCTION TO
                                                                                         FORENSICS                               4 CR.
 BUSA 111           BUSINESS COMPUTER                                Introduces basic computer forensics concepts
                    APPLICATIONS                         3 CR.       including: History of computer crime, computer &
 This introductory course gives hands-on experi-                     network hardware, investigation methods, digital
 ence in performing basic Internet searches and in                   evidence, forensic examination concepts, evidence
 using Microsoft software applications such as                       seizure and presentation. Note: Students will
 Windows, Word, Power Point, and Access or Excel.                    submit a criminal background check. Prerequi-
 Prerequisite: OFTC 105, or type a minimum of 35                     sites: CSNT121/122 and CSNT 128/129 or
 words per minute. (11:44:00)                                        completed the A+ Industry Certification or
                                                                     instructor permission. Students must be at least 18
 BUSA 180           SMALL BUSINESS                                   years of age. (22:44:00)
                    MANAGEMENT                           5 CR.
 This course is an overview of contemporary
 principles and presentation of specific small                       CFOR 215            NETWORKING BASICS                       5 CR.
 business management tools; development of skills                    Students build a strong foundation in basic
 in analyzing and solving small business manage-                     network design, structures, and terminology,
 ment problems. Prerequisites: None.                                 including hardware and software components,
                                                                     protocols, and the OSI network model. Prerequi-
                                                                     sites: CSNT 121/122 & CSNT 128/129 or instructor
                                                                     permission. (33:22:00)

2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5    L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                             175
7     Course Descriptions

                   CFOR 216       INFORMATION                                         CFOR 238            PRESERVING &
                                  ASSURANCE                               4 CR.                           DOCUMENTING EVIDENCE 5 CR.
                   An overview of Information Security Management                     Provides the fundamentals of acquiring, preserving,
                   including: risk management, business continuity                    and presenting data that has been processed and
                   planning, and security awareness education. Students               stored electronically. Ensuring evidence integrity is
                   will study technical security issues of data communi-              maintained and cannot be reputed or challenged in
                   cations, applications, and operation controls.                     a court of law. Prerequisite: CFOR 210. Co-requisite:
                   Prerequisite: CFOR 210 or instructor permission.                   CFOR 246. (44:22:00)
                   (44:00:00)
                                                                                      CFOR 240            INTRUSION DETECTION                     5 CR.
                   CFOR 220       TCP/IP SECURITY                         5 CR.       A thorough examination and implementation of the
                   Provides the fundamentals of basic network firewall                components, applications, and implementation of
                   security. Planning, designing, developing strategies,              IDS (Intrusion Detection Systems) at the network
                   and hands-on installations/troubleshooting will be                 level. Prerequisite: CFOR 215 or CFOR 220 or
                   the focus for this course. Prerequisite: CFOR 215 or               instructor permission. (44:22:00)
                   instructor permission. (44:22:00)
                                                                                      CFOR 246            APPLIED FORENSICS                       5 CR.
                   CFOR 225       COMPUTER SECURITY                                   Class members apply high-level security analysis,
                                  SYSTEM                                  5 CR.       building on the technical knowledge and skills
                   A study of computer security system techniques                     acquired in CFOR 210 Introduction to Computer
                   including: Authentication, activity logging, authoriza-            Forensics. Apply various forensic skills in a team
                   tion policies, biometrics, smartcard systems,                      environment using a variety of forensic and
                   intrusion countermeasures, and risk analysis.                      investigative tools. Prerequisite: CFOR 210. Co-
                   Prerequisites: CSNT 121/122 & CSNT 128/129 or                      requisite: CFOR 238 (44:22:00)
                   instructor permission. Co-requisite: CFOR.
                   (11:44:00)                                                         CFOR 250            UNIX PROGRAMMING                        5 CR.
                                                                                      Fundamentals of the Unix operating system for the
                   CFOR 230       NETWORK SECURITY                        5 CR.       PC user, including the basics of Perl/CGI/C/C++
                   An introduction to basic network security concepts                 programming and how to execute these programs.
                   including defining security principles, terminologies,             Special emphasis on scripts and security issues.
                   security components, IP packet structures & analysis,              Prerequisite: CSNT 114 or instructor permission.
                   routing and access control lists, and attack tech-                 (44:22:00)
                   niques. Prerequisite: CompTIA Network+ or
                   instructor permission of training or experience.                   CFOR 254            COMPUTER
                   (44:22:00)                                                                             CRYPTOGRAPHY                            5 CR.
                                                                                      Fundamental concepts in data hiding and
                   CFOR 235       WEB SECURITY                                        steganography, including techniques, motivations for
                                  IMPLEMENTATION                          5 CR.       use, known criminal uses, digital watermarking,
                   A hands-on course addressing the security concerns                 copyright theft, sporgeries and covert channels such
                   in the setup and administration of an e-commerce                   as firewall piercing. (44:22:00)
                   web site, including e-mail and server issues.
                   Prerequisites: CSNT 121/122 & CSNT 128/129 or                      CFOR 256            CURRENT ISSUES IN
                   instructor permission. (11:44:00)                                                      COMPUTER FORENSICS                      5 CR.
                                                                                      Seminar on current research and development in
                   CFOR 236       WIRELESS SECURITY                       5 CR.       computer security and information assurance.
                   Wireless Security introduces theory and provides                   (55:00:00)
                   hands-on experience with installing, configuring,
                   and managing 802.11x networks, and securing                        CFOR 293            INTERNSHIP SEMINAR                      1 CR.
                   them using WEP encryption, MAC and protocol                        Provides advanced students in the CFOR program
                   filters, and advanced authentication methods.                      working in degree related jobs or participating in
                   Prerequisite: CompTIA Network+ certification or                    program-sponsored internships a forum to discuss
                   instructor approval of training/experience.                        work related issues. Prerequisite: 216 or instructor
                   (44:22:00)                                                         permission. (11:00:00)




176               2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                    Course Descriptions                     7
CHEM 101        PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY 5 CR.                       CHEM 240            INSTRUMENTAL ANALYSIS 5 CR.
This course will cover the basics of chemistry,                     Principles of modern chemical instrumentation.
including matter and energy, chemical nomencla-                     Topics include theory and principles of spectro-
ture, chemical reaction equations, simplified atomic                scopic, electro- analytical and chromatographic
and molecular theory, and general laws of matter                    techniques. Prerequisites: MATH 120 and CHEM.
and energy. Includes lecture, guided laboratory                     (33:44:00)
exploration, and discussion. Prerequisite: MATH 090
or higher, or instructor permission. (33:44:00)                     CISA 101            COMPUTER APPLICATIONS 2 CR.
                                                                    An introduction to using computers and under-
CHEM 102        INTRO TO ORGANIC CHEM 5 CR.                         standing computer terminology. Windows and basic
This course is a continuation of CHEM 101, and uses                 word processing (Word) and spreadsheets (Excel)
the concepts learned to understand the molecular                    will be taught for students to have an understanding
nature of living. Organic chemistry studies all things              of what the programs are and how to create, print
made of carbon, including proteins, carbohydrates,                  and save files. How to use the Internet will also be
hydrocarbons, plastics, and other substances.                       covered. Prerequisites: None. (11:22:00)
Prerequisite: CHEM 101 or instructor permission.
(33:44:00)                                                          CISA 102            INTEGRATED
                                                                                        APPLICATIONS                            3 CR.
CHEM 120        GENERAL CHEMISTRY I                     5 CR.
                                                                    This course is designed to give the student the
Study of elementary concepts including matter,                      understanding of the integration of word process-
measurement, elements, compounds stoichiometric                     ing, desktop publishing, database, and spreadsheet
relationships, chemical calculations, atomic                        technology by using text/workbook simulations to
structure, periodic trends, chemical structures,                    produce formatted documents. Prerequisites: CISA
bonding, nuclear chemistry, thermochemistry, and                    111 and CISA 112 and either CISA 114 or CISA 116.
physical states of matter. Prerequisites: CHEM 101                  (11:44:00)
and MATH 99 (33:44:00)
                                                                    CISA 103            INTERNET                                2 CR.
CHEM 130        GENERAL CHEMISTRY II                    5 CR.
                                                                    The student will search for specific resources and
Continuation of General Chemistry I with emphasis                   archives on the Internet using specific tools.
on quantitative analytical methods. Topics include                  Prerequisites: None. Basic Keyboarding recom-
chemical kinetics, equilibria, thermodynamics,                      mended. (11:22:00)
electrochemistry, volumetric and gravimetric
analyses. Lab complements the theoretical concepts.                 CISA 111            WORD                                    4 CR.
Prerequisite: CHEM 120. (33:44:00)                                  Beginning and intermediate word processing course
                                                                    covering document creation, retrieval, character
CHEM 210        ORGANIC CHEMISTRY I                     5 CR.
                                                                    and paragraph formatting multi-page documents,
Structure, nomenclature, and reactions with                         columns, tables, graphics, and form letters.
stereochemistry and mechanisms of hydrocarbons,                     Prerequisites: None. (22:44:00)
alcohols, ethers, aldehydes and ketones. Lab portion
involves technique experiments for separations and                  CISA 112            EXCEL I                                 4 CR.
purifications and procuring physical properties.                    Beginning and intermediate course in spreadsheets.
Prerequisite: CHEM 130. (33:44:00)                                  Topics covered include document creation,
                                                                    retrieval, entering text, numbers, and formulas,
CHEM 220        ORGANIC CHEMISTRY II                    5 CR.
                                                                    formatting, financial functions, what- if analysis,
Structure, nomenclature and reactions of carboxylic                 graphs, and charts. Prerequisites: BUSA 111 or CISA
acids, amines, and phenols, with spectral methods                   116, and OFTC 105 or instructor permission.
and organic chemistry of carbohydrates, lipids,                     (22:44:00)
proteins, and nucleic acids. Laboratory portion
involves preparative experiments and organic                        CISA 113            EXCEL II                                4 CR.
qualitative analyses. Prerequisite: CHEM 210.                       This course covers in-depth theory and application
(33:44:00)                                                          of spreadsheets. Topics include macros, databases,
                                                                    what-if analysis, pivot tables, import/export,
CHEM 230        BIOCHEMISTRY                            5 CR.
                                                                    advanced formulas and creating and managing
A one-quarter survey of the chemical foundations of                 files. Prerequisites: CISA 112 and BUSA 100 or
biology. Topics include DNA and genetics, metabolic                 higher or its equivalent placement test scores, or
pathways and processes of carbohydrates, lipids                     instructor permission. (22:44:00)
and proteins, enzymes and enzyme kinetics, and
cellular functions. Prerequisites: CHEM 220 and
BIOL 215. (33:44:00)

2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                            177
7     Course Descriptions

                   CISA 114       ACCESS                                  4 CR.        CJUS 201            INTRO CRIMINAL JUSTICE                  5 CR.
                   Beginning and intermediate course on databases.                     Overview of the criminal justice system and its basic
                   Topics covered include design of tables, screen                     policies, institutions, and dilemmas, examining the
                   forms, reports and labels; update, add, delete, and                 role of police, courts, and corrections. Students
                   modify data; and creating custom reports and forms                  analyze sociological theories and perspectives to
                   using filters and queries. Prerequisites: None.                     issues in law enforcement, adjudication, and
                   (22:44:00)                                                          corrections. Prerequisite: ENGL 093. (55:00:00)

                   CISA 116       WINDOWS                                 3 CR.        COSM 111            COSMETOLOGY THEORY I                    3 CR.
                   This course covers the basic commands and                           First in a series of four theory classes and serves as
                   terminology of how to operate in the Windows                        an introduction to the principles of manicuring,
                   environment. Topics include the desktop features                    pedicuring, hairstyling and shaping, permanents,
                   and how to create and set up files. Prerequisites:                  waving, relaxing and coloring. Proper writing
                   None. (22:22:00)                                                    concepts and mathematic calculations appropriate
                                                                                       to cosmetology are introduced. Basic salon
                   CISA 121       PAGEMAKER                               3 CR.        management skills are introduced. Prerequisites:
                   Course covers page layout techniques used to                        None. (33:00:00)
                   combine text and graphics into finished publications.
                   Desktop publishing/graphic arts terminology,                        COSM 112            COSMETOLOGY
                   typography fundamentals and importing text/graphics                                     PRACTICE I                          19 CR.
                   from other applications is also covered. Prerequi-                  Practice principles learned in Cosmetology Theory I.
                   sites: None(11:44:00)                                               Co-requisite: COSM 111. (0:418:00)

                   CISA 124       POWERPOINT                              3 CR.        COSM 121            COSMETOLOGY THEORY II 3 CR.
                   Beginning and intermediate course in presentation                   Second in a series of four theory courses and serves
                   software. Topics covered include design of slides,                  as a continuation in the study of cosmetology.
                   slide sort, slide show. Learn to import and edit                    Greater emphasis is placed upon haircutting,
                   graphics, import data from spreadsheets, and use 3D                 hairstyling and permanent wave. Prerequisites:
                   effects to create slide presentations. Prerequisites:               COSM 111 and COSM 112. (33:00:00)
                   None. (11:44:00)
                                                                                       COSM 122            COSMETOLOGY
                                                                                                           PRACTICE II                         19 CR.
                   CISA 172       E-COMMERCE                              4 CR.        Practice principles and applications learned in
                   Introduction to how to conduct business on the                      Cosmetology Theory II. Co-requisite: COSM 121.
                   Internet. Students will examine the impact of the                   (00:418:00)
                   Internet on our economy, look at typical business
                   uses, see the effect of non-sales E-Commerce, and                   COSM 131            COSMETOLOGY THEORY III 3 CR.
                   look at marketing, advertising and customer service                 Third in a series of four theory courses and serves
                   on the Internet. Prerequisite: CISA 103 (33:22:00)                  as a continuation in the study of all phases of
                                                                                       cosmetology. Greater emphasis is placed upon
                   CISA 211       EXPERT MS WORD                          4 CR.        advanced permanent waving and hair color.
                   A continuation of the MS Word, CISA 111, course.                    Prerequisites: COSM 121 and COSM 122. (33:00:00)
                   Students learn advanced word processing skills that
                   the Microsoft Office User Specialist (MOUS) Word                    COSM 132            COSMETOLOGY
                   Expert exam assesses. Prepares students to take the                                     PRACTICE III                        19 CR.
                   MOUS Expert Word exam. Prerequisite: CISA 111 or                    Practice principles and applications learned in
                   MOUS certification in Core Word. (22:44:00)                         Cosmetology Theory III. Co-requisite: COSM 131.
                                                                                       (00:418:00)
                   CISA 235       OUTLOOK                                 2 CR.
                   This course is designed to teach the basic elements                 COSM 211            COSMETOLOGY THEORY IV 3 CR.
                   of the current version Outlook so that the student                  Final in a series of four theory courses and serves as
                   will be able to maximize the functions of managing                  a culmination of all the student theory in cosmetol-
                   the desktop information to organize schedules,                      ogy. Greater emphasis is placed on advanced levels
                   calendars, contacts, tasks, documents, mail folders                 of skin, hair and nail care and offering complete
                   and communication via e-mail. Prerequisite:                         services to the customer. Prerequisites: COSM 131
                   Microsoft Office preferred. (11:22:00)                              and COSM 132. (33:00:00)

                                                                                       COSM 212            COSMETOLOGY
                                                                                                           PRACTICE IV                         19 CR.
                                                                                       Completion of objectives as reviewed in Cosmetology
                                                                                       Theory I - IV. Co-requisite: COSM 211. (00:418:00)
178               2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I    N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                    Course Descriptions                     7
CSNT 114        PC TECH FUNDAMENTALS                    9 CR.       CSNT 129            OPERATING SYSTEMS II                    3 CR.
A basic foundation of how computers work, how to                    Technical lab course to accompany CSNT 128.An
use computers, computer applications, and                           introduction to using Technical Diagnostic Utilities
introduction to operating systems (DOS), memory                     and a technician approach to Software Applications
configuration and batch files. Prior experience with                available for today’s personal computer. Training
computers or a computer literacy course strongly                    consists of hands-on laboratory exercises including
recommended. Prerequisites: MATH 080.                               software installations, troubleshooting, and
(55:88:00)                                                          configuration in a network setting. This course also
                                                                    prepares students to be hands-on competent in all
CSNT 118        COMPUTERS &                                         area objectives for the CompTIA A+ exam as a basic
                ELECTRONICS                             4 CR.       step toward MCSE and other IT certifications.
This course will present the basic electronic                       Prerequisite: CSNT 114 or instructor permission.
concepts necessary for today’s computer/network                     Co-requisite: CSNT 128. (00:66:00)
technician to enter, and be successful in the
computer and networking career areas. This course                   CSNT 130            ADVANCED
will introduce basic AC/DC, solid state and digital                                     OPERATING SYSTEMS                       4 CR.
logic. Prerequisite: MATH 080 or equivalent                         A continuation of CSNT 128/129 Operating Systems.
placement test scores. (33:22:00)                                   This class covers a complete range of installation,
                                                                    configuration, maintenance, and troubleshooting
CSNT 121        PERIPHERALS                             5 CR.       issues for today’s newest desktop operating systems.
A study of basic I/O devices and adapters for desktop               The material covered will assist in preparation for
and server computers. Training will emphasize                       the Microsoft 70-210 (2000 Professional) and 70-
current computer terminology and description of                     270 (XP Professional) Exams. Prerequisite: CSNT
components and operations. Prerequisite: CSNT 114                   128/129, or A+ Certification, or N+ Certification, or
or instructor permission. Co-requisite: CSNT 122.                   instructor permission. (22:44:00)
(55:00:00)
                                                                    CSNT 131            DATA COMMUNICATIONS                     4 CR.
CSNT 122        PERIPHERALS LAB                         3 CR.       A course in telecommunications vocabulary and an
A hands-on laboratory study of basic I/O devices and                understanding of a successful data communications
adapters for desktop and server computers. Training                 system. Topics emphasized include modulation
will emphasize installation, troubleshooting, repair                techniques, analog and digital communication,
and preventive maintenance, in an actual customer                   multiplexing, modems, transmission media, cellular
service support shop. Prerequisite: CSNT 118 or                     and satellite technology, digital services, and a basic
instructor permission. Co-requisite: CSNT 121.                      introduction to networking. Prerequisite: CSNT 118,
(11:44:00)                                                          or instructor permission. (33:22:00)

CSNT 127        INTERNET                                            CSNT 133            SYSTEM TECHNOLOGIES                     5 CR.
                FUNDAMENTALS                            3 CR.       Students will examine the components of a
An introduction to the applications used for the                    computer system, applying the definition and
Internet; Browsers, E-mail, Web Pages, and file                     principles they discover to a variety of specific
transfers. Introduction to UNIX and web manage-                     architectures. The methods that information is
ment issues. Prerequisite: CSNT 114 or instructor                   processed are examined in various user interfaces
permission. (11:44:00)                                              and environments. The unit will emphasize the
                                                                    concepts of multi-tasking, OLE, enterprise comput-
CSNT 128        OPERATING SYSTEMS I                     3 CR.       ing, client/server and distributed databases. Current
Technical approach to MS-DOS and the graphical                      32-bit operating systems are examined in their
user environment of Windows. System installation,                   relation to the hardware platforms studied previ-
user, and configuration issues of advanced                          ously. The unit concludes with an in-depth treat-
operating systems such as Windows 9.x, Windows                      ment of the architecture of the systems bus, RAID
2000/XP are covered. Training will emphasize                        and parallel processing technologies. Prerequisites:
current computer terminology and description of                     CSNT 121 Peripherals, or instructor permission.
functions and operations from block diagrams,                       Must also have completed ENGL 093 or equivalent
overhead views, and practical laboratory exercises                  placement. (55:00:00)
including hands-on installations, troubleshooting,
and configuration. This course prepares a student
for part of the CompTIA A+ Certification exam
objective for Operating Systems, a basic step toward
MCSE and other IT certifications. Prerequisite: CSNT
114 or instructor permission. Co-requisite CSNT
129. (33:00:00)
2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                            179
7     Course Descriptions

                   CSNT 140       RESIDENTIAL                                         CSNT 189            CISCO MODULE II                         4 CR.
                                  NETWORKING                              5 CR.       Students cover router configuration principles along
                   Introduces students to residential networking.                     with an understanding of host applications and
                   Includes networking computers, televisions, and                    networking protocols. This is the second of four
                   camera systems and hooking up to the Internet.                     modules that will help you prepare for CCNA industry
                   Cabling (coax & Cat 5e) along with the new                         certification. Prerequisite: Student must successfully
                   structured media centers will also be covered.                     complete CSNT 185 (22:44:00)
                   Prerequisites: None. (44:22:00)
                                                                                      CSNT 190            CISCO MODULE 3/4–
                   CSNT 160       ETHERNET CABLING                        1 CR.                           ADVANCED                                4 CR.
                   An introduction to methods and wiring techniques                   These combined modules build upon the skills
                   used in Category 5 Ethernet cabling and networks.                  learned in Modules I & II. Module III covers
                   Students will be introduced to network topologies,                 switches, LAN and VLAN design and configuration.
                   TIA/EIA standards, and terminology used in Category                Novell networks, IPX routing, IGRP protocols and
                   5 wiring. Prerequisites: None. (11:00:00)                          network troubleshooting are also covered. Module
                                                                                      IV covers WAN’s, ISDN, PPP, Frame Relay design,
                   CSNT 170       A+ CERTIFICATION TEST                               and additional configuration, maintenance, and
                                  PREPARATION                             5 CR.       troubleshooting techniques. This is the final
                   Designed to review and prepare the student for the                 preparation class for the CCNA industry certification
                   CompTIA industry A+ certification exam. Includes                   exam. Prerequisite: CSNT 189. (22:44:00)
                   instruction and details for both the core hardware
                   exam and the DOS/Windows exam. Covers hardware                     CSNT 191            CUSTOMER SERVICE                        2 CR.
                   installation, configuration, terminology, trouble-                 An introduction to various aspects of customer
                   shooting, operating systems, basic networking, and                 relations including interpersonal skills, Preventative
                   customer relations. A strong working knowledge of                  Maintenance procedures, and Dispatch Operations.
                   these areas is recommended prior to taking this                    In addition, students will gain experience in actual
                   course. Prerequisites: None. (44:22:00)                            on-site and in-house repairs and maintenance of
                                                                                      various types of computer equipment. Prerequisite:
                   CSNT 175       INTRO LINUX/UNIX                                    PSYC 100 or instructor permission. (11:22:00)
                                  OPERATING SYSTEMS                       4 CR.
                   Introduction of the fundamentals of the Unix
                   operating system for the PC user. Unix is “the                     CSNT 215            NETWORKING
                                                                                                          FUNDMENT I                              3 CR.
                   operating system of the Internet” and is gaining                   Technician support procedures for current release
                   attention from PC users because if it’s rapid growth.              of desktop and workstation operating systems such
                   The popular Linux version will be used in hands-on                 as Windows95 and WindowsNT .Basic systems
                   exercises. Familiarity with DOS highly recommended.                administration for UNIX and peer to peer network-
                   Prerequisites: None. (22:44:00)                                    ing. Prerequisite: CSNT 128 or A+ or instructor
                                                                                      permission. (11:44:00)
                   CSNT 176       UNIX SYSTEM
                                  ADMINISTRATION                          4 CR.
                   Functions and responsibilities of Unix system                      CSNT 216            NETWORKING
                                                                                                          FUNDAMENT II                            3 CR.
                   administrators; process control, periodic processes,               An introduction to the Open Systems Interconnec-
                   user services, network, security. Prerequisite: CSNT               tion (OSI) Reference Model, the TCP/IP model, and
                   175 Introduction to UNIX or instructor permission of               IEEE 802 standards for open network communica-
                   work experience. (22:44:00)                                        tion protocols and connectivity. Prerequisite: CSNT
                                                                                      215. (11:44:00)
                   CSNT 185       CISCO MODULE I                          5 CR.
                   An introduction to basic networking concepts                       CSNT 218            NETWORKING
                   including numbering systems and TCP/IP. Students                                       FUNDAMENT III                           3 CR.
                   cover routing principles along with IP Addressing,                 An introduction to LAN protocols, media and
                   and subnet masking. Standards for LAN topologies,                  cabling, hardware, and fault-tolerance. Subjects will
                   Ethernet, OSI Model, and the proper use of UTP                     include Ethernet and Token Ring, copper/fiber/
                   cabling are also addressed. This is the first of four              wireless technologies, categories of cabling,
                   modules that will help you prepare for CCNA                        troubleshooting tools, uninterruptible power
                   industry certification. A working knowledge of                     supplies, RAID levels, backup and replication, and
                   computers and basic networking is recommended.                     characteristics of common networking hardware.
                   Prerequisite: CSNT 230 (44:22:00)                                  Prerequisite: CSNT 216. (11:44:00)




180               2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L    E   G   E
                                                                                                     Course Descriptions                     7
 CSNT 219           NETWORKING                                       CSNT 250            MICROSOFT
                    FUNDMENT IV                          3 CR.                           NETWORKING IV                           3 CR.
 An introduction to LAN/WAN technologies and                         A continuation of CSNT 240.Topics to include 2000
 implementation, including hubs, repeaters, bridges,                 domain structures, trust relationships, Domain
 switches, routers, and gateways. Students will also                 Name Services, directory replication, and Active
 become familiar with Telco terminology and                          Directory Services. The use of 2000 as a web server
 communications methods. Prerequisite: CSNT 218.                     will also be discussed. Prerequisite: CSNT 240
 (11:44:00)                                                          (11:44:00)

 CSNT 220           NETWORKING                                       CSNT 292            APPLIED CUSTOMER
                    FUNDAMENT V                          3 CR.                           SERVICE                                 7 CR.
 An introduction to the Internet Protocol Suite (TCP/                This course will give students the opportunity to
 IP). Protocols covered include IP, TCP, UDP, ICMP,                  demonstrate, on a daily basis, the knowledge and
 ARP, RARP, DHCP, DNS, RIP and OSPF. Utilities                       skills they have received by placing them in actual
 covered include Telnet, PING and TRACERT.                           customer and in house service situations. This
 Additional topics include ports, sockets, firewalls, IP             course will give the students the extra confidence to
 addressing classes, subnetting, and IP network                      enter the computer service and networking
 design. Prerequisite: CSNT 219. (11:44:00)                          technology career fields. Cooperative work
                                                                     experience in the industry may be available during
 CSNT 226           NOVELL NETWORKING I                  3 CR.       this time. Prerequisite: CSNT 225 or instructor
 An introduction to the Novell Operating System                      permission. (00:00:231)
 Topics include network administration functions
 such as user login security, access rights to file                  CSNT 294            RESUMES & INERVIEWS                     3 CR.
 server directories and files, use of security manage-               A basic foundation for developing and writing
 ment and supervisor utilities. DOS, Windows, and NT                 resumes and cover letters along with Job Interview
 based networking clients will be covered. Emphasis                  techniques. Co-requisites: CSNT 297 (11:44:00)
 will be placed on study for the Novell CNA certifica-
 tion exam. Prerequisite: CSNT 220. (11:44:00)                       CSNT 297            APPLIED CUSTOMER
                                                                                         SERVICE                                 3 CR.
 CSNT 227           NOVELL NETWORKING II                 3 CR.
                                                                     Applied Customer will give students the opportunity
 A continuation of CSNT 221. Topics include network                  to demonstrate, on a daily basis, the knowledge and
 administration functions, creation of login scripts,                skills they have received by placing them in actual
 printer setup and management, along with server                     customer service situations. Co-requisites: CSNT
 installations and console management. Also covered                  294 (11:44:00)
 will be Novell’s Z.E.N. (Zero Effort Networking).
 Prerequisite: CSNT 226 (11:44:00)                                   CULA 116            BASIC PREPARATIONS                  15 CR.
                                                                     Students will demonstrate proficiency in: basic
 CSNT 228           MICROSOFT
                                                                     kitchen preparations and procedures, stocks,
                    NETWORKING I                         3 CR.       sauces and soups, meat and fish breakdown,
 An introduction to the Microsoft Family of Network                  including: structure, composition, inspection,
 Operating systems. Topics to include installation,                  grading, purchasing, and storage. Prerequisites:
 server administration, domain structures, User and                  HOSP 101, HOSP 106, HOSP 110, MATH 070 or
 Account management, directory and file security,                    equivalent placement test scores. (77:176:00)
 and the Registry. Prerequisite: CSNT 227 (11:44:00)
                                                                     CULA 127            INTRODUCTION
 CSNT 229           MICROSOFT                                                            TO BAKERY                           15 CR.
                    NETWORKING II                        3 CR.       The student will learn baking basics and theories
 A continuation of CSNT 223. Topics to include login                 including preparation of dough such as tarts, pies,
 scripts, server administration, domain structures,                  cookies, rolled-in dough, basic yeast-leavened
 trust relationships and NT directory and file                       dough and basic finishing techniques. This course
 security. Windows 2000 will also be introduced.                     is equivalent to BAKE 101. Prerequisites: HOSP
 Prerequisite: CSNT 228 (11:44:00)                                   101, HOSP 106, HOSP 110 and MATH 70 or
                                                                     equivalent placement test scores. (77:176:00)
 CSNT 240           MICROSOFT
                    NETWORKING III                       3 CR.       CULA 135            FRONT LINE COOKING                  15 CR.
 A continuation of CSNT 229. Topics to include                       Emphasis on responsibilities and functions of the
 2000 Server installation, server administration,                    front line. Proficiency gained in designing, costing,
 domain structures, User and Account management,                     preparation and plate presentation of menu items,
 directory and file security, and the Registry.                      application of cooking technique. Prerequisites:
 Prerequisite: CSNT 229 (11:44:00)                                   CULA 127 and CULA 116. (77:176:00)

2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5    L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                             181
7     Course Descriptions

                   CULA 137       NUTRITION IN FOOD SRVC 3 CR.                         CWEX 297            COOPERATIVE WORK
                   Covers basic nutritional concepts in relation to                                        EXPERIENCE II                       1-5 CR.
                   current health concerns and the eating habits of                    Cooperative work experience offers students the
                   patrons and clients. Nutritional requirements of                    opportunity to further their skills by working at an
                   various age and social groups are evaluated and                     approved job site. Training plan will be developed to
                   analyzed in relation to the various types of food                   enable the student to acquire on-the-job skills while
                   service establishments. Emphasis is given to the use                earning an income. Prerequisite: Instructor
                   of low-calorie and healthy food substitutions in                    permission. (variable)
                   altering the nutritional content relating to special
                   diets. Prerequisites: None. (33:00:00)                              DENT 111            INTRODUCTION TO DENTAL
                                                                                                           ASSISTING              2 CR.
                                                                                       Students learn terminology, Washington State Dental
                   CULA 218       SUPERVISION                         15 CR.           Practice Act policies, ethics and jurisprudence,
                   Students will be involved in advanced cooking                       dental specialties and an introduction to the clinical
                   techniques and supervising junior classmates                        aspects of being a dental auxiliary. Professional
                   including: station expeditors, charcuterie, Maitre d’               organizational structures will be included. Prerequi-
                   Hotel, Sous Chef, Back Kitchen Supervisor and                       site: Admission to the Dental Assisting Program or
                   buffets. Prerequisite: CULA 135. (77:176:00)                        instructor permission. (22:00:00)
                   CULA 235       MANAGEMENT                          15 CR.
                                                                                       DENT 112            INTRO TO CHAIRSIDE
                   Students will be learning: Food and labor control,                                      PROCEDURES                              6 CR.
                   design and marketing, managerial functions of the                   Students will learn all the necessary needs of home
                   Point-of-Sale system, requirements of the health                    care, patient instructions, and counseling. Covers
                   departments, HACCP. Prerequisite: CULA 218.                         assessing oral hygiene, stains, dental deposits,
                   (77:176:00)                                                         procedural prophylaxis, fluoride, and pit and fissure
                                                                                       sealant application. Prerequisite: Admission to the
                   CULA 241       WINES OF THE WORLD I                    1 CR.        Dental Assistant Program. (33:66:00)
                   A survey of wine and winemaking techniques across
                   the globe. History of wine by region, as well as                    DENT 113            DENTAL PRACTICE THEORY 2 CR.
                   cultural significance. Prerequisites: None.                         Basic concepts and principles of dental practice are
                   (11:00:00)                                                          presented in this lecture course. The emphasis is on
                                                                                       preparation and assessment procedures. (22:00:00)
                   CWEX 190       COOPERATIVE WORK
                                  EXPERIENCE SEMINAR                      1 CR.
                                                                                       DENT 114            ETHICS, LAW, OFFICE
                   Seminar topics may include legal issues of the                                          MANAGEMENT                              2 CR.
                   workplace, interviewing techniques, and conflict                    Students are introduced to professional ethics and
                   resolution. Students have the opportunity to openly                 legalities and the responsibilities of the dental
                   discuss issues they face at their workplace in a                    assistant to the community, dental profession, dental
                   learning environment. Co-requisite: CWEX                            team and patient. Management of front office
                   197(11:0:0)                                                         procedures is presented. Prerequisite: Admission to
                                                                                       the Dental Assistant program or instructor permis-
                   CWEX 197       COOPERATIVE WORK                                     sion. (22:00:00)
                                  EXPERIENCE I                        1-5 CR.
                   Cooperative work experience offers students the
                                                                                       DENT 115            ORAL SCIENCE                            3 CR.
                   opportunity to further their skills by working at an                Students are introduced to basic dental sciences
                   approved job site. Training plan will be developed                  including oral anatomy, tooth morphology & oral
                   to enable the student to acquire on-the- job skills                 microbiology. Prerequisite: Admission to the Dental
                   while earning an income. Prerequisite: Instructor                   Assistant program. (33:00:00)
                   permission (00:00:variable)
                                                                                       DENT 117            DENTAL MATERIALS I                      3 CR.
                   CWEX 290       COOPERATIVE WORK                                     This theory and laboratory course introduces the
                                  EXPERIENCE SEMINAR II                   1 CR.
                   Seminar topics may include legal issues of the                      student to selected dental materials and to basic
                   workplace, interviewing techniques, and conflict                    restorative dentistry procedures and techniques, and
                   resolution. Students have the opportunity to openly                 is designed to give students a working knowledge of
                   discuss issues they face at their workplace in a                    skills required for restorative dentistry. Prerequisite:
                   learning environment. Co-requisite: CWEX 297                        Admission to the Dental Assistant program.
                   (11:0:0)                                                            (22:22:00)




182               2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I    N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                     Course Descriptions                     7
 DENT 121           DENTAL ASSISTANT                                 DENT 133            RESTORATIVE
                    PRACTICUM I                          6 CR.                           DENTISTRY DA                            3 CR.
 Course covers assessing oral hygiene, stains, dental                Students will continue chairside procedures with
 deposits; procedural prophylaxis, fluoride, and pit                 the emphasis on theory and skills related to the
 and fissure sealant application; and instrumenta-                   expanded functions such as impression taking and
 tion of auxiliary expanded duties. Clinical imple-                  amalgam polishing. Students will gain a fuller
 mentation and practical application of procedures                   understanding of fixed and removable prosthodon-
 permitted by the Washington State Dental Practice                   tics and the role that they play in assisting the
 Act in the campus dental clinic under the supervi-                  dentist in the fabrication of dental prostheses. The
 sion of dentists and dental faculty. Prerequisites:                 laboratory portion of this course will introduce
 DENT 112, DENT 113, DENT 114 and DENT 117 or                        related exercises as well as other advanced assisting
 instructor permission. (00:132:00)                                  skills necessary for employment in Washington
                                                                     State. Prerequisites: DENT 113, DENT 115, DENT
 DENT 124           STUDY OF THE                                     117, DENT 127 and or instructor permission.
                    HUMAN BODY                           4 CR.       (22:22:00)
 Students continue their study of the basic sciences
 including human anatomy/physiology, head and                        DENT 136            RADIOGRAPHY                             2 CR.
 neck anatomy, and histology/embryology. Histology/                  This course builds on the science foundation
 Embryology forms the basis for the future study of                  established in DENT 126. Students begin to take
 general, oral and periodontal pathologies.                          radiographs on clinical patients and study advanced
 Prerequisites: DENT 112, DENT 113, DENT 114,                        techniques of radiography such as extra-oral
 DENT 117 or instructor permission. (44:00:00)                       techniques. Prerequisites: Successful completion of
                                                                     DENT 113, DENT 115, DENT 124 and DENT 126 or
 DENT 126           RADIOLOGY                            3 CR.       instructor permission. (11:22:00)
 This course introduces radiology as a diagnostic
 aid, and includes the concepts and principles of x-                 DENT 137            DENTAL SPECIALTIES                      4 CR.
 radiation, x-ray generation and radiation protec-                   This course emphasizes the special needs of
 tion. Prerequisites: DENT 112, DENT 113, DENT                       patients. Dental specialty practices and armamen-
 114, DENT 117 (22:22:00)                                            tarium are discussed. This course will also
                                                                     introduce the student to common pathology of the
 DENT 127           DENTAL MATERIALS II                  3 CR.       oral cavity which they may encounter. Prerequisites:
 This theory and laboratory course continues from                    Successful completion of DENT 111, DENT 112,
 DENT 117. Students are introduced to principles of                  DENT 113, DENT 115, DENT 124 and DENT 126 or
 restorative dentistry. Additional dental assisting                  instructor permission. (33:22:00)
 skills are introduced. Prerequisites: DENT 113,
 DENT 115, DENT 117 or instructor permission.                        DENT 211            DENTAL ASSISTING
 (22:22:00)                                                                              PRACTICUM III                           4 CR.
                                                                     Clinical implementation and practical application of
 DENT 131           DENTAL ASSISTING                                 procedures permitted by the Washington State
                    PRACTICUM II                         7 CR.       Dental Practice Act, in the campus dental clinic
 Clinical implementation and practical application of                under the supervision of dentists and dental faculty.
 procedures permitted by the Washington State                        Prerequisites: DENT 112, DENT 113, DENT 114,
 Dental Practice Act, in the campus dental clinic                    DENT 117, DENT 127, DENT 131, DENT 133, DENT
 under the supervision of dentists and dental faculty.               136, DENT 137, DENT 126 or instructor permis-
 Prerequisites: DENT 112, DENT 113, DENT 114,                        sion. (00:88:00)
 DENT 117, DENT 121, DENT 127 and DENT 126 or
 instructor permission. (00:154:00)                                  DENT 214            PHARMACOLOGY/
                                                                                         NUTRITION                               2 CR.
                                                                     This course presents general concepts of dental
                                                                     pharmacology. General nutrition is also discussed.
                                                                     The six essential nutrients are reviewed. Prerequi-
                                                                     sites: DENT 112, DENT 113, DENT 114, DENT 117,
                                                                     DENT 127, DENT 131, DENT 133, DENT 136, DENT
                                                                     137 and DENT 126 or instructor permission.
                                                                     (22:00:00)




2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5    L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                             183
7     Course Descriptions

                   DENT 215       WORKPLACE                                           DHYG 114            PRINCIPLES & ISSUES I                   2 CR.
                                  PREPARATION                             3 CR.       This course is designed to introduce the student to
                   This course will cover career and educational                      the profession of dental hygiene, including profes-
                   opportunities and the employment process.                          sional ethics, legalities, and responsibilities. Current
                   Computerized dental office management will be                      concepts of dental hygiene practice are examined
                   discussed. In addition, students will gain an                      with the emphasis on the problem-solving process.
                   understanding of issues related to leadership, self-               Prerequisite: Admission to the Dental Hygiene
                   esteem, and goal setting. Prerequisites: DENT 112,                 program. (22:00:00)
                   DENT 113, DENT 114, DENT 117, DENT 127 and or
                   instructor permission. (33:00:00)                                  DHYG 115            DENTAL ANATOMY                          3 CR.
                                                                                      In this course students are introduced to basic
                   DENT 294       DENTAL ASSISTING                                    dental sciences including Head and Neck Anatomy,
                                  INTERNSHIP                              6 CR.
                   Student participates and actively demonstrates                     Oral Anatomy, and Tooth Morphology. The course
                   competencies acquired in dental assisting program.                 focuses on the healthy, normal end of the health/
                   These skills are performed under the direct                        disease continuum and provides a foundation for
                   supervision of dentists in private practice and clinics.           further dental science study. Prerequisite: Admission
                   Prerequisite: Instructor permission required.                      to the Dental Hygiene program. (33:00:00)
                   (11:110:00)
                                                                                      DHYG 116            RADIOLOGY                               3 CR.
                                                                                      This course introduces radiology as a diagnostic aid,
                   DFOM 111       DENTAL FRONT OFFICE I                   6 CR.
                   Introduces ethics and jurisprudence in the dental                  and includes the concepts and principles of x-
                   office, tooth morphology, dental procedures, chart                 radiation, x-ray generation and radiation protection.
                   interpretations, dental forms, filing systems,                     Prerequisite: Admission to the dental hygiene
                   telephone techniques, appointment book control,                    program. (22:22:00)
                   and patient continuing care systems. Prerequisites:
                   ABED 040, ENGL 100 or equivalent placement test                    DHYG 118            PERIODONTOLOGY I                        2 CR.
                   scores. (44:44:00)                                                 This course studies the function of the healthy,
                                                                                      normal end of the health/disease continuum of the
                                                                                      periodontal structures. Prerequisite: Admission to
                   DFOM 121       DENTAL FRONT OFFICE II                  6 CR.
                   Continuation of Dental Front Office I. Introduces all              the Dental Hygiene program. (22:00:00)
                   types of dental insurance, claim processing and
                   tracking, daily reports, weekly reports, monthly                   DHYG 122            DH PRACTICE II                          8 CR.
                   reports and statements, and business correspon-                    This lecture and clinical course is a continuation of
                   dence. Prerequisite: DFOM 111. (44:44:00)                          Dental Hygiene Practice I. The concepts of teaching
                                                                                      and learning, and problem solving are integrated
                                                                                      into clinical practice. Prerequisites: DHYG 112,
                   DFOM 194       DENTAL OFFICE
                                  INTERNSHIP                              3 CR.       DHYG 113, DHYG 114, DHYG 115, DHYG 116,
                   Student participates and actively demonstrates                     DHYG 118. (44:88:00)
                   competencies acquired in the program. These skills
                   are performed under the direct supervision of                      DHYG 123            RESTORATIVE DENTISTRY II 3 CR.
                   dentists in private practice and clinics. Prerequisite:            This course is a continuation of Restorative Dentistry
                   Instructor permission. (00:66:00)                                  I. Students are introduced to principles of restor-
                                                                                      ative dentistry and restorative dentistry armamen-
                   DHYG 112       DENTL HYGIENE                                       tarium. Additional dental assisting skills are
                                  PRACTICE I                              7 CR.       introduced. Prerequisites: DHYG 112, DHYG 113,
                   Basic concepts and principles of dental hygiene                    DHYG 114, DHYG 115, DHYG 116, DHYG 118
                   practice are presented. The emphasis is on prepara-                (22:22:00)
                   tion and assessment procedures with an introduction
                   to dental hygiene diagnosis and planning; and                      DHYG 124            PRINCIPLES & ISSUES II                  1 CR.
                   selected implementation, evaluation and practice                   This course builds on Principles and Issues I and
                   management procedures. Prerequisite: Admission to                  introduces the student to concepts of research-
                   the Dental Hygiene Program. (33:88:00)                             based dental hygiene practice and health promotion.
                                                                                      Prerequisites: DHYG 112, DHYG 113, DHYG 114,
                   DHYG 113       RESTORATIVE DENTISTRY I 3 CR.                       DHYG 115, DHYG 116, DHYG 118. (11:00:00)
                   This course introduces the student to selected dental
                   materials and to basic restorative dentistry proce-
                   dures and techniques. The course is designed to give
                   students a working knowledge of skills required for
                   restorative dentistry. Prerequisite: Admission to the
                   Dental Hygiene Program. (22:22:00)
184               2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                    Course Descriptions                     7
DHYG 125        COMMUNITY                                           DHYG 137            RADIOGRAPHIC
                DENTAL HLTH I                           1 CR.                           INTERPRETION                            2 CR.
In this course students study the health/disease                    Students begin to take radiographs on clinical
continuum from the viewpoint of the community.                      patients and study the interpretation of radiographs,
Included are basic concepts about community dental                  to assist with dental hygiene diagnosis. Prerequi-
health and an introduction to the multi-cultural                    sites: DHYG 122, DHYG 123, DHYG 124, DHYG 125,
nature of communities. Prerequisites: DHYG 112,                     DHYG 127, DHYG 139. (11:22:00)
DHYG 113, DHYG 114, DHYG 115, DHYG 116, DHYG
118. (11:00:00)                                                     DHYG 138            PHARMACOLOGY/PAIN
                                                                                        CONTROL                                 4 CR.
DHYG 127        HISTOLOGY AND
                                                                    The study of pharmacological agents are presented
                EMBRYOLOGY                              2 CR.       in this course. The use of drugs for treatment, as
In this course students broaden their focus of the                  well as pain control is discussed. Elements of local
health- disease continuum through the study of                      anesthetic technique and administration are
Histology/Embryology. The course forms the basis                    included. Prerequisites: DHGY 122, DHGY 123,
for the further study of general, oral and periodontal              DHYG 124, DHYG 125, DHYG 127, DHYG 137,
pathologies. Prerequisites: DHYG 112, DHYG 113,                     DHYG 139. (44:00:00)
DHYG 114, DHYG 115, DHYG 116, DHYG 118.
(22:00:00)                                                          DHYG 139            PATHOLOGY I                             2 CR.
                                                                    This course builds on the science foundation
DHYG 132        DH PRACTICE III                         7 CR.       established in DHYG 118 and 127.The focus along
This lecture and clinical course continues from                     the health/disease continuum shifts towards basic
Dental Hygiene Practice II. Students expand their                   concepts of disease. General concepts of pathology
focus to include unhealthy and abnormal oral                        and periodontal pathology are discussed. Prerequi-
conditions and the special needs of patients in                     sites: DHYG 112, DHYG 113, DHYG 114, DHYG 115,
today’s diversified communities. Prerequisites: DHYG                DHYG 116, DHYG 118. (22:00:00)
122, DHYG 123, DHYG 124, DHYG 125, DHYG 127,
DHYG 139, DENT 126. (22:110:00)                                     DHYG 142            DENTAL HYGIENE
                                                                                        PRACTICE IV                             5 CR.
DHYG 133        RESTORATIVE DENT III                    1 CR.
                                                                    This clinical course continues from the first year
This laboratory course builds on the skills intro-                  courses. Students participate in weekly seminars
duced in Restorative Dentistry I and II. Students                   integrating values, knowledge and skills learned
develop restorative dentistry skills by practicing on               from other courses. Prerequisites: DHYG 132,
mannequins in preparation for patient clinics during                DHYG 133, DHYG 134, DHYG 135 and DHYG 138.
the summer program. Prerequisites: DHYG 122,                        (11:88:00)
DHYG 123, DHYG 124, DHYG 125, DHYG 127, DHYG
137, DHYG 139. (00:22:00)                                           DHYG 143            RESTORATIVE
                                                                                        DENTISTRY IV                            1 CR.
                                                                    This laboratory course builds on the skills intro-
DHYG 134        PRINCIPLES & ISSUES III                 2 CR.       duced in Restorative Dentistry I, II and III. Students
This course focuses on concepts of wellness and                     develop restorative dentistry skills by practicing on
research- based dental hygiene practice. The student                mannequins in preparation for patient clinics
is introduced to the special needs of patients, dental              during the fall program. Prerequisites: DHYG 132,
specialties, and to the concept of multi-disciplinary               DHYG 133, DHYG 134, DHYG 135 and DHYG 138.
health care consultations and referrals. Prerequi-                  (00:22:00)
sites: DHYG 122, DHYG 123, DHYG 124, DHYG 125,
DHYG 127, DHYG 138, DHYG 139. (22:00:00)                            DHYG 145            COMMUNITY DENTAL
                                                                                        HEALTH III                              2 CR.
DHYG 135        COMMUNITY DENTAL                                    This course focuses on the implementation phase of
                HEALTH II                               2 CR.       the students clinical/health promotion Community
Course covers the planning phase of community                       Internship project. Prerequisites: DHYG 132, DHYG
health programming. Students are also introduced to                 133, DHYG 134, DHYG 135 and DHYG 138.
the role of the dental hygienist as an agent for                    (00:44:00)
change, and continue to study multi-cultural issues
and attitudes. Prerequisites: DHYG 122, DHYG 123,
                                                                    DHYG 212            DH PRACTICE V                           9 CR.
DHYG 124, DHYG 125, DHYG 127, DHYG 137, DHYG                        This lecture and clinical course continues from the
139. (11:22:00)                                                     first year courses. Students expand their focus of
                                                                    practice to include more periodontally involved
                                                                    patients/clients. Emphasis is given to comprehen-
                                                                    sive dental hygiene care. Prerequisites: DHYG 142,
                                                                    DHYG 143, DHYG 145 and DHYG 218. (33:132:00)
2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                            185
7     Course Descriptions

                   DHYG 213       RESTORATIVE                                          DHYG 224            PRINCIPLES & ISSUES V                   2 CR.
                                  DENTISTRY V                             2 CR.        Course will cover career and educational opportuni-
                   In this course students provide restorative dentistry               ties, the employment process, licensure and
                   care to their clinical patients/clients. In addition,               continuing education requirements in Washington
                   students incorporate the administration of local                    and across the U.S., and the role of practice
                   anesthesia and nitrous oxide. Prerequisites: DHYG                   standards for quality assurance. Prerequisites: DHYG
                   142, DHYG 143, DHYG 145 and DHYG 218.                               212, DHYG 213, DHYG 214, DHYG 215, DHYG 219.
                   (22:22:00)                                                          (22:00:00)
                   DHYG 214       PRINCIPLES & ISSUES IV                  2 CR.        DHYG 225            COMMUNITY DENTAL
                   This course examines concepts introduced in the                                         HEALTH V                                2 CR.
                   first year courses. The primary focus is on wellness                This course is a continuation of the previous
                   in the aged and geriatric dental health. Communica-                 community dental health courses. Students study
                   tion skills relating to special needs patients, assertion           global multi-cultural issues and concerns, and
                   and group dynamics are studied. Prerequisites:                      continue their clinical/health promotion community
                   DHYG 142, DHYG 143, DHYG 145, and DHYG 218.                         internship project. Prerequisites: DHYG 212, DHYG
                   (22:00:00)                                                          213, DHYG 214, DHYG 215, DHYG 219. (11:22:00)

                   DHYG 215       COMMUNITY DENTAL                                     DHYG 229            PATHOLOGY III                           2 CR.
                                  HEALTH IV                               2 CR.        Disease aspects of the health/disease continuum are
                   Students are introduced to concepts of epidemiologi-                further explored through the continuing study of
                   cal trends, community health research, and market-                  Oral Pathology and periodontics. Advanced concepts
                   ing strategies for community dental health education                of immunology are presented. Case studies help
                   and promotion. Prerequisites: DHYG 142, DHYG                        students prepare for their presentations of clinical
                   143, DHYG 145 and DHYG 218. (11:22:00)                              cases in the spring quarter. Prerequisites: DHYG
                                                                                       212, DHYG 213, DHYG 214, DHYG 215, DHYG 219.
                   DHYG 218       PERIODONTOLOGY II                       2 CR.        (22:00:00)
                   This course builds on DHYG 118.The focus along the
                   health/disease continuum shifts toward basic                        DHYG 232            DENTAL HYGIENE
                   concepts of disease at the cellular level. The study of                                 PRACTICE VII                        11 CR.
                   periodontics is broadened to include common                         This course continues from Dental Hygiene Practice
                   periodontal pathologies and their microbiological                   VI and gives the student the opportunity to utilize
                   basis. Prerequisites: DHYG 132, DHYG 133, DHYG                      knowledge and skills learned in previous courses.
                   134, DHYG 135, DHYG 138. (22:00:00)                                 Prerequisites: DHYG 222, DHYG 223, DHYG 224,
                                                                                       DHYG 225, DHYG 229. (33:176:00)
                   DHYG 219       PATHOLOGY II                            2 CR.
                   This course builds on the first year dental science                 DHYG 233            RESTORATV DENTISTRY VII 3 CR.
                   courses and continues to focus on aspects of the                    This course provides the student with clinical
                   health/disease continuum. Oral pathology is                         opportunities to demonstrate competence in
                   introduced and concepts are related to the continued                restorative dental hygiene services including the
                   study of periodontal pathologies. Prerequisites:                    application of amalgam and composite restorations.
                   DHYG 142, DHYG 143, DHYG 145 and DHYG 218.                          Prerequisites: DHYG 222, DHYG 223, DHYG 224,
                   (22:00:00)                                                          DHYG 225, DHYG 229. (00:66:00)

                   DHYG 222       DENTAL HYGIENE                                       DHYG 234            PRINCIPLES & ISSUES VI                  2 CR.
                                  PRACTICE VI                         10 CR.           This course is a continuation of Principles and
                   This lecture and clinical course is a continuation of               Issues V and focuses on dental hygiene professional
                   Dental Hygiene Practice V. The student demonstrates                 issues, and trends in dental hygiene health care.
                   competence with various procedures. Prerequisites:                  Prerequisites: DHYG 222, DHYG 223, DHYG 224,
                   DHYG 212, DHYG 213, DHYG 214, DHYG 215,                             DHYG 225, DHYG 229. (22:00:00)
                   DHYG 219. (44:132:00)
                                                                                       DHYG 235            COMMUNITY DENTAL
                   DHYG 223       RESTORATIVE                                                              HEALTH VI                               2 CR.
                                  DENTISTRY VI                            2 CR.        This course enables the student to use their
                   This course is a continuation of Restorative Dentistry              knowledge about community health partnership
                   V. Students are given opportunity to provide restor-                programs through student presentations of their two-
                   ative dentistry care to clinical patients/clients,                  year clinical/health promotion community internship
                   incorporating the administration of local anesthesia                projects. Prerequisites: DHYG 222, DHYG 223,
                   and nitrous oxide. Prerequisites: DHYG 212, DHYG                    DHYG 224, DHYG 225, DHYG 229. (11:22:00)
                   213, DHYG 214, DHYG 215, DHYG 219. (00:44:00)

186               2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I    N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L    E   G   E
                                                                                                     Course Descriptions                     7
 DHYG 239           PATHOLOGY IV                         2 CR.       DHET 124            ELECTRONIC APPLICATIONS3 CR.
 This course provides an opportunity for students to                 The study of electronic systems and sub-systems
 synthesize knowledge developed in previous dental                   used in heavy duty applications with a focus on
 science courses, particularly in periodontics.                      design, purpose, removal, repair, inspection, and
 Students will focus on one aspect of Oral Pathology                 installation. Hands-on troubleshooting and test
 in a research assignment. Prerequisites: DHYG 222,                  equipment usage. Prerequisites: TRAN 112, TRAN
 DHYG 223, DHYG 224, DHYG 229. (22:00:00)                            113, TRAN 125, TRAN 110 and DHET 123, or
                                                                     instructor permission (11:44:00)
 DHYG 240           LOCAL ANESTHESIA FOR
                    DENTAL HYGIENISTS                    2 CR.       DHET 125            BASIC MAINTENANCE                       2 CR.
 This course is designed to fulfill the requirements of              The study of maintenance requirements and
 Local Anesthesia Instruction set forth by the                       recommended procedures related to heavy
 Washington Revised Code 18.29 for Dental Hygien-                    equipment and trucks. Hands-on guided practice on
 ists. In this course, the student is instructed in the              customer equipment and program training aids.
 techniques and usage of local anesthesia administra-                Prerequisites: TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125,
 tion and nitrous oxide sedation. Additionally, the                  TRAN 110 (11:22:00)
 pharmacology of the drugs administered their
 interactions with other medications, emergency                      DHET 131            ENGINE PRINCIPLES/
 procedures, and the review of anatomy and                                               COMPONENTS                              3 CR.
 physiology of the head and neck will be covered.                    The study of internal combustion engine operating
 Prerequisites: Graduate from an Accredited Dental                   principles for both two cycle and four cycle
 Hygiene School, Successful Completion of the                        application. Includes major component identifica-
 National Board for Dental Hygienists. (11:22:00)                    tion and function as well as OEM terminology.
                                                                     Prerequisites: TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125,
 DHYG 241           RESTORATIVE EXPANDED                             TRAN 110 (11:44:00)
                    DUTIES                               4 CR.
 This course is designed to fulfill the requirements of              DHET 132            GASOLINE/LIQUID
 instruction in Restorative Dentistry for the Dental                                     PROPANE GAS SYSTEMS                     3 CR.
 Hygienist set forth by the Washington Revised Code                  The study of gasoline and liquid propane fueled
 18.29. In this course, the students will learn/review               engines. Combustion processes, engine subsystems
 dental anatomy, occlusion, dental materials for                     maintenance, repair, adjustments. Includes
 restorative dentistry, isolation techniques, and                    application and installation requirements. Prerequi-
 sealant application. Additionally, the student will be              sites: TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125, TRAN 110
 instructed in amalgam placing, carving and                          and completion of or enrollment in DHET 131.
 finishing, and composite placing and finishing.                     (11:44:00)
 Prerequisites: Graduate from an Accredited Dental
 Hygiene School, Successful Completion of the                        DHET 133            DIESEL SYSTEMS                          3 CR.
 National Board for Dental Hygienists. (22:44:00)                    The study of diesel fueled engines. Combustion
                                                                     processes, engine subsystems maintenance, repair,
 DHET 121           BEARINGS, SHAFT SEALS                2 CR.       adjustments. Includes application and installation
 The study of bearings and seals used in heavy duty                  requirements Prerequisites: TRAN 112, TRAN 113,
 applications with a focus on design purpose,                        TRAN 125, TRAN 110 and completion of, or
 removal, repair, inspection and installation tech-                  enrollment in DHET 131 and DHET 132.
 niques. Prerequisites: TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN                     (11:44:00)
 125, TRAN 110. (11:22:00)
                                                                     DHET 134            FUEL INJECTION                          3 CR.
 DHET 122           WELDING APPLICATIONS                 4 CR.       The study of fuel injection systems. Includes
 A continuation study of welding procedures with a                   operating principles, component identification,
 focus on developing skills needed for fabrication                   maintenance, repair, installation, and application.
 and repair of heavy equipment and trucks. Prerequi-                 Prerequisites: TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125,
 sites: TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125, TRAN 110                       TRAN 110, and completion of, or enrollment in
 (11:66:00)                                                          DHET 131, DHET 132, and DHET 133. (11:44:00)

 DHET 123           HEAVY DUTY ELECTRICAL                4 CR.
 The study of electrical systems and sub-systems used
 in heavy duty applications with a focus on design
 purpose, removal, repair, inspection, and installa-
 tion. Hands-on troubleshooting and test equipment
 usage. Prerequisites: TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN
 125, TRAN 110 (22:44:00)
2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5    L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                             187
7     Course Descriptions

                   DHET 135       DIAGNOSTICS/                                        DHET 231            STEERING/SUSPEN/
                                  ADJUSTMENTS/                                                            FRAMES                                  5 CR.
                                  EMISSIONS                               3 CR.       The study of heavy duty steering, suspension, and
                   The study of electronically controlled engine                      frame systems. A focus on terminology, application,
                   subsystems. Includes operating principles, compo-                  inspection, repair and adjustment procedures.
                   nent identification maintenance, trouble-shooting,                 Prerequisites: TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125,
                   computer diagnostics, repair, installation techniques,             TRAN 110 (22:66:00)
                   Emissions and controls. Prerequisites: TRAN 112,
                   TRAN 113, TRAN 125, TRAN 110, and completion of,                   DHET 232            PNEUMATICS                              4 CR.
                   or enrollment in DHET 131, DHET 132, DHET 133,                     A study of pneumatic system components such as
                   and DHET 134. (11:44:00)                                           wiper motors, brake valves, air springs and locking
                                                                                      mechanisms. Includes instruction in application,
                   DHET 211       FUNDAMENTALS OF                                     maintenance, repair, installation and schematic
                                  HYDRAULIC FLUID POWER 5 CR.
                   An introduction to fluid power basic laws and fluid                interpretation. Prerequisites: TRAN 112, TRAN 113,
                   characteristics. System components, identification                 TRAN 125, TRAN 110 (22:44:00)
                   and application. Prerequisites: TRAN 112, TRAN 113,
                   TRAN 125, TRAN 110 (22:66:00)                                      DHET 233            FOUNDATION BRAKES                       5 CR.
                                                                                      The study of foundation brake systems and
                                                                                      components including purpose, nomenclature,
                   DHET 212       INTERMEDIATE
                                  HYDRAULIC FLUID POWER 4 CR.                         repair, maintenance, adjustment, and drivability
                   A study of individual components. Disassembly and                  complaint diagnosis. Prerequisites: TRAN 112,
                   reassemble techniques, subsystem specifications and                TRAN 113, TRAN 125, TRAN 110, and completion
                   testing. Prerequisites: TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN                   of, or concurrent enrollment in DHET 232.
                   125, TRAN 110, and completion of, or concurrent                    (22:66:00)
                   enrollment in, DHET 211. (11:66:00)
                                                                                      EASL 015            ESL LEVEL I                             6 CR.
                   DHET 213       ADVANCED HYDRAULIC                                  This course is designed for students who are just
                                  FLUID POWER                             5 CR.       beginning to study English as a second language.
                   A continuation of the study of fluid power with focus              The focus is on teaching basic functional English for
                   on troubleshooting, maintenance, and system                        use in the community and on the job. Although the
                   integration. Includes schematic interpretation.                    course covers the four skills of listening, speaking,
                   Prerequisites: TRAN 112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125,                       reading and writing, the emphasis is on speaking
                   TRAN 110, and completion of, or concurrent                         and listening. Prerequisite: Placement test score.
                   enrollment in DHET 211 and DHET 212. (22:66:00)                    (66:00:00)

                   DHET 221       POWER TRAINS                                        EASL 016            ESL LEVEL II                            6 CR.
                                  STANDARD                                5 CR.
                                                                                      This course continues to develop language skills for
                   The study of clutches, manual transmissions,
                                                                                      students of English as a second language. The focus
                   drivelines, U- joints and differentials. Includes
                                                                                      remains on teaching basic functional English for use
                   operation, maintenance, disassembly, re-assembly
                                                                                      in the community and on the job. While it covers the
                   and installation. Prerequisites: TRAN 112, TRAN
                                                                                      skills of listening and speaking, the course has an
                   113, TRAN 125, TRAN 110 (22:66:00)
                                                                                      increasing emphasis on beginning reading and
                                                                                      writing. Prerequisite: ESL 015 or equivalent
                   DHET 222       POWER TRAINS/
                                  POWER SHIFT                             5 CR.       placement score. (66:00:00)
                   The study of power shift transmissions, torque
                   converters and machine steering systems. Includes                  EASL 018            INTERMEDIATE ENGLISH
                                                                                                          LANGUAGE                                3 CR.
                   instruction in maintenance, repair, installation and
                                                                                      This content-based class familiarizes students with
                   application. Prerequisites: TRAN 112, TRAN 113,
                                                                                      the basic notions of US government, history, and the
                   TRAN 125, TRAN 110 (22:66:00)
                                                                                      concept of civic participation, while providing
                                                                                      numerous debate topics. Prerequisite: TOEFL score
                   DHET 223       TRACTION &
                                  COMPONENTS                              4 CR.       or equivalent placement. (33:00:00)
                   The study of traction and related components and
                   undercarriage systems used in heavy duty applica-                  EASL 018            INTERMEDIATE ENGLISH
                                                                                                          LANGUAGE                                3 CR.
                   tions. Includes instruction in maintenance, adjust-
                                                                                      This content-based class familiarizes students with
                   ment, removal and installation. Prerequisites: TRAN
                                                                                      the basic notions of US government, history, and the
                   112, TRAN 113, TRAN 125, TRAN 110 (11:66:00)
                                                                                      concept of civic participation, while providing
                                                                                      numerous debate topics. Prerequisite: TOEFL score
                                                                                      or equivalent placement. (33:00:00)

188               2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L    E   G   E
                                                                                                    Course Descriptions                      7
EASL 024        WORKPLACE                                           EASL 035            ESL WORLD OF WORK II                 10 CR.
                COMMUNICATION I                         6 CR.       This course is intended to provide students with
This course is designed to improve workplace                        proficiency in English as a second language and
communication for beginning level ESL and ABE                       Adult Basic Education skills necessary to function in
students. Topics will include beginning phonics and                 the American workplace. The course covers basic
pronunciation, helpful reading techniques for the                   English as a second language competencies such as
workplace, interpretation of safety procedures,                     listening, speaking, reading, and writing, and
general work procedures. Prerequisite: Placement                    specific competencies in language and culture for
test score. (11-88:00:00)                                           the workplace. In addition, students develop basic
                                                                    word processing skills. Prerequisites: English as a
EASL 025        WORKPLACE                                           Second Language State of Washington Core
                COMMUNICATION II                        6 CR.
This course is designed to improve workplace                        Competencies Level 2, Refugee Status. (132:00:00)
communication for intermediate ESL and ABE
students. Topics will include the interpretation of                 EASL 040            ESL LEVEL IV                        1-15 CR.
work-related vocabulary, safety procedures,                         This course is for the high intermediate level ESL
handbooks, charts, performance reviews and                          student and emphasizes reading skills, vocabulary
benefits. Prerequisite: Placement test score.                       development, listening, speaking, understanding
(11- 88:00:00)                                                      idioms, and developing and understanding of
                                                                    American culture. Students in this class are
                                                                    preparing to enter a vocational training program or
EASL 028        ESL ACCENT
                CORRECTION I                        1-5 CR.         to enter the work world. Homework is assigned and
This independent-study class is intended for                        the regular college policies in behavior and
intermediate ESL learners. Students will practice                   attendance apply. Prerequisite: Completion of Level
different vowel sounds through various types of                     3 or placement. (165:00:00)
pronunciation exercises at both word and con-
nected speech levels. Prerequisite: EASL 030 or                     EASL 050            ESL LEVEL V                         1-15 CR.
equivalent placement. (22:00:00)                                    In this course, students will practice and improve
                                                                    communication skills in listening, reading, writing,
EASL 029        ESL ACCENT                                          and speaking to prepare them for vocational
                CORRECTION II                       1-5 CR.         training and active community and family life.
This independent-study class is intended for                        Students will increase proficiency in using comput-
intermediate ESL learners. Students will practice                   ers to access relevant information to fulfill roles as
different consonant sounds through various types of                 workers, citizens, and family members. In order to
pronunciation exercises at both word and connected                  advance, students must satisfactorily complete
speech levels. Prerequisite: EASL 030 or equivalent                 course objectives, pass the Washington Assessment
placement. (00:110:00)                                              instruments or meet the prerequisites for the next
                                                                    level. Homework is assigned and regular college
EASL 030        ESL LEVEL IIIA                          6 CR.       attendance policies apply. Prerequisite: Completion
In this course students will practice and improve                   of Level 4 or placement. (165:00:00)
communications skills in listening, speaking, reading
and writing in English to prepare them for vocational               EASL 053            HEALTHCARE BRIDGE I                      6 CR.
training and active community life. Basic computer                  This course is designed to assist ESL students in
orientation and keyboarding skills will also be                     their transition into Allied Health Programs, by
covered. Homework is assigned and regular college                   offering language instruction in the context of
attendance policies apply. Prerequisite: Completion                 Health/Healthcare. Prerequisites: Completion of ESL
of Level 2 or placement.              (66- 165:00:00)               Level IV and an interest in an Allied Health program.
                                                                    (66:00:00)
EASL 034        ESL WORLD OF WORK I                 12 CR.
This course is intended to provide students with                    EASL 060            CONNECT WITH ENGLISH                     1 CR.
proficiency in English as a second language and                     In this independent-study course, students will
Adult Basic Education skills necessary to function in               practice listening and writing skills, and some basic
the American workplace. The course covers basic                     grammatical structures to complement or prepare
English as a second language competencies such as                   for regular ESL classes. Prerequisite: Level 3 or
listening, speaking, reading and writing, and specific              equivalent CASAS score. (00:22:00)
competencies in language and culture for the
workplace. In addition, students develop basic word
processing skills. Prerequisite: Completion of Level 2
or appropriate placement test score. (132:00:00)


2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L    L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                             189
7     Course Descriptions

                   EASL 062       WRITING IMPROVEMENT                     1 CR.       ECEM 124            LANGUAGE ACTIVITIES                     5 CR.
                   This independent-study class is intended for                       Course explores techniques for enhancement of
                   intermediate ESL learners. Students will work on                   language development. Focus on co-active language
                   their writing at the sentence level and then at the                experiences, verbal/written expression, story
                   paragraph level, while reviewing and practicing                    extensions, selection of literature, music/movement
                   grammatical structures and relationships. Prerequi-                curriculum and environmental planning. Verbal
                   site: ESL Level 3 or equivalent placement. (00:22:00)              expression techniques for staff explored. Resource
                                                                                      development opportunities. Prerequisites: None.
                   EASL 064       ESL WORKSKILLS                          1 CR.       (22:66:00)
                   This is an independent-study course designed to
                   improve the language skills necessary to function                  ECEM 125            SCIENCE/MATH ACTIVITIES 5 CR.
                   well in an American workplace setting. Prerequisite:               Study of basic math/science concepts including
                   Currently employed ESL students Level 3, 4 or                      classification, comparison, ordering, measuring,
                   equivalent CASAS score. (00:22:00)                                 graphing, estimating and problem solving tech-
                                                                                      niques. Students learn principles and methods of
                   ECEM 111       INTRODUCTION TO EARLY                               introduction of concepts and providing practice
                                  CHILDHOOD EDUCATION                     5 CR.       using basic materials present in every program.
                   An overview of the early childhood profession and                  Prerequisites: None. (22:66:00)
                   the principles of environmental planning and child
                   observation techniques. Basic early childhood/                     ECEM 131            ADVOCACY/LEGAL ISSUES 1 CR.
                   school age teaching techniques, professional                       Techniques for advocacy for ECE/School Age
                   standards and ethics as defined by NAEYC are                       community and professional letter writing. Study of
                   discussed in depth. Current research is reviewed and               legal issues including confidentiality, DSHS
                   students begin developing a portfolio. Prerequisites:              regulations, employee rights and anti-discrimina-
                   None. (22:66:00)                                                   tion policies. Prerequisites: None. (11:00:00)
                   ECEM 112       CHILD DEVELOPMENT                       6 CR.       ECEM 132            PARENT INTERACTIONS                     5 CR.
                   Study of developmental tasks for children birth to                 Techniques for positive and supportive interactions
                   age twelve. In-depth study of major developmental                  with parents. Focus on parent support, confer-
                   theories and their application to child care.                      ences, conflict resolution, and written materials for
                   Fundamentals of using developmental information to                 parents. Study of current research on child care’s
                   observe and record the behavior of young children.                 role as a family resource. Prerequisites: None.
                   Two comprehensive exams measure child develop-                     (22:66:00)
                   ment knowledge. Prerequisites: None. (33:66:00)
                                                                                      ECEM 134            SAFETY, HEALTH,
                   ECEM 113       GUIDANCE TECHNIQUES                     5 CR.                           NUTRITION                               5 CR.
                   Study of early childhood/school age basic teaching                 Study of child safety and health practices for home
                   and guidance techniques that foster a positive self                and center-based programs. Topics included are
                   image. Focus on relationship between development                   accident prevention, first aid/emergency proce-
                   and behavior, affect of inappropriate adult expecta-               dures, disease, and child neglect/abuse. Food
                   tions, cultural expectations and classroom manage-                 preparations and basic menus planning following
                   ment techniques. Effective communication skills                    DSHS guidelines. Prerequisites: None. (22:66:00)
                   explored and practiced. Prerequisites: None.
                   (22:66:00)                                                         ECEM 150            STARS BASIC GUIDEBOOK                   2 CR.
                                                                                      A guidebook based course providing basic child
                   ECEM 121       DIVERSITY ISSUES                        1 CR.       care training for family child care providers and
                   General introduction to incorporating cultural,                    lead center staff. Purpose is to provide people who
                   ethnic, personal and physical diversity into the                   work with young children a basic core knowledge.
                   program with parent education component. Focus                     Course includes the recommended learning
                   on methods for infusion of concepts into all areas                 outcomes required for Washington State training
                   of curriculum. Prerequisites: None. (11:00:00)                     and Registry System (S.T.A.R.S.) initial training.
                                                                                      Prerequisites: None. (22:00:00)
                   ECEM 122       CREATIVE ACTIVITIES                     5 CR.
                   Focus is on the development of activities and                      ECEM 212            POLICIES AND
                   interest centers to enhance creativity and self-                                       PROCEDURES                              5 CR.
                   esteem. Hands on exploration of art, sensory,                      Elements of program management, including
                   construction activities and the development and                    statement of program philosophy, program
                   enhancement of dramatic play and block centers.                    objectives and all program procedures. Students
                   Prerequisites: None. (22:66:00)                                    develop an operations manual and a personnel
                                                                                      policies manual. Prerequisites: None. (22:66:00)

190               2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L    E   G   E
                                                                                                    Course Descriptions                     7
ECON 201        MACRO ECONOMICS                         5 CR.       ELEC 115            ELECTRONIC
This is an introductory course emphasizing how the                                      MANUFACTURING
                                                                                        PROCESS/TECH I                          5 CR.
markets operate from the big (macro) picture. The                   Introduction to techniques and methods of
course covers measurement of economic perfor-                       fabrication that are utilized throughout the
mance, national income accounting, aggregate                        electronics industry. Basic manual electronic
supply and demand, fiscal policy, money creation/                   manufacturing techniques, safety procedures, and
Federal Reserve system, monetary policy, inflation                  shop practices and techniques are explored, as well
and unemployment. Prerequisites: ENGL 093 and                       as proper hand tool selection, care and utilization.
MATH 080 or equivalent placement scores.                            Prerequisites: MATH 080 and ENGL 093 or
(55:00:00)                                                          equivalent placement scores or instructor permis-
                                                                    sion. (11:44:00)
ELEC 110        INTRO TO ELECTRONICS I                  6 CR.
Electronics impacts all of our lives, this complete
                                                                    ELEC 120            INTRODUCTION TO
introduction to basic electricity/electronics                                           ELECTRONICS II                          6 CR.
principles with an emphasis on hands-on applica-                    Continuation of the Introduction to Electronics
tion of theory provides a solid foundation to anyone                course in which semiconductors circuits both
in the “high-tech” workforce. A good look into how                  analog and digital electronics are explored. A
these electronics products really work. Prerequi-                   variety of hands-on lab activities with applications
sites: None(33:66:00)                                               enforce the classroom learning. Prerequisite: ELEC
                                                                    110. (33:66:00)
ELEC 111        COMPUTER LITERACY
                FOR ELECTRONIC
                PROFESSIONALS                           3 CR.       ELEC 126            ELECTRONIC
                                                                                        MANUFACTURING
An introductory course, which develops an under-                                        PROCESS/TECH II                         5 CR.
standing of basic computer operations as they                       Introduction to surface mount techniques and
pertain to the electronics technical professional.                  advanced methods of fabrication that are utilized
Hardware and basic software applications are                        throughout the electronics industry. Basic manual
studied as well as industry specific software                       electronic manufacturing techniques, safety
applications. Basic computer operations are studied.                procedures and shop practices and techniques are
Prerequisites: None(11:44:00)                                       explored, as well as proper hand tool selection,
                                                                    care and utilization. Prerequisite: ELEC 115.
ELEC 113        CAREER PLANNING &                                   (33:44:00)
                LEADERSHIP                              5 CR.
Focus on career objectives for the diverse electron-
                                                                    ELEC 128            TECHNICAL
ics industry, leadership/team skills, customer                                          DOCUMENTATION                           4 CR.
relations, occupational safety, hazardous material                  An introductory study of technical documentation as
regulations, hiring practices and techniques, and                   it relates to electronics technology. Drawing,
workplace ethics unique to the electronics industry.                schematic and blueprint reading, as well as
Prerequisites: None. (22:66:00)                                     technical specifications are examined. Engineering
                                                                    documents including change and process specifica-
ELEC 114        ELECTRONIC TEST                                     tions are also elaborated upon. Prerequisite: ELEC
                PROCESS/TECH I                          3 CR.       115(33:22:00)
A practical study of techniques and methods of basic
electrical testing and parameter measurement.
                                                                    ELEC 135            DC ELECTRICITY &
Component identification, technical methodology                                         ELECTRN                                 5 CR.
and practices that are utilized throughout the                      Fundamentals of physics as it relates to electricity
electronics industry are studied. Testing emphasis is               and electronics are studied. Basic DC theory
on portable hand-held electronic test equipment                     including basic and intermediate circuit identifica-
including VOMs and DMMs. Prerequisites: MATH                        tion and analysis are explored. Prerequisite: ELEC
080 and ENGL 093 or equivalent placement scores                     128. (22:66:00)
or instructor permission. (22:22:00)
                                                                    ELEC 136            AC ELECTRICITY &
                                                                                        ELECTRN                                 5 CR.
                                                                    A comprehensive study of AC energy with an
                                                                    introduction to the electromagnetic spectrum. Basic
                                                                    reactive components and circuit configurations are
                                                                    studied and analyzed. Prerequisite: ELEC 135 or
                                                                    instructor permission. (22:66:00)



2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                            191
7     Course Descriptions

                   ELEC 137       INTRO SEMICONDUCT/                                   ELEC 224            ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS I                   5 CR.
                                  ANALOG                                  5 CR.        Course covers DC/AC analysis of basic FET devices
                   An introductory study of basic semiconductor theory                 with DC/AC amplifier analysis and a study of the
                   as it applies to electronics applications. Basic PN                 thyristor family. Computer modeling of FET amplifi-
                   junctions through operational amplifier configura-                  ers is used to enhance understanding. Also included
                   tions and applications are explored. Prerequisite:                  is a study of frequency effects on amplifier operation,
                   ELEC 136 or instructor permission. (11:88:00)                       and a study of oscillator and regulated power supply
                                                                                       circuits. The course combines lecture sessions with
                   ELEC 211       DIGITAL ELECTRONICS I                   5 CR.        intensive hand-on lab experiments. Prerequisite:
                   This course covers an introduction to logic funda-                  ELEC 216 or instructor permission. (44:22:00)
                   mentals, numbering systems, codes, gates, truth
                   tables, DeMorgan’s theorems, basic Boolean                          ELEC 225            ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS II                  5 CR.
                   theorems, combination logic circuits. The course                    Course covers basic and advanced topics on
                   combines lecture sessions with intensive hands-on                   differential amplifiers and op-amp IC circuits. Op-
                   lab experiments. Prerequisites: None. (22:66:00)                    amp negative feedback is covered. Also included is
                                                                                       the study of several selected linear and non-linear
                   ELEC 212       DIGITAL ELECTRONICS II                  6 CR.        op-amp circuits, including active filters. Prerequisite:
                   Continuation of Digital Electronics I. Includes Flip-               ELEC 224 or instructor permission. (33:44:00)
                   Flops, counters, registers, half/full adders, display
                   devices and multiplexers. Also included is a study of               ELEC 226            INTRODUCTION TO
                   interfacing between analog/digital and selected                                         AUTOMATED
                   memory devices. Prerequisite: ELEC 211 or instruc-                                      MANUFACTURING                           6 CR.
                   tor permission. (33:66:00)                                          Consumer electronics products are cheap and
                                                                                       plentiful. What makes these products so affordable is
                   ELEC 214       TROUBLESHOOTING                         4 CR.
                                                                                       how they are mass- produced. Automated manufac-
                   Covers troubleshooting techniques in a wide variety                 turing is the key to this form of production.
                   of circuits found in electronic systems. DC and AC                  Operation of an Automated Manufacturing Cell is
                   voltage analysis are used to troubleshoot to compo-                 explored, with plenty of hands-on experience.
                   nent level in power supplies, bipolar/FET audio and                 Prerequisites: None. (33:66:00)
                   RF amplifiers, oscillators, and op-amp circuits.
                   Prerequisite: ELEC 137 or instructor permission.                    ELEC 227            AUTOMATED
                                                                                                           MANUFACTURING
                   (33:22:00)                                                                              MAINTENANCE I                           6 CR.
                                                                                       Industry has shifted many of their processes to
                   ELEC 215       SOLIDSTATE I                            4 CR.        Automated Manufacturing operations, increasing
                   Review of Thevenin and Norton theorems, basic                       profit and the reliability of the product. Timely repair
                   diode operation, and the study of various types of                  of Automated Manufacturing devices increases profit
                   diodes and their circuits. Also includes study of basic             margins and is essential to productivity. Familiarize
                   unregulated power supplies and voltage multipliers,                 yourself with maintenance techniques and practices
                   and basic transistor operation with an emphasis on                  used to keep these machines operational. Prerequi-
                   DC operation. Prerequisite: ELEC 215 or instructor                  site: ELEC 226. (33:66:00)
                   permission. (33:22:00)
                                                                                       ELEC 228            AUTOMATED
                   ELEC 216       SOLIDSTATE II                           4 CR.                            MANUFACTURING
                                                                                                           MAINTENANCE II                          6 CR.
                   Continuation of SOLID-STATE I. Covers AC analysis of
                                                                                       Continuation of Automated Manufacturing Mainte-
                   bipolar small-signal transistors, including computer
                                                                                       nance I course, in which system wide problems and
                   modeling of circuits. DC/AC analysis of large-signal
                                                                                       solutions are explored. Advanced troubleshooting
                   amplifiers is also included. The course combines
                                                                                       philosophies for large scale automated manufactur-
                   lecture sessions with intensive hands-on lab
                                                                                       ing equipment and systems are analyzed and
                   experiments. Prerequisite: ELEC 215 or instructor
                                                                                       implemented in real-time laboratory setting.
                   permission. (33:22:00)
                                                                                       Prerequisite: ELEC 227. (33:66:00)

                                                                                       ELEC 232            DIGITAL ELECTRONICS LAB 6 CR.
                                                                                       Continuation of Digital Electronics II. Participants
                                                                                       apply previously studied theory and circuits and
                                                                                       apply the knowledge in the planning, development
                                                                                       and prototyping of a digital system. The digital
                                                                                       system developed will have a direct application to
                                                                                       an identified branch of the electronics industry.
                                                                                       Prerequisite: ELEC 212 or instructor permission.
                                                                                       (22:88:00)
192               2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I    N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L    E   G   E
                                                                                                    Course Descriptions                     7
ELEC 233        IPC-A-610 CERTIFICATION                 5 CR.       ENGL 093            BEGINNING ENGLISH                       5 CR.
Attain this coveted industry based Electronics                      Instruction in basic sentence grammar and
certification. This training and certification has                  the essentials of writing sentences and
immediate recognition, legitimacy and value                         paragraphs; an introduction to essays.
throughout the electronics industry. This certification             Review of study skills necessary for college
will demonstrate your commitment to customer                        success also provided. Prerequisite: ABED 046
requirements and greatly assist any company                         or equivalent placement score. (55:00:00)
dedicated to ISO-9000 or other quality assurance
initiatives. Prerequisites: None. (22:66:00)                        ENGL 095            LANGUAGE MECHANICS (LAB) 1
                                                                    CR.
ENGL 065        SPELLING
                                                                    Covers language mechanics, including
                IMPROVEMENT                         1-2 CR.         capitalization, grammar and usage, punctua-
In this course students will work with an instructor                tion, and spelling. Prerequisite: Appropriate
to complete an independent self-study program                       placement score. (00:22:00)
designed to improve spelling proficiency. This
course will help students sound out new words by                    ENGL 100            INTRO TO WRITING                        5 CR.
applying basic phonic principles, provide practice                  Grammar and paragraph review, and instruction in
in applying four basic spelling rules, and introduce                writing five-paragraph essays in basic rhetorical
techniques for memorizing words that are not                        modes, including narrative, description, compari-
spelled entirely by sound. Individual instruction and               son and persuasion. Includes readings and oral
testing will be given on all the major rules and                    presentations. Prerequisite: ENGL 093 or equivalent
concepts in this course. Prerequisite: ASC Instruc-                 placement score. (55:00:00)
tor Permission.
                                                                    ENGL 101            WRITTEN EXPRESSION                      5 CR.
ENGL 067        VOCABULARY                                          Advanced expository writing, reading, evaluating
                DEVELOPMENT                         1-3 CR.         essays and critical thinking are covered in this
In this course students will work with an instructor                transfer-level course that fulfills the writing
to complete an independent self-study program                       requirement for an AAS degree. Four 750+ word
designed to increase their vocabulary. This course                  essays required. Prerequisite: ENGL 100 or
will help students learn new words through the                      equivalent placement score. (55:00:00)
application of basic learning principles, context
cues, association, and inference. Vocabulary                        ENGL 102            RESEARCH WRITING                        5 CR.
Development carefully leads the student from easier                 Students learn to write fully documented research
to harder words, exercises and quizzes. Individual                  papers of at least 6-8 pages, as well as shorter
instruction and testing will be provided throughout                 essays, using critical thinking and reading skills.
the course. Prerequisite: ASC Instructor Permission.                Reading assignments will include short stories
                                                                    requiring close attention to and analysis of the
ENGL 092        READING IMPROVEMENT                     5 CR.       narrative strategies employed. The class will
Learn reading strategies and techniques which will                  emphasize logical argumentation from evidence;
improve their understanding of materials read for                   students will be expected to show progress in their
work, class, or pleasure. Provides instruction in the               writing towards displaying greater depth, clarity and
following reading and workplace-related skills:                     concision, and also develop the research skills
reading rate improvement; vocabulary development;                   necessary to collect the relevant information to
reading comprehension; learning to learn; and                       include in their essays. Prerequisite: ENGL 101
group effectiveness. Basic paragraph writing is also                (55:00:00)
covered. Prerequisites: Appropriate placement test
scores and/or ASC Instructor permission. (This class                ENGL 106            TECHNICAL WRITING                       5 CR.
can substitute for English 093A or English 093B,                    Writing strategies geared to target audiences.
students with comparatively lower reading placement                 Emphasis on research and problem-solving
scores should enroll in this class; students with                   requiring critical reading and writing, development
comparatively lower writing placement scores should                 of ideas and argumentation. Includes layout and
enroll in English 093A or 093B). (55:00:00)                         design, citation, and the use of statistics, charts &
                                                                    graphs. Prerequisite: ENGL 100 or equivalent
                                                                    placement score. (55:00:00)




2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                            193
7     Course Descriptions

                   ENGL 108       TECHNICAL EDITING                       5 CR.       ENGR 122            ENGINEERING
                   Editorial skills needed for revising scientific/                                       GRAPHICS III                            4 CR.
                   technical writing and visual content by checking                   Engineering Graphics III: Fundamentals of engineer-
                   grammar, sentence structure, clarity and style (for                ing graphics including: section views, intersections,
                   writing) and layout, structure and design (for visual              developments, and isometric drawing. Emphasis is
                   content). Prerequisite: ENGL 100 or instructor                     placed on ASME, DOD and ISO standards. Prerequi-
                   permission. (55:00:00)                                             site: ENGR 121 (22:44:00)

                   ENGL 195       CAPSTONE PROJECT                        2 CR.       ENGR 123            GEOMETRIC DIMENSIONING
                                                                                                          & TOLERANCE           2 CR.
                   The project should demonstrate ideas and tech-                     Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerancing per ANSI/
                   niques learned in previous courses of the technical                ASME, DOD and ISO standards. Dimensioning,
                   communication certificate; an accompanying                         tolerancing and related practices used on engineer-
                   portfolio should include all important projects and                ing drawings with emphasis placed on applied
                   be presented orally and electronically. Students must              design, production standards and interchangeabil-
                   present a written proposal for the Capstone project,               ity. Prerequisite: ENGR 113 or instructor permis-
                   which must be approved by a Technical Communica-                   sion. (22:00:00)
                   tion faculty member. The project should draw upon
                   ideas and techniques learned in ENGL 106, ENGL                     ENGT 101            INTRODUCTION
                   108, MMDP 157, ITAD 211, and/or SPCH 225. All                                          TO TECHNOLOGY                           1 CR.
                   students working on Capstone projects will meet in                 Introduction to technology as a technical language
                   group sessions with staff to share their projects and              and applied science. Includes all phases of engineer-
                   communicate materials, methods and ideas to other                  ing graphics technology; role of the technician in
                   students. A final grade will be determined by the staff            industry; and career survey. Discussion of mechani-
                   and awarded at the end of the certificate program.                 cal and civil engineering graphics, architectural
                   Prerequisite: Instructor permission only. (22:00:00)               graphics and technical illustration. Prerequisites:
                                                                                      None. (11:00:00)
                   ENGR 111       ENGINEERING GRAPHICS I 4 CR.
                   Fundamentals of engineering graphics including:                    ENGT 102            TECHNICAL EMPLOYMENT
                   introduction to equipment, terminology, media, line                                    PREPARATION          1 CR.
                   conventions, technical lettering, scaling, sketching,              An introductory course in employment preparation
                   geometric construction, and basic orthographic                     for the engineering graphics technology industry. Job
                   projection. Emphasis is placed on ANSI/ASME, DOD,                  search techniques including: resume writing, cover
                   and ISO standards. Prerequisite: ENGT 101                          letters, job applications, interviewing techniques,
                   (22:44:00)                                                         industry visits and portfolio preparation. Prerequi-
                                                                                      sites: ENGT 101, CISA 101, & ENGR 112 (11:22:00)
                   ENGR 112       ENGINEERING GRAPHICS II 4 CR.
                   Fundamentals of engineering graphics including:                    ENGT 108            INTRODUCTION
                                                                                                          TO DRAFTING                             4 CR.
                   orthographic projection, layout techniques, view                   Introduction to technology as a technical language
                   selection and introduction to dimensioning.                        and applied science. Includes all phases of
                   Emphasis is placed on ASME, DOD and ISO stan-                      engineering graphics technology; role of the
                   dards. Prerequisite: ENGR 111 (22:44:00)                           technician in industry; and career survey. Discus-
                                                                                      sion of mechanical and civil engineering graphics,
                   ENGR 113       DIMENSIONING/                                       architectural graphics and technical illustration.
                                  TOLERANCING                             4 CR.
                   Dimensioning and Tolerancing concepts and                          Prerequisites: None. (22:44:00)
                   procedures per ANSI/ASME, DOD, and ISO stan-
                   dards including: size, location, features, limits and              ENGT 131            COMPUTER AIDED
                                                                                                          DRAFTING & DESIGN I                     4 CR.
                   fits. Prerequisite: ENGR 112 (22:44:00)                            An introductory course in Computer Aided Drafting
                                                                                      and Design using state of the art software. Emphasis
                   ENGR 121       DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY                    4 CR.       is placed on using the basic commands such as
                   Principles and techniques of descriptive geometry,                 coordinate system, editing, screen, text, and
                   including the use of direct projections and                        dimensioning commands. Prerequisites: ENGR 113
                   revolutions to resolve spatial relationship problems.              and CISA 101 or instructor permission. (22:44:00)
                   Apply concepts such as true length, true shape and
                   point location. Includes primary and secondary
                   auxiliary views. Prerequisite: ENGR 112. (22:44:00)




194               2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L    E   G   E
                                                                                                    Course Descriptions                     7
ENGT 132        COMPUTER AIDED                                      ENGT 212            INDUSTRIAL GRAPHICS–
                DRAFTING & DESIGN II                    4 CR.                           SHEETMETAL                              4 CR.
An advanced course in Computer Aided Drafting and                   Application of advanced engineering graphics skills
Design. Application of advanced editing techniques                  to create complex detail drawings of sheet metal
and 3D solid modeling to create and modify                          parts including flat patterns, from engineering
engineering drawings. Create custom menus, sub-                     sketches with emphasis on ASME, DOD and ISO
directories, batch files and blocks with attributes.                standards. Includes research and use of various
Prerequisite: ENGT 131 or instructor permission.                    reference material and vendor resources. Prerequi-
(22:44:00)                                                          sites: ENGT 211 and ENGT 132 or Instructor’s
                                                                    permission. (22:44:00)
ENGT 133        COMPUTER AIDED
                DRAFTING & DESIGN III                   4 CR.       ENGT 213            INDUSTRIAL GRAPHICS–
An advanced course in Computer Aided Drafting                                           PLASTICS                                4 CR.
and Design. Application of advanced editing                         Application of advanced engineering graphics skills
techniques and 3D solid modeling to create and                      to create detail drawings of formed and molded
modify engineering drawings. Create custom                          plastic parts from engineering sketches with
menus, sub-directories and blocks with attributes.                  emphasis on ASME, DOD and ISO standards.
Prerequisite: ENGT 132 or instructor permission.                    Includes research and use of various reference
(22:44:00)                                                          material and vendor resources. Prerequisites: ENGT
                                                                    132 and ENGT 211 or Instructor’s permission.
ENGT 141        APPLIED MATERIALS                                   (22:44:00)
                TECHNOLOGY                              4 CR.
Relationships between properties, structure and                     ENGT 214            INDUSTRIAL GRAPHICS II                  4 CR.
processes of engineering materials. Discussion of                   Application of advanced engineering graphics skills
surfaces, finishes and manufacturing processes.                     to create assembly drawings of metal, sheet metal
Various engineering materials are included with an                  and plastic parts from engineering sketches with
emphasis on metals. Prerequisites: ENGT 101 and                     emphasis of ASME, DOD, and ISO standards.
ENGR 112 or Instructor’s permission. (22:44:00)                     Includes research, use of various reference material
                                                                    and vendor resources. Prerequisites: ENGT 211 and
ENGT 151        APPLIED MACHINE METAL                               ENGT 132, or Instructor’s permission. (22:44:00)
                PROCESS               4 CR.
Introduction to machining processes and technol-
ogy. Identification of metals, use and care of hand                 ENGT 222            CATIA FOR ENGINEERING I 4 CR.
tools, thread forms, work location and holding                      Basic CATIA operations, navigation, and the creation
devices. Practical application of measuring, drilling,              of co- planer wireframe geometry and the construc-
grinding, sawing, and milling with an introduction to               tion of solid parts. File, menu and part navigation
CNC milling and turning processes. Prerequisite:                    skills layer geometry and construction it in a given
ENGT 141 or Instructor’s permission. (22:44:00)                     location and orientation. Prerequisite: Instructor
                                                                    permission. (22:44:00)
ENGT 202        SPECIALIZED TECHNICAL
                EMPLOYMENT                                          ENGT 223            CATIA FOR ENGINEERING II 4 CR.
                PREPARATION                             2 CR.       Advanced CATIA operations. Creation of a releasable
An advanced course in specialized employment                        dataset as defined by ASME/DOD and ISO standards.
preparation for the technology industry. Course                     Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment in ENGT 222
covers job search techniques including résumé‚                      or instructor permission. (22:44:00)
writing, cover letters, job applications, interviewing
techniques and portfolio preparation. Use of joblines               ENGT 224            CATIA FOR
and developing networks is included. Prerequisite:                                      ENGINEERING III                         4 CR.
ENGT 102 (11:00:00)                                                 Course covers creating three dimensional wireframe
                                                                    parts, constraint curves, curves on surfaces and
ENGT 211        INDUSTRIAL GRAPHICS I                   4 CR.       basic surface type elements. Also covers how to
Application of advanced engineering skills to create                build faces volumes and skins that represent the
complex detail drawings of machined and cast metal                  completed part. Students will learn to perform
parts from engineering sketches with emphasis on                    analysis on curves, surfaces and volumes. Prerequi-
ASME, DOD and ISO standards. Includes research                      site: ENGT 222 or instructor permission.
and use of various reference materials and vendor                   (22:44:00)
resources and media selection. Prerequisites: ENGT
122 and ENGT 131 or Instructor’s permission.
(22:44:00)



2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                            195
7     Course Descriptions

                   ENGT 225       3D PARAMETRIC                                       ENGT 242            CIVIL ENGINEERING
                                  SLIDE DESIGN I                          4 CR.                           GRAPHICS II                             4 CR.
                   An advanced course in engineering graphics using                   Advanced concepts in civil engineering graphics.
                   feature based, parametric, state of the art software.              Continuation of Civil Engineering Graphics I.
                   Students will learn and apply parametric solid                     Prerequisite: ENGT 241 (22:44:00)
                   modeling techniques to create machined and cast
                   metal, sheetmetal and plastic parts working from                   ENGT 243            CIVIL ENGINEERING
                   engineering sketches and/or prototypes. Prerequi-                                      GRAPHICS III                            4 CR.
                   site: ENGT 131 or Instructor’s permission.                         Advanced concepts involved in civil engineering
                   (22:44:00)                                                         graphics. Continuation of Civil Engineering Graphics
                                                                                      II. Prerequisite: ENGT 242 (22:44:00)
                   ENGT 226       3D PARAMETRIC
                                  SLIDE DESIGN II                         4 CR.       ENGT 251            INDUSTRIAL DESIGN
                   An advanced course in engineering graphics using                                       GRAPHICS                                4 CR.
                   feature based 3D parametric, state of the art                      Introductory industrial design graphics with
                   software. Students will learn and apply parametric                 emphasis on different media, software and tech-
                   solid modeling techniques to create machined, cast                 niques used to create innovative solutions for two
                   metal, sheetmetal and plastic parts and mated                      and three-dimensional design problems. Fundamen-
                   assemblies working from engineering sketches and/                  tal design principles and ideas and the human
                   or prototypes. Prerequisite: ENGT 225 or Instructor’s              element. Focus on team approach to design.
                   permission. (11:44:00)                                             Prerequisites: ENGT 214 and ENGT 221 or instructor
                                                                                      permission. (22:44:00)
                   ENGT 231       TECHNICAL
                                  ILLUSTRATION I                          4 CR.       ENGT 253            MACHINE DESIGN
                   Introduction to pictorial drawing with emphasis on                                     GRAPHICS                                4 CR.
                   isometric drawing including oblique and inclined                   Introduction to machine design graphics with
                   surfaces. Isometric sketching. Prerequisite: ENGR                  emphasis on techniques necessary to graphically
                   122 or instructor permission. (22:44:00)                           solve linkage, cam, belt drive, chain drive, and
                                                                                      gearing problems. Fundamental kinematics. Focus
                   ENGT 232       TECHNICAL
                                                                                      on team approach to design. Prerequisites: ENGT
                                  ILLUSTRATION II                         4 CR.       214 and ENGT 221 or Instructor’s permission.
                   Axonometric projections including: isometric,                      (22:44:00)
                   diametric and trimetric, oblique projection and
                   perspectives. Lettering and rendering techniques                   ENGT 255            TOOL DESIGN GRAPHICS I 4 CR.
                   with an emphasis on a variety of media and software.               Introduction to tooling design graphics: types and
                   Prerequisite: ENGT 231. (22:44:00)                                 functions of jigs & fixtures, supporting and locating
                                                                                      principles. Focus on team approach to design.
                   ENGT 233       COMPUTER ILLUSTRATION                               Prerequisites: ENGT 214, ENGT 131 and Math 101
                                  APPLICATIONS I        4 CR.                         or instructor permission. (22:44:00)
                   Introduction to 3D rendering and animation’s using
                   a variety of media and software. Introduction to                   ENGT 256            TOOL DESIGN GRAPHICS II 4 CR.
                   desktop publishing software. Prerequisites: ENGT                   Advanced concepts involved in tool design graphics.
                   131 and ENGT 232, or instructor permission.                        Continuation of Tool Design Graphics I. Focus is on
                   (22:44:00)                                                         individual approach to design. Prerequisite: ENGT
                                                                                      255 (22:44:00)
                   ENGT 234       COMPUTER ILLUSTRATION
                                  APPLICATIONS II       4 CR.
                                                                                      ENGT 271            ENGINEERING GRAPHICS
                   Advanced technical illustration techniques. Axono-                                     PROBLEMS & ANALYSIS I                   4 CR.
                   metric and perspective exploded assembly drawing.                  Engineering graphics problem solving, with an
                   Advanced rendering and shading techniques with an                  emphasis on various media, software and tech-
                   emphasis on a variety of media and software.                       niques to create innovative solutions to two and
                   Creation of documents that combine text, graphics                  three dimensional design problems. Fundamental
                   and images. Prerequisite: ENGT 233. (22:44:00)                     design of machine, molded and cast parts with a
                                                                                      focus on a team approach. Prerequisites: ENGT 214
                   ENGT 241       CIVIL ENGINEERING                                   and ENGT 221. (22:44:00)
                                  GRAPHICS I                              4 CR.
                   Basic concepts involved in civil engineering graphics,
                   including location and direction, scales, map
                   symbols, plot plans, legal descriptions, contours,
                   profiles and street layouts. Prerequisites: ENGR 122
                   and ENGT 131 or instructor permission. (22:44:00)

196               2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                     Course Descriptions                     7
 ENGT 272           ENGINEERING GRAPHICS                             FLDS 198            JOB SEARCH SKILLS                       3 CR.
                    PROBLEMS & ANALYSIS II               4 CR.       Topics include resume preparation, industry visits
 Engineering graphics problem solving, with an                       and interview techniques for the florist occupation.
 emphasis on various media, software and techniques                  Prerequisites: FLDS 111, FLDS 112, FLDS 113, FLDS
 to create innovative solutions to two and three                     114, FLDS 115. (11:44:00)
 dimensional design problems. Fundamental design
 of machine, molded and cast parts with a focus on a                 FTNS 111            INTRODUCTION TO
 team approach. Prerequisite: ENGT 271. (22:44:00)                                       ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY 4 CR.
                                                                     Introduction to human anatomy and physiology.
 EPCB 211           PCB DESIGN I                         4 CR.       Covers organization of the human body, cells, tissue,
 General overview of the basic skills necessary to                   the skeletal system, axial skeleton, appendicular
 design a printed circuit board. Emphasis is placed                  system, and fluid and electrolyte balance. Prerequi-
 on building CAD library parts and teamwork.                         sites: None. (44:00:00)
 Prerequisites: ENGT 131, ELEC 120. (22:44:00)
                                                                     FTNS 112            INTRODUCTION TO
 FLDS 111           INTRO TO FLORISTRY                   2 CR.                           EXERCISE SCIENCE                        5 CR.
 An overview of the floral design program and floral                 This course exposes students to the primary sub-
 industry. Prerequisites: None. (11:22:00)                           disciplines of exercise science, namely: exercise
                                                                     physiology, biomechanics, motor learning/control,
 FLDS 112           FLOWERS & FOLIAGE                    5 CR.
                                                                     sports medicine, and sports psychology. Each sub-
 Topics include identification, basic and specific                   discipline will be examined relative to philosophical
 care band handling for cut flowers and foliage.                     and historical foundations, impact and contribution
 Prerequisites: None. (44:22:00)                                     to society, and potential career opportunities.
                                                                     Particular attention will be given to exercise
 FLDS 113           BASIC FLORAL DESIGN                  7 CR.       physiology and biomechanics. Prerequisites: None.
 Learn theory and professional construction                          (55:00:00)
 techniques for basic floral design. Prerequisites:
 None. (33:88:00)                                                    FTNS 115            FUNDAMENTALS OF
                                                                                         EXERCISE TESTING LAB I                  3 CR.
                                                                     Covers cardiovascular training equipment, free
 FLDS 114           INDOOR HOUSEPLANTS                   3 CR.
                                                                     weight and fixed weight strength training equip-
 A study of the identification, maintenance and
                                                                     ment, ACSM and UMCA fitness testing protocols, and
 marketing of indoor foliage and blooming plants.
                                                                     interpretation of charts. Prerequisites: None.
 Prerequisites: None. (22:22:00)
                                                                     (11:44:00)
 FLDS 115           SALES & SERVICE                      4 CR.
                                                                     FTNS 116            RISK MANAGEMENT                         3 CR.
 A study of basic sales operations for the floral
                                                                     Safety/liability/negligence in the fitness club
 occupation. Topics include cash register operation,
                                                                     environment, introduction to sports medicine,
 customer service and basic merchandising skills.
                                                                     sports medicine injuries and their treatment,
 Prerequisites: None. (22:44:00)
                                                                     prevention of sports medicine injuries, first aid/CPR
                                                                     procedures, contraindicated exercises, and sexual
 FLDS 121           RETAIL FLORIST
                    OPERATION                            4 CR.       harassment in the fitness industry. Prerequisites:
 A study of wire service operations, merchandising                   None. (33:00:00)
 skills, display design and purchasing. Prerequisites:
 None. (22:44:00)                                                    FTNS 118            HEALTH PROMOTION/
                                                                                         WELLNESS                                3 CR.
                                                                     Strategies for improving the state of wellness
 FLDS 123           ADVANCED FLORAL
                    DESIGN                               7 CR.       through healthier lifestyles. Topics: holistic
 A study of advanced floristry skills including                      approach to health, behavioral intervention, lifestyle
 wedding, permanent, funeral and special event                       changes, maintaining a healthy lifestyle, stress
 designs. Prerequisite: FLDS113. (33:88:00)                          management, health-related fitness, strategies for a
                                                                     fitness program, and the cost- effectiveness of
 FLDS 125           FLORISTRY LAB                        4 CR.       health/fitness programs in business and industry.
 Students will practice shop management, sales,                      Prerequisites: None. (33:00:00)
 customer service and design in a retail setting.
 Prerequisites: FLDS 111, FLDS 112, FLDS 113, FLDS
 114, FLDS 115. (22:44:00)




2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5    L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                             197
7     Course Descriptions

                   FTNS 119       WEIGHT TRAINING                         2 CR.        FTNS 126            FOUNDATION OF FITNESS
                   This course examines various techniques designed to                                     MANAGEMENT                              3CR.
                   enhance muscular fitness through weight training.                   Covers basics of the fitness business including
                   Strategies for implementing weight training programs                benefits of fitness, fitness training organizations and
                   will be included. Strategies for training sedentary                 certifications, myths of fitness, job search skills,
                   individuals, general fitness enthusiasts (individuals               personal training business unit, program planning
                   who exercise on regular basis for the purpose of                    fitness, corporate fitness and wellness, motivation
                   increasing fitness levels), bodybuilders, and athletes              and exercise compliance. Prerequisites: None.
                   training for specific sports will be included in the                (33:00:00)
                   course. Specific guidelines for determining reps,
                   sets, and loads in reference to weight training for the             FTNS 127            RESEARCH IN
                                                                                                           EXERCISE SCIENCE                        3CR.
                   aforementioned populations will be included.                        distinguishes between popular opinion and truths
                   Prerequisite: FTNS 115 or instructor permission.                    determined by the scientific method. The compo-
                   (33:00:00)                                                          nents of a research paper will be discussed.
                                                                                       Prerequisites: None. (33:00:00)
                   FTNS 120       SPORT SAFETY TRAINING                   2 CR.
                   This course provides coaches and fitness personnel
                                                                                       FTNS 128            INTRO TO ATHLETIC
                   with basic first aid skills and knowledge to care for                                   TRAINING                                3 CR.
                   athletic injuries. This course was developed as a joint             An introductory course for the personal trainer
                   effort between the American Red Cross and the U.S.                  dealing with recognition, prevention, treatment and
                   Olympic Committee. Sports Safety Training includes                  reconditioning of injuries related to sports and
                   sports-related injury prevention, emergency care,                   fitness. Basic rehab techniques include taping and
                   and adult and child CPR. In addition, Automatic                     risk management. Includes tour of sports medicine
                   External Defibrillator essentials will be taught. All               clinic and basic introduction to modalities used for
                   students will receive four American Red Cross                       rehab. Injury prevention, basic sports/exercise
                   certifications upon successful completion. (Sport                   trauma, management skills/emergency procedures,
                   Safety Training, Adult CPR, Child CPR, AED Essen-                   specific injuries. Prerequisites: None. (33:00:00)
                   tials). Additional in depth coursework in preventing
                   and managing soft tissue injuries, and developing                   FTNS 129            PATHOPHYSIOLOGY                         3 CR.
                   guidelines for safety in the fitness workplace will be              An advanced course of pathophysiology and the role
                   included as well. Prerequisites: None. (22:00:00)                   of exercise and disease management. Prerequisites:
                                                                                       FTNS 111, FTNS 121, FTNS 131, FTNS 141 or BIOL
                   FTNS 121       KINESIOLOGY                             4 CR.        211/212. (33:00:00)
                   Understanding of the structure and function of the
                   following body systems: articulations, muscle                       FTNS 131            CARDIOV &
                   structure, identification and movement; the lever                                       RESP SYSTEMS                            4 CR.
                   system and muscular system. Prerequisites: None.                    Understanding of the structure and function of the
                   (44:00:00)                                                          following body systems: Cardiovascular system and
                                                                                       physiologic adaptations; vascular system-vessels and
                   FTNS 122       EXERCISE PHYSIOLOGY FOR                              routes; respiratory system and control; energy
                                  SPECIAL POPULATIONS     5CR.                         systems; metabolism. Prerequisites: None.
                   The course examines the exercise needs of special                   (44:00:00)
                   populations such as the elderly, the asthmatic, the
                   diabetic, and the overweight. The physiology of                     FTNS 135            LEGAL ISSUE
                   controllable diseases; the psychology of aging; sports                                  FITNESS MGMT                            2 CR.
                   and exercise for youth; and metabolic diseases are                  Survey course for the self-employed personal trainer
                   discussed. Special attention is given to the weekend                or fitness club owner/manager. Course covers legal
                   warrior and the treatment and prevention of muscle                  issues of fitness businesses, risk management
                   soreness. Prerequisites: None. (55:00:00)                           including safety and liability issues, familiarity with
                                                                                       state and local law including OSHA and WISHA,
                   FTNS 125       FUNDAMENTALS OF                                      documentation, contractual law, ethical issues,
                                  EXERCISE TESTING LAB II                 2 CR.        financing, and other legal issues as indicated.
                   Covers personal fitness goals and workouts,                         Prerequisites: None. (22:00:00)
                   instruction of strength training and cardiovascular
                   equipment, advanced ACSM fitness testing protocols,
                   Gold’s Gym and PRO Sports Club, classroom and
                   LWTC Fitness Center. Prerequisites: None. (11:22:00)




198               2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I    N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L    E   G   E
                                                                                                    Course Descriptions                     7
FTNS 137        PROF SKILLS IN FITNESS                  3 CR.       FTNS 143            NUTRITION & WEIGHT
Course covers workplace skills and behaviors                                            MANAGEMENT                              3 CR.
necessary for success in the workplace: positive                    Course explores how to improve one’s diet to
work habits and attitudes, interpersonal skills                     optimize weight and health. Topics include: hazards
including leadership, ethics attitudes, beliefs and                 and theories of obesity, common health conditions
values, teamwork and cooperation, communication                     that cause weight gain/loss, evaluation of popular
styles, handling conflict, confidentiality, and cultural            diets and supplements, psychological aspects of
diversity. Prerequisites: None. (33:00:00)                          weight management and eating disorders. Prerequi-
                                                                    sites: None. (33:00:00)
FTNS 138        MOTOR LEARNING/
                BIOMECHANICS                            3 CR.       FTNS 144            NUTRITION FOR SPORT
An introductory course in motor development and                                         PERFORMANCE                             3 CR.
motor learning in which students will examine the                   This course examines nutrition in relation to
biological basis of human movement phenomena                        athletic performance. Prerequisite: BIOL 105 or
(motor ability and motor skill development, motor                   instructor permission. (33:00:00)
learning, and motor performance), changes in
motor behavior across the lifespan, and perceptual-                 FTNS 146            FUNCTIONAL FITNESS                      2 CR.
cognitive, psycho-social/cultural, and physical                     This course examines exercise techniques designed
factors affecting the development and acquisition of                to enhance functionality in daily activities, exercise,
motor abilities and skills. This course will also                   and athletics. Strategies for implementing functional
introduce the role of biomechanics in the produc-                   fitness training programs will be included. Prereq-
tion of movement. Prerequisites: None. (33:00:00)                   uisite: FTNS 115 or instructor permission.
                                                                    (11:22:00)
FTNS 139        CARDIAC REHABILITATION 3 CR.
An advanced course in cardiovascular physiology,                    FTNS 191            SEMINAR IN FITNESS I                    2 CR.
pathophysiology of heart disease, interpretation of                 This course will prepare the student to be an
EKGs, and exercise rehabilitation of the cardiac                    employee in a fitness-related facility. Includes
patient. Prerequisite: FTNS 131 or BIOL 212.                        weekly fitness center staff meeting and clinical
(33:00:00)                                                          shadowing in the fitness center. Students will work
                                                                    in the fitness center three hours per week observing
FTNS 141        NERV/ENDOCR/LYMPH
                                                                    the student-trainers and learning how fitness
                SYSTEM                                  4 CR.       centers operate. Prerequisite: FTNS 115 or
Understanding of the structure and function of the                  instructor permission. (11:00:33)
following body systems: Nervous system and its role
in muscular contraction; endocrine system and its                   FTNS 192            SEMINAR IN FITNESS II                   2 CR.
role in metabolic processes specific to exercise; and               This course will prepare the student to be a fitness
the lymphatic system, and its role in protection from               specialist/personal trainer in a fitness-related
infection. Prerequisites: None. (44:00:00)                          facility. Includes weekly fitness center staff meeting
                                                                    and clinical training experience in the fitness center.
FTNS 142        CERTIFICATION                                       Students will work in the fitness center three hours
                REVIEW LAB                              2 CR.       per week as a fitness specialist/personal trainer for
This course will prepare students for various                       clients that join the LWTC fitness center. Prerequi-
certifications offered by fitness industry organiza-                site: FTNS 191 or instructor permission. (11:00:33)
tions. Specifically, preparation for certifications
offered by the American College of Sports Medicine                  FTNS 193            SEMINAR IN FITNESS III                  2 CR.
(Health/Fitness Instructor), the American Council on                This course integrates the student into the fitness
Exercise (Personal Trainer) and the National                        industry workplace. Includes a weekly staff meeting
Strength and Conditioning Association (Personal                     and clinical experience in a fitness facility. Students
Trainer) are addressed. The course includes review                  may choose to continue working in the LWTC fitness
and practice of ACSM fitness testing protocols,                     center or identify a fitness facility that accepts
simulations of exams and quizzes, metabolic                         externs. Prerequisite: FTNS 192 or instructor
calculations, and analysis of exercise execution.                   permission. (11:00:33)
Prerequisites: FTNS 115 and FTNS 125 (11:22:00)




2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                            199
7     Course Descriptions

                  FTNS 198       GROUP EXERCISE                                        HORT 115            PLANT ID–FALL                           4 CR.
                                 INSTRUCTION                              3 CR.        Identification of deciduous and evergreen trees,
                  This course is designed to prepare participants to                   shrubs, vines and ground covers used in landscapes
                  teach safe and effective group exercise programs                     throughout the Pacific Northwest. Emphasis given to
                  through the development of leadership and technical                  those plants that display specific characteristics in
                  skills. Topics covered are anatomy, physiology,                      the fall. Annuals and perennials are also covered.
                  kinesiology, care and prevention of aerobic injuries,                May be taken out of sequence. Prerequisites: None.
                  aerobic class design, structure and workout                          (22:44:00)
                  combinations, resistance training with weights and
                  tubing, and leadership skills. An examination of the                 HORT 116            FALL HORTICULTURE LAB                   3 CR.
                  use of music, principles of choreography, and                        Hands-on application of principles and concepts
                  instruction are emphasized. Prerequisite: Instructor                 taught in class. Focus is on practices commonly
                  permission. (11:44:00)                                               used in the horticulture industry in the process of
                                                                                       cropping, with emphasis on producing products for
                  GISA 111       INTRODUCTION TO GIS                      2 CR.        the LWTC Winter sale. May be taken out of sequence.
                  Gain familiarity with Geographic Information                         Prerequisites: None. (11:44:00)
                  Systems; includes an overview of all phases of GIS,
                  the role of a GIS technician in industry; and career                 HORT 121            SOILS                                   4 CR.
                  survey, an introduction to geographic software, data
                  creation, management, manipulation, analysis and                     Explores a soil’s physical and chemical properties
                  visualization. Co-requisite: GISA 112. (11:22:00)                    that affect a plant’s ability to survive and grow.
                                                                                       Emphasis is on understanding how soil preparation,
                  GISA 112       CARTOGRAPHY AND GIS                      2 CR.        organic matter and soil water relate to a plant’s
                  Gain familiarity with the cartography used with                      growth. Surveys the role of nutrients in maintaining
                  Geographic Information Systems; includes manual                      healthy plant growth. Common foundations and
                  and computer mapping techniques, the major                           application practices will also be reviewed.
                  elements, concepts, and methods of cartography. Co-                  (33:22:00)
                  requisite: GISA 111. (11:22:00)
                                                                                       HORT 122            PRUNING                                 2 CR.
                  GISA 113       GIS ANALYSIS I                           4 CR.        Studies include the most current theories and
                  Introduction to Geographic Information Systems                       techniques of proper pruning. How cutting a plant
                  software. This course will provide students with a                   affects its growth processes, flowering, fruiting and
                  solid understanding of basic GIS concepts and the                    rejuvenation. Focus will be given to plants of western
                  ability to complete a project. This course uses                      Washington. Prerequisites: None. (11:22:00)
                  ArcView GIS software. Prerequisite: GISA 111.
                  (22:44:00)                                                           HORT 123            PESTS & PESTICIDES                      4 CR.
                                                                                       Integrated pest management and plant health care is
                  HORT 111       BOTANY                                   5 CR.        the focus in the greenhouse, nursery, arboretum,
                  An introduction to how plants grow, their internal                   and grounds. Understanding the biology of pests will
                  structure, their parts and how they function.                        help determine their control and understanding the
                  Emphasis is placed on the application of plant growth                chemistry of pesticides will aid in determining their
                  principles to our own environment and plant                          proper usage. Prerequisites: None. (33:22:00)
                  diversity. Prerequisites: None. (44:22:00)
                                                                                       HORT 125            PLANT ID- WINTER                        4 CR.
                  HORT 112       TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT                      1 CR.        Identification of deciduous and evergreen trees,
                  An overview of horticulture hand tools and equip-                    shrubs, vines and ground covers used in landscapes
                  ment focusing on identification and practical uses.                  throughout the Pacific Northwest. Emphasis given to
                  Construction, care and safety is discussed. Prerequi-                those plants that display specific characteristics in
                  sites: None. (11:00:00)                                              the winter. Annuals and perennials are also covered.
                                                                                       May be taken out of sequence. Prerequisites: None.
                  HORT 113       PROPAGATION                              5 CR.        (22:44:00)
                  Provides an introduction to sexual and asexual
                  means of reproducing plants. Students have an                        HORT 127            WINTER
                  opportunity to apply principles taught in class during                                   HORTICULTURE LAB                        4 CR.
                  laboratory. Prerequisites: None. (33:44:00)                          Hands-on application of principles and concepts
                                                                                       taught in class. Focus on practices common to the
                                                                                       horticultural industry, with emphasis on producing
                                                                                       crops for the LWTC Spring sale and participation in
                                                                                       the Northwest Flower and Garden Show in Seattle.
                                                                                       May be taken out of sequence. Prerequisites: None.
                                                                                       (11:66:00)
200               2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I    N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                     Course Descriptions                     7
 HORT 131           LANDSCAPE DESIGN I                   6 CR.       HORT 212            TURFGRASS
 An overview of landscape design principles and                                          MANAGEMENT                              3 CR.
 design elements to applied practical situations. The                Covers the identification, care and maintenance of
 role of good design as applied to residential and                   cool seasonal grasses. Topics include soil prepara-
 commercial projects is covered. Prerequisite: Must                  tion, nutrition, thatch, insect and disease control, as
 be taken in sequence with HORT 211 (Landscape                       well as installation and renovation. Prerequisites:
 Design II). (55:22:00)                                              None. (22:22:00)

 HORT 132           LANDSCAPE MATERIALS                  2 CR.       HORT 213            INTERIORSCAPES                          3 CR.
 An introduction to concepts of long term quality                    Introduces major topics relevant to designing
 care of trees, shrubs, groundcovers and seasonal                    interiors with plants. Sales, service and plant
 color. Customer relations and proper plant                          maintenance will be discussed. Prerequisites: None.
 selection are emphasized. A look at materials used                  (33:00:00)
 in a landscape such as rocks, gravels, compost,
 bark, and other hard goods. Prerequisites: None.                    HORT 215            PLANT ID- SUMMER                        4 CR.
 (11:22:00)                                                          Identification of deciduous and evergreen trees,
                                                                     shrubs, vines and ground covers used in landscapes
 HORT 134           HORTICULTURE
                                                                     throughout the Pacific Northwest. Emphasis given to
                    MARKETING                            1 CR.       those plants that display specific characteristics in
 Course covers a wide range of business practices,                   the summer. Annuals and perennials are also
 such as display, costing, quality control and cash                  covered. May be taken out of sequence. Prerequi-
 handling. We will plan and carry out a major sales                  sites: None. (22:44:00)
 event using student projects. Prerequisites: None.
 (00:22:00)                                                          HORT 216            GREENHOUSE
                                                                                         OPERATIONS                              3 CR.
 HORT 135           PLANT ID- SPRING                     4 CR.
                                                                     This course surveys the construction choices
 Identification of deciduous and evergreen trees,                    available in greenhouses. Efficient use of environ-
 shrubs, vines and ground covers used in land-                       mental controls and cropping will be discussed. You
 scapes throughout the Pacific Northwest. Annuals                    will gain plant growing experience throughout the
 and perennials are also covered. Key identification                 year. Prerequisites: None. (22:22:00)
 characteristics, culture and landscape usage is
 emphasized. Prerequisites: None. (22:44:00)                         HORT 217            SUMMER
                                                                                         HORTICULTURE LAB                        4CR.
                                                                     Hands-on application of principles and concepts
 HORT 137           SPRING                                           taught in class. Focus on plant maintenance, fall
                    HORTICULTURE LAB                     4 CR.
 Hands-on application of principles and concepts                     cropping, and initial propagation of crops for Fall.
 taught in class. Focus on practices common to the                   Resumes, job search and summer work experience
 horticultural industry, with emphasis on finishing                  will be included in this class. May be taken out of
 crops for the LWTC Spring sales. May be taken out of                sequence. Prerequisites: None. (33:22:00)
 sequence. Prerequisites: None. (11:66:00)
                                                                     HOSP 101            INTRO TO HOSPITALITY                    3 CR.
 HORT 150           WASH NATIVE PLANTS                   3 CR.
                                                                     Covers the history, scope and functions of the
 Consists of the identification of native deciduous and              hospitality and food service industries. An overview
 evergreen trees, shrubs, and ground covers suitable                 of career opportunities, responsibilities, profession-
 for use in landscapes particularly within the Puget                 alism, and career ethics. Prerequisites: None.
 Sound area. Ferns, mosses, and perennials are also                  (22:22:00)
 covered. Key identification characteristics, culture,
 and landscape usage are emphasized. Prerequisites:                  HOSP 103            INTRO TO MANAGEMENT                     3 CR.
 None. (33:00:00)                                                    An introduction to hospitality management; how to
                                                                     attract, train, and create a positive motivational
 HORT 211           LANDSCAPE DESIGN II                  1 CR.
                                                                     environment to retain a quality hospitality staff.
 A continued overview of landscape design principles                 Prerequisites: None. (33:00:00)
 and design elements to practical situations. Students
 will have gained an understanding of the role of                    HOSP 106            HOSPITALITY BASICS                      4 CR.
 good design as applied to residential and commer-                   Subjects covered include: King County Food
 cial projects at completion of this course. Prerequi-               Handlers Permit, Serve-Safe Sanitation Certification,
 site: Must be taken in sequence with HORT 131                       OSHA regulations, MSDS, Lock Out-Tag Out
 (Landscape Design I). (00:22:00)                                    regulations, First Aid, CPR certification. Prerequi-
                                                                     sites: None. (33:33:00)


2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5    L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                             201
7     Course Descriptions

                   HOSP 110       HOSPITALITY SERVICE                 10 CR.          HOTL 198            JOB SEARCH I                            3 CR.
                   Proficiency developed in restaurant/customer                       Practical exercises using techniques of targeting a
                   service. Course work will include Liquor Service                   career, résumé‚ writing and interview skills.
                   Permit, and an introduction to the knowledge of                    Explores application process, personal image,
                   beers, wines, and beverage service. Prerequisites:                 résumé‚, self-promotion, and body language.
                   None. (66:88:0)                                                    Prerequisites: None. (33:00:00)

                   HOTL 113       LAWS OF INNKEEPING I                    3 CR.       HOTL 190            CUSTOMER SERVICE                        3 CR.
                   Provides framework for managers to develop legal                   A study of the relationship between the service
                   policies, specifically hotel-guest relationships,                  customer and service supplier, concentrating on
                   crimes, protection of guests and belongings,                       tactics that enhance this relationship. Prerequisites:
                   employment rights, and liens. Prerequisites: None.                 None. (33:00:00)
                   (33:0:00)
                                                                                      HOTL 198            JOB SKILLS                              3 CR.
                   HOTL 114       FRONT OFFICE                                        Practical exercises using techniques of targeting a
                                  MANAGEMENT                              3 CR.       career, resume writing and interview skills.
                   This course is created with the emphasis on lecture                Explores application process, personal image,
                   and practical lab exercises so that the hospitality                resume, self-promotion, and body language.
                   student will gain a comprehensive hands-on                         Prerequisites: None. (33:00:00)
                   knowledge of registration, reservations, telephone
                   etiquette (PBX) and housekeeping. Prerequisites:                   HOTL 210            HOSPITALITY MANAGERIAL
                   None. (33:00:00)                                                                       ACCOUNTING             4 CR.
                                                                                      This course is designed to integrate managerial
                   HOTL 124       LAWS OF INNKEEPING II                   3 CR.       accounting to applications in the hospitality industry.
                   Designed to provide a working framework for                        An emphasis will be placed on developing financial
                   managers to develop legally valid policies and make                statements using the Uniform System of Accounts for
                   well-founded operational decisions. Prerequisites:                 the Lodging Industry. Prerequisites: None.
                   None. (33:00:00)                                                   (44:00:00)

                   HOTL 131       HOSPITALITY                                         HOTL 215            HOSP TRAINING
                                  MRKT STRAT I                            3 CR.                           & DIV MGMT                              3 CR.
                   Course covers basics of marketing in the hospitality               This course covers the scope and functions of
                   industry. Major focus of the course is building an                 training and development within the hospitality
                   effective sales department and developing optimal                  industry. The class will also look at both national
                   selling and promotion strategies to maximize profits.              and international diversity issues that affect the
                   Prerequisites: None. (33:00:00)                                    hospitality industry. Prerequisites: None. (33:00:00)

                   HOTL 132       HOSPITALITY ETHICS                      3 CR.       HOTL 232            HOSP MARKET
                   This course covers the legal and ethical aspects of                                    STRATEGIES II                           3 CR.
                   discrimination and harassment with special interest                Continuation of Market Strategies I. This course will
                   paid to the hospitality industry. Prerequisites: None.             explore marketing as a philosophy of hospitality
                   (33:00:00)                                                         operations and as an activity pervading all hospitality
                                                                                      decisions. Prerequisites: None. (33:0:0)
                   HOTL 133       FACILITIES MANAGEMENT 3 CR.
                   This course is designed to acquaint the student with               HOTL 262            CONFERENCE & EVENT
                                                                                                          MANAGEMENT                              4 CR.
                   the housekeeping and engineering functions as they                 Covers the role of the professional event coordinator
                   pertain to the accommodations and services found in                and the extensive details involved in the event
                   a hospitality property. Prerequisites: None.                       planning process, including operations, logistics,
                   (33:00:00)                                                         design, strategy, and evaluation. Prerequisites: None.
                                                                                      (33:22:00)
                   HOTL 134       HOSP INDUSTRY
                                  COMP SYST                               3 CR.
                   This course provides an overview of the information
                   needs of lodging properties. The course offers
                   hands-on experience in software applications for
                   front and back office functions. Prerequisites: None.
                   (22:22:0)




202               2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                    Course Descriptions                     7
HMDS 101        INFOPOWER                               2 CR.       IFAD 156            8 HOUR FIRST AID/CPR                0.5 CR.
Learn to find, evaluate and use information through                 Course covers basic first aid and CPR instruction.
problem- solving and the research process. Learn to                 Prerequisites: None. (8:00:00)
use information effectively and efficiently in your
daily life. Prerequisites: Successful completion of                 IFAD 158            CPR FOR THE HEALTHCARE
ABED 45 or 46, placement by assessment, or                                              PROVIDER              0.5 CR.
instructor permission. Students will be working                     Designed for LWTC students in Allied Health
online. Students must have an LWTC student e-mail                   Programs, this course meets the pre-clinical
and must be familiar with common computer                           requirements for CPR certification (Healthcare
commands in Windows environment. (11:22:00)                         Provider). Review text prior to start of class.
                                                                    Prerequisites: None. (8:00:00)
HMDS 111        COLLEGE STRATEGIES                      2 CR.
Introduces new and returning students to the skills                 IFAD 161            12 HR FIRST AID/CPR FOR
                                                                                        DAYCARE & FOSTER CARE 1 CR.
necessary for success in their technical programs                   Meets Washington State Department of Social and
and in today’s changing workforce. The course                       Health Services requirements for day or foster care
orients students to the college environment and                     licensing; also recommended for adults who
examines personality traits, learning styles, and                   participate in activities involving children. Program
issues of teamwork and diversity that shape the                     includes accident safety and prevention, infant and
modern workplace. Prerequisites: None. (22:00:00)                   child care, obstructed airway management and first
                                                                    aid. First aid certification valid for two years; CPR
HMDS 121        LEADERSHIP IN STUDENT                               certification valid for two years. Review text prior to
                GOVERNMENT                              2 CR.
Term one in a three term sequence designed to                       the start of class. Prerequisites: None. (12:00:00)
develop students’ professional leadership abilities
through participation in student government,                        IFAD 162            1ST AID/CPR FOR HEALTH
                                                                                        CARE PROVIDERS                          1 CR.
including Associated Student Government meetings                    Includes adult, child and infant skills in airway
and programs and other college committees;                          management and CPR; Bag Valve Mask Resuscita-
examines students’ leadership styles. Prerequisite:                 tion practical exercises, AED awareness and
Instructor permission or holding student leadership                 familiarization, and first aid. First aid certification
position on campus.                                                 valid for two years; CPR certification meets AHA
                                                                    guidelines for healthcare providers; recommended
HMDS 122        LEADERSHIP IN STUDENT                               renewal is one year. Course is designed for students
                GOVERNMENT                              2 CR.
Term two in a three term sequence designed to                       in allied health programs. Review text prior to the
develop students’ professional leadership abilities                 start of class. Prerequisites: None.
through participation in student government,
including Associated Student Government meetings                    INTL 041            CULTURAL COMPETENCE                     4 CR.
and programs and other college committees;                          Students will develop an understanding of American
examines communication, time management and                         culture through readings, interviews, participation
teamwork. Prerequisite: Instructor permission or                    in cultural events and information from official
holding student leadership position on campus.                      sources. Prerequisite: Previous experience living in
                                                                    the U.S. (44:00:00)
HMDS 123        LEADERSHIP IN STUDENT
                GOVERNMENT                              2 CR.       INTL 063            COMMUNICATION                           5 CR.
Term three in a three term sequence designed to                     Students will develop skills to sustain basic
develop students’ professional leadership abilities                 conversations while integrating in the campus
through participation in student government,                        community. They will also work on pronunciation
including Associated Student Government meetings                    in a lab setting. Prerequisite: TOEFL score or
and programs and other college committees;                          equivalent placement. (44:22:00)
examines decision-making and meeting facilitation
skills. Prerequisite: Instructor permission or holding              INTL 064            TECHNOLOGY BASICS                   1-4 CR.
student leadership position on campus.                              Participants become comfortable with performing
                                                                    basic computer functions whiled developing the
IFAD 151        FIRST AID 18 HR-HI RISK                 1 CR.       necessary language skills to read and follow
Designed for people in construction and heavy                       instructions, and follow instructions when given
industry, those with limited access to emergency                    orally. Prerequisites: None. (variable)
services and vocational instructors requiring state
teaching certification. First Aid certification valid for
three years; CPR certification valid for two years.
Review text prior to the start of class. Prerequisites:
None. (18:00:00)
2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                            203
7     Course Descriptions

                   INTL 068       READING                                 4 CR.        IPMT 121            ELECTRICAL
                   Focuses on the reading, critical thinking/study skills                                  TROUBLESHOOTING I                       4 CR.
                   students need in order to approach the kind of texts                Introduction to electrical equipment and systems.
                   they will encounter in their academic future.                       Includes purpose and use of electrical devices, basic
                   Prerequisite: TOEFL score or equivalent placement.                  troubleshooting techniques, Ohm’s law, simple
                   (44:00:00)                                                          circuits, and theory. Prerequisites: None. (44:00:00)

                   INTL 069       WRITING & GRAMMAR                       5 CR.        IPMT 122            ELECTRICAL
                                                                                                           TROUBLESHOOT LAB I                      3 CR.
                   Students will understand and practice the basic                     Complements IPMT 121. Introduction to electrical
                   conventions of written English through controlled                   maintenance and troubleshooting on low voltage
                   writing techniques (gradually transitioning to free                 circuits. Finding opens, shorts, high resistance, and
                   writing), interwoven with basic grammatical                         operational problems are taught using digital meters.
                   structures. Prerequisite: TOEFL score or equivalent                 Prerequisite: IPMT 121 or instructor permission.
                   placement. (55:00:00)                                               (00:66:00)
                   INTL 070       TOEFL PREPARATION                       3 CR.        IPMT 123            MOTOR CONTROL
                   This course offers language instruction as well as                                      PRINCIPLES                              6 CR.
                   strategies for taking the test. Students will develop               Introduction to motor control and ladder logic
                   the skills to be successful in taking the TOEFL.                    equipment and systems. Includes the function and
                   Prerequisites: None. (33:00:00)                                     operation of relays, magnetic motor starters and
                                                                                       common electromechanical devices. Prerequisite:
                   INTL   072     TOEIC PREPARATION                       3 CR.        IPMT 121 or instructor permission. (66:66:00)
                   This course offers strategies for taking the TOEIC test
                   plus general English instruction. Students will                     IPMT 124            MOTOR CONTROL LAB                       5 CR.
                   develop the skills to be successful in taking the                   Compliments IPMT 123. Introduction to motor
                   TOEIC. Prerequisite: None. (33:00:00)                               controls equipment and systems. Includes the wiring
                                                                                       and testing of relays, magnetic motor starters and
                   IPMT 111       REFRIGERATION                                        common electromechanical devices. Hands-on
                                  PRINCIPLES                          10 CR.           exercises stress digital multimeter use. Prerequisite:
                   Introduction to refrigeration HVAC equipment and                    IPMT 121 or Instructor permission. (00:110:00)
                   systems. Includes purpose and use of industrial                     Advanced troubleshooting techniques for finding
                   components and control devices, psychometrics, air                  opens, shorts, high resistance, low and high voltage,
                   distribution and balance, electronic and pneumatic                  and operational problems using digital test equip-
                   control systems, operating conditions, troubleshoot-                ment on complex industrial circuits. Prerequisite:
                   ing and maintenance concerns. Prerequisites: MATH                   IPMT 123 or instructor permission. (22:00:00)
                   080 and ENGL 092 or equivalent placement scores.
                   Co-requisite: IPMT 112. (110:00:00)                                 IPMT 131            ELECTRICAL
                                                                                                           TROUBLESHOOTING II                      1 CR.
                   IPMT 112       REFRIGERATION                                        Advanced troubleshooting techniques for finding
                                  SERVICING                               6 CR.        opens, shorts, high resistance, low and high voltage,
                   Hands-on experience with IPMT 111 principles.                       and operational problems using digital test equip-
                   Covers refrigerant recovery and recycling, system                   ment on complex industrial circuits. Prerequisite:
                   evacuation and charging, various tubing joints,                     IPMT 123 or instructor permission. (11:00:00)
                   psychometrics, air distribution and balance, typical
                   operating conditions and common maintenance
                                                                                       IPMT 132            ELECTRICAL
                   operations. Co-requisites: Concurrent enrollment in                                     TROUBLESHOOT LAB II                     4 CR.
                   IPMT 111 or instructor permission. (00:132:00)                      Compliments IPMT 131, Electrical Troubleshooting
                                                                                       Lab II. Students will learn and use advanced
                   IPMT 113       LICENSING                                            troubleshooting techniques to find opens, shorts,
                                  REQUIREMENTS                            3 CR.        high resistance, low and high voltage, and opera-
                   Preparation for the City of Seattle Refrigeration                   tional problems using digital test equipment. Hands-
                   Operating Engineer license and the Operating and                    on exercises stress digital meter and scope-meter
                   Maintenance Engineers, E.P.A. Technician certifica-                 use. Prerequisite: IPMT 123 or instructor permis-
                   tion (universal rating).Prerequisite: IPMT 112 or                   sion. (00:88:00)
                   instructor permission. (33:00:00)
                                                                                       IPMT 133            PROGRAMMABLE
                                                                                                           CONTROLS                                6 CR.
                                                                                       Covers the programming, operation, maintenance
                                                                                       and troubleshooting of programmable logic
                                                                                       controls using RSLogix software. Prerequisite: IPMT
                                                                                       132 or instructor permission. (66:00:00)
204               2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I    N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L    E   G   E
                                                                                                    Course Descriptions                     7
IPMT 134        PROGRAMMABLE                                        ITAD 112            HTML                                    5 CR.
                CONTROL LAB                             5 CR.       An introduction to HyperText Markup Language
Compliments IPMT 133. Hands-on lab covers                           (HTML). Students examine the key components of
programming, operation, and troubleshooting of                      HTML for creating Web pages that incorporate
programmable logic controls, and common PLC                         links, images, tables, frames, and forms. Topics also
circuits. Prerequisite: IPMT 132 or instructor                      include HTML/XHTML tag syntax, differences
permission. (00:110:00)                                             between Web browsers, and design considerations.
                                                                    Prerequisites: CISA 103 and CISA 116, or instructor
IPMT 241        BOILER PRINCIPLES                       9 CR.       permission. (44:22:00)
Introduction to boiler equipment, controls, and
systems. Includes the function and operation of all                 ITAD 122            DHTML/JAVASCRIPT                        5 CR.
major components and control devices, common                        Course builds on the concepts acquired in HTML.
troubleshooting problems and common mainte-                         Students will incorporate cascading stylesheets and
nance concerns. Prepare to sit for a fourth or third                scripts in their web pages. Prerequisites: ITAD 112,
grade City of Seattle examination. Prerequisites:                   or instructor permission. (44:22:00)
None. (99:00:00)
                                                                    ITAD 123            C++ PROGRAMMING I                       5 CR.
IPMT 242        BOILER OPERATION                        2 CR.       An introduction to C++ programming language
A hands-on lab that covers the most common boiler                   with emphasis on structured programming.
operations on a full-sized boiler trainer. Included                 Concepts include loops, arrays, pointers, functions,
are field trips to various types of boiler plants.                  and sequential file access. Small to medium size
Prerequisite: IPMT 241 or instructor permission.                    C++ programs consisting of multiple classes will be
(00:44:00)                                                          designed, written, tested and debugged. Prerequi-
                                                                    sites: ITAD 111, MATH 090 or equivalent placement
IPMT 243        MECHANICAL                                          scores. (44:22:00)
                MAINTENANCE                             3 CR.
Operation, maintenance, and repair of common
industrial mechanical systems. Gear and chain                       ITAD 124            VISUAL BASIC
                                                                                        FUNDAMENTALS                            5 CR.
drives, conveyer systems. Introduction to hydraulic                 An introduction to the graphical programming
equipment, controls, and systems. Includes purpose                  environment of Visual Basic . Net. Students will
and use of components and control devices,                          examine the key components of Visual Basic-
troubleshooting problems and maintenance                            Objects, Properties and Events, and create their own
concerns. Prerequisites: None. (33:00:00)                           Windows-based applications. Prerequisites: ITAD
                                                                    111, MATH 090 or equivalent placement scores.
IPMT 244        MECHANICAL                                          (44:22:00)
                MAINTENANCE LAB                         2 CR.
Compliments IPMT 243. Covers the operation,
maintenance and repair of common industrial                         ITAD 127            WEB SERVER
                                                                                        TECHNOLOGIES                            5 CR.
mechanical and hydraulic systems. Gear and chain                    Introduction to the key concepts in Internet
drives, conveyor systems, and common hands-on                       Technologies and Web Server Technology for the
tasks are covered. Prerequisites: None. (00:44:00)                  World Wide Web. Students will examine the
                                                                    concepts of planning, configuring, installing,
ITAD 111        COMPUTER PROGRAMMING                                maintaining, performance monitoring, and
                FUNDAMENTALS        5 CR.
A general introduction to computer programming                      upgrading a Web Server. Prerequisites: CISA116
logic and concepts related to designing and writing                 and ITAD 112. (44:22:00)
computer programs and procedures. Students learn
problem-solving techniques as well as important                     ITAD 128            PROGRAMMING WITH C#                     5 CR.
programming concepts such as data types, data                       C# is a modern, object-oriented language that
structures, and object-oriented programming.                        provides the simplicity of Visual Basic with the
Prerequisites: ENGL 093 and MATH 080, or                            power and flexibility of C++. Students learn the
equivalent placement scores. (44:22:00)                             fundamentals of the language and some of the
                                                                    inner-workings including classes, structs, attributes,
                                                                    flow of execution and an introduction to the .NET
                                                                    framework. Prerequisites: ITAD 111, MATH 090 or
                                                                    equivalent placement scores. (44:22:00)




2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                            205
7     Course Descriptions

                  ITAD 129       SCRIPTING–CGI/PERL                       5 CR.        ITAD 141            MS SQL SERVER DESIGN                    4 CR.
                                                                                       Students learn how to design and create databases
                  Introduction to Web-server scripting and program-                    and tables, and manage features such as data
                  ming languages for the World Wide Web. Key                           integrity and indexing in the SQL Server environ-
                  concepts include creating and processing interactive                 ment. They also learn how to design advanced
                  forms for the Internet and creating web-based scripts                queries and views, manage transactions, connect to
                  for dynamically-generated HTML. Prerequisites:                       distributed sources, implement stored procedures
                  ITAD 111 and ITAD 122. (44:22:00)                                    and triggers, and use the Transact-SQL language to
                                                                                       work with databases. Prerequisites: CISA 114, CISA
                  ITAD 133       C++ PROGRAMMING II                       5 CR.        116, and ITAD 111. (22:44:00)
                  Covers programming constructs needed to imple-
                  ment object hierarchies. Standard objects ranging                    ITAD 142            JAVA PROGRAMMING I                      5 CR.
                  from low-level data structures, such as a linked list,               Introduction to the Java programming language for
                  to high-level graphical user interface objects, such as              the World Wide Web. Students will examine the key
                  Windows, are examined on abstract through                            concepts of object-oriented programming for the
                  implemented levels. Prerequisite: ITAD 123.                          Internet, and create Internet-based applets.
                  (44:22:00)                                                           Prerequisites: ITAD 111 and MATH 090. (44:22:00)
                  ITAD 135       ALGORITHMS & DATA                                     ITAD 143            ANALYSIS SERVICES                       4 CR.
                                 STRUCTURE                                5 CR.
                  Students study fundamental algorithms and data                       This course provides students with the knowledge
                  structures. Use lists, strings, stacks and queues and                and skills necessary to design, implement, and
                  elementary searching and sorting methods to solve                    deploy OLAP solutions by using Microsoft SQL Server
                  intermediate level programming problems. Students                    Analysis Services. Prerequisite: ITAD 141.
                  will write medium sized C++ programs consisting of                   (22:44:00)
                  multiple classes and data structures. Prerequisite:
                                                                                       ITAD 145            VISUAL BASIC APPS DEV                   5 CR.
                  ITAD 133. (44:22:00)
                                                                                       Students develop and implement Windows-based
                                                                                       applications and COM+ Applications using Windows
                  ITAD 136       OPERATING SYSTEMS FOR
                                 DEVELOPERS            5 CR.                           Forms and the Microsoft .NET Framework Prerequi-
                  An applied introduction to operating system con-                     site: ITAD 124. (44:22:00)
                  cepts, aimed at those who are interested in using,
                  rather than designing, computers, operating systems,                 ITAD 152            JAVA PROGRAMMING II                     5 CR.
                  and networks. Learn why operating systems are
                                                                                       The course covers java servlets, JSP, JDBC, and java
                  needed and what, at a functional, black-box level,
                                                                                       beans. Using a selected webServer and Application
                  they do. Prerequisite: MATH 080 or equivalent
                                                                                       server build a java based interactive Web sites. E-
                  placement score. (44:22:00)
                                                                                       business related projects and assignments. Prerequi-
                                                                                       site: ITAD 142 (44:22:00)
                  ITAD 138       STRUCTURED QUERY
                                 LANGUAGE                                 2 CR.
                  Learn SQL syntax and how to use it to retrieve                       ITAD 153            MS SQL SERVER ADMIN                     4 CR.
                  information from a database, filter data, group and                  Discuss and identify key components and concepts
                  summarize data, and retrieve information from                        of database servers; install the server; design and
                  multiple tables in a database. Prerequisite: CISA 114.               implement databases; create and manage tables;
                  (11:22:00)                                                           design and configure server security; import and
                                                                                       export data; automate administrative tasks through
                  ITAD 139       ASP.NET                                  5 CR.        scheduled jobs; and monitor the server. Prerequi-
                  Students learn about Active Server Pages (ASP.Net), a                site: ITAD 141 (22:44:00)
                  Microsoft server -side scripting environment enabling
                  dynamic data driven web sites. Topics include server                 ITAD 165            XML/XSL                                 5 CR.
                  controls, ASP.Net objects, built-in ASP.Net compo-                   This course includes XML syntax and the develop-
                  nents, and ADO.Net. Prerequisites: ITAD 122 and                      ment of an XML Document, Document Type
                  ITAD 124 (44:22:00)                                                  Definition, (DTD), XML Schemas, (XSD), and XSLT.
                                                                                       Students will be introduced to using XML in a variety
                                                                                       of programming environments including VB, ASP,
                                                                                       Java and the .NET languages. Prerequisite: ITAD 112,
                                                                                       ITAD 122, ITAD 124 (44:22:00)




206               2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I    N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                    Course Descriptions                     7
ITAD 168        QA METHODOLOGIES                        5 CR.       ITAD 255            ORACLE
An introduction to the theory, concepts, and                                            ADMINISTRATION II                       4 CR.
reasoning behind software testing and automation.                   Students learn to configure and tune Multi-
Students learn how to create test scripts, how to                   Threaded Server, use the Connection Manager
create run and implement basic test projects, and                   utility, troubleshoot the network, and establish and
how to create and run tests. Prerequisite: ITAD 123,                maintain network security. Prerequisite: ITAD 253
ITAD 124 or instructor permission (44:22:00)                        (22:44:00)

ITAD 173        DATA MODELING                           4 CR.       ITAD 256            ORACLE PERFORMANCE
                                                                                        TUNING                                  4 CR.
Examine factors in the design process in developing                 Reducing wait times, increasing users’ productivity
a systematic approach to effective solutions, explore               and maximizing the performance of an Oracle
data integrity in the database design, examine the                  database are critical to success. Learn the value of
basic concepts of data services design issues, data                 intelligent database design and methods for tuning
storage considerations, review designing data                       an Oracle database for maximum performance.
services and data modules, and database backup,                     Prerequisite: ITAD 255 (22:44:00)
restore and disaster recovery. Prerequisite: CISA 114
(22:44:00)                                                          ITAD 271            OBJECT ORIENTED
                                                                                        PROGRAMMING                             5 CR.
ITAD 199        IT PROJECTS                             3 CR.       An examination of the ideas of Object-Oriented
Work in teams on an Information Technology                          design and Object-Oriented software construction.
application development project from the initial                    Students learn the concepts of object-oriented
stage of needs analysis and system design through                   analysis and programming in a language indepen-
debugging the application and final release.                        dent fashion, illustrated with specific examples from
Prerequisite: Instructor permission. (11:44:00)                     a variety of programming languages. Prerequisite:
                                                                    ITAD 142 (44:22:00)
ITAD 211        ONLINE DOCUMENTATION 3 CR.
Focuses on developing information for computer                      LEGL 112            LEGAL I                                 4 CR.
and other manufactured products, with an emphasis                   An introduction to legal career qualifications;
on online help and hypertext delivery. Emphasizes                   confidentiality and ethics; law office telephones,
the contents, organization, format and style typical of             filing, and business letter formatting. Legal
online documentation. An introduction to hypertext                  terminology includes general law office and courts
and web publishing. Prerequisite: ITAD 112 or                       system terms and the beginning study of Latin legal
Instructor permission. Recommended: ITAD 122 and                    terms. Prerequisite: Keyboarding at 30 wpm.
ITAD 165 (22:22:00)                                                 (33:22:00)

ITAD 251        ORACLE FUNDAMENTALS                     4 CR.       LEGL 122            LEGAL DOCUMENT
Students learn the concepts of Oracle and Oracle                                        & TRANSCR                               4 CR.
Architecture and the Structured Query Language to                   Students master transcription of general office
develop PL/SQL procedures. Prerequisite: CISA 114                   documents in this course. Records management
ITAD 173 (22:44:00)                                                 and law office accounting are studied and related
                                                                    documents are prepared. Students examine and
ITAD 252        ORACLE APPLICATIONS                                 prepare legal documents and complete law office
                DEVELOPMENT                             4 CR.       simulated work. Prerequisite: LEGL 112. (33:22:00)
Students review the basics of PL/SQL, and are
introduced to Procedure Builder and Cursors, the                    LEGL 132            CIVIL LAW APPLICATIONS                  4 CR.
concepts, uses, and code for Packages, Triggers, and                A study of property, corporate, and probate law
Subprograms, and debugging Procedures and                           processes and the United States court system.
Functions. Prerequisite: ITAD 251 (22:44:00)                        Includes the preparation of wills and court
                                                                    documents and introductory legal research.
ITAD 253        ORACLE                                              Prerequisites: LEGL 112 and LEGL 122. (33:22:00)
                ADMINISTRATION I                        4 CR.
Students learn to identify the components that make
                                                                    LEGL 142            LITIGATION                              4 CR.
up Net architecture, configure the server-side                      This course is a study of legal support staff duties in
network connection, configure the client-side                       regard to civil and criminal law, including prepara-
network connection, and identify and apply                          tion for trial, motions, discovery, dissolutions,
centralized naming concepts. Prerequisite: ITAD 251                 adoptions, and appeal. Includes transcription of
(22:44:00)                                                          legal documents and use of the Lawyers’ Directory
                                                                    and legal messenger services and forms. Prerequi-
                                                                    sites: LEGL 112, LEGL 122, and LEGL 132.
                                                                    (33:22:00)
2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                                                            207
7     Course Descriptions

                   MACH 110       MACHINING                                           MACH 132            MACHINING–LEVEL III                     6 CR.
                                  FUNDAMENTALS                            8 CR.       While making threading project students learn to
                   Students will learn theoretical and practical                      calculate thread measurements, grind threading
                   knowledge of shop safety, machine tools, tool                      tool, set up and cut threads of various pitches.
                   geometry, blueprints, speed and feeds, precision                   Prerequisites: Completion of ABED 46 and ABED 40
                   measuring, and basic shop math. Prerequisites:                     or higher or equivalent placement scores or
                   ABED 46 and ABED 40 or higher or equivalent                        instructor permission and MACH 122. (00:132:00)
                   placement scores or instructor permission
                   (55:66:00)                                                         MACH 134            CNC–X                                   5 CR.
                                                                                      This course covers more advanced G-code program-
                   MACH 112       MACHINING–LEVEL I                       7 CR.       ming, continued work with MasterCam and CNC
                   While making a C-Clamp and a Paper Punch students                  machine operations, Coordinate systems, and PC to
                   learn tooling processes common to the machine                      machine communication. Prerequisites: Completion
                   trades, including grinding, turning, milling and                   of ABED 46 and ABED 40 or higher or equivalent
                   drilling. Prerequisites: Completion of ABED 46 and                 placement scores or instructor permission and
                   ABED 40 or higher or equivalent placement scores                   MACH 124. (33:44:00)
                   or instructor permission and MACH 110.
                   (00:154:00)                                                        MACH 140            MACHINING PROCESSES                     5 CR.
                                                                                      This course covers grinding, electric discharge
                   MACH 120       MATERIALS AND                                       machining, lean manufacturing, high speed
                                  MEASURING                               5 CR.
                   This course covers precision measurement including                 machining, other machining technologies, carbide
                   the use of micrometers, calipers, height gages,                    tools, speed and feed, and shop math. Prerequisites:
                   surface table gauging, inspection techniques, shop                 Completion of ABED 46 and ABED 40 or higher or
                   math, and teaches students to identify, heat treat and             equivalent placement scores or instructor permis-
                   test hardness of metals. Prerequisites: Completion of              sion. (55:00:00)
                   ABED 46 and ABED 40 or higher or equivalent
                   placement scores or instructor permission.                         MACH 142            MACHINING–LEVEL IV                      6 CR.
                   (55:00:00)                                                         While making these tools students will learn how to
                                                                                      make external and internal acme threads. Learn
                                                                                      turning, knurling, angle turning, acme tool grinding
                   MACH 122       MACHINING–LEVEL II                      6 CR.
                   While making a tap handle, parallel clamp and                      included. Prerequisites: Completion of ABED 46 and
                   center punch students learn more advanced tooling                  ABED 40 or higher or equivalent placement scores
                   processes common to the machine trades. Prerequi-                  or instructor permission and MACH 132.
                   sites: Completion of ABED 46 and ABED 40 or higher                 (00:132:00)
                   or equivalent placement scores or Instructor
                   permission and Machining Level I MACH 112.                         MACH 144            CNC–Y                                   5 CR.
                   (00:132:00)                                                        This course covers more advanced G-code program-
                                                                                      ming, continued work with MasterCam and CNC
                                                                                      machine operations, Coordinate systems, and PC to
                   MACH 124       CNC–INTRODUCTION                        5 CR.
                   This course covers basic G-code programming,                       machine communication. Prerequisites: Completion
                   introduction to MasterCam, CNC machine operations,                 of ABED 46 and ABED40 or higher or equivalent
                   Coordinate systems, and PC to machine communica-                   placement scores or instructor permission and
                   tion. Prerequisites: Completion of ABED 46 and                     MACH 124. (33:44:00)
                   ABED 40 or higher or equivalent placement scores
                   or instructor permission and MACH 110. (33:44:00)                  MACH 210            ADVANCED MATH                           3 CR.
                                                                                      Self paced advanced math study. Offering personal-
                                                                                      ized direction and instruction to helping students
                   MACH 130       BLUEPRINTS AND
                                  TRIGMTRY                                5 CR.       hone their math skills and advance knowledge.
                   This course covers instruction and practice using                  Prerequisites: Completion of MATH 090 or higher or
                   sketches, prints, and working drawing interpreta-                  equivalent placement scores or instructor permis-
                   tions applied to manufacturing processes will be                   sion. (33:00:00)
                   introduced. Math applications using algebraic and or
                   geometric solutions will be integrated throughout                  MACH 212            MACHINING–LEVEL V                       6 CR.
                   this course. Right-angle triangle solutions using                  This course provides advanced machining skills on
                   trigonometric functions will be taught. Prerequisites:             milling machines and surface grinders. Precision
                   Completion of ABED 46 and ABED 40 or higher or                     machining and gauge quality precision grinding and
                   equivalent placement scores or instructor permis-                  measuring will be accomplished. Prerequisites:
                   sion. (55:00:00)                                                   Completion of MATH 080, Eng.093 or higher or
                                                                                      equivalent placement scores or instructor permis-
                                                                                      sion and MACH 142. (00:132:00)
208               2 0 0 4 - 2 0 0 5   L   A   K   E   W   A   S   H   I   N   G   T   O   N   T   E   C   H   N   I   C   A   L   C   O   L   L   E   G   E
                                                                                                    Course Descriptions